PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive
Firmware Version 7.xxx Technical Data
Important User Information
Solid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of Solid-State Controls (Publication SGI-1.1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com) describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid-state equipment, all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable. In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for any indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment. The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use, based on the examples and diagrams. No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual. Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc. is prohibited. Throughout this manual, when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING
Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
IMPORTANT
Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.
ATTENTION
Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequences.
SHOCK HAZARD
Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD
Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or motor) to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures.
PowerFlex is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Functional Description
Introduction ..............................................................................1-1 Description of Operation .........................................................1-2 Speed Command ......................................................................1-3 Speed Reference ......................................................................1-4 Speed Control ..........................................................................1-6 Flux Control .............................................................................1-8 Flux Control for Synchronous Motor ....................................1-10 Current Control ......................................................................1-12 Line Converter Feedback .......................................................1-14 Machine Converter Feedback ................................................1-15 Motor Model ..........................................................................1-16 Drive/Motor Protection ..........................................................1-17 Power Semiconductor Diagnostics ........................................1-19 Off-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs .....................1-20 Line Converter ..........................................................1-20 Machine Converter ...................................................1-22 On-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs ......................1-23 Test Modes .............................................................................1-24 Flying Start (Induction Motor) .............................................1-26 Flying Start (Synch Motor) ....................................................1-27 Tachometer/Encoder Option ..................................................1-28 Synchronous Transfer ............................................................1-29 Transfer to Bypass ...........................................................1-31 Transfer to Drive .............................................................1-34 PID Process Control ..............................................................1-35 Power Factor Compensation ..................................................1-38 Analog Outputs ......................................................................1-38 Analog Inputs .........................................................................1-39 Parameter Descriptions ............................................................2-1 Parameters Listed by Group ................................................2-199 Parameters Listed by Linear Number ..................................2-217 Alphabetical Index ...............................................................2-229 Linear Number Index ...........................................................2-237 Documenting Shutdowns .........................................................3-1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual .................3-2 Drive Fault Messages ..............................................................3-3 Drive Warning Messages .......................................................3-32
Chapter 2
Parameters
Chapter 3
Troubleshooting
Appendix A Drive Logic Command Logic Command Word Database 7.xxx................................ A-1
and Status
Product Specific Logic Command Firmware 7.xxx ............ A-2
7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010
Chapter
PowerFlex 7000 Functional Description

Introduction
The PowerFlex 7000 is an adjustable speed ac drive in which motor speed control is achieved through control of the motor torque. The motor speed is estimated or measured and the torque is adjusted as required to make the speed equal to the speed command. The motor and load determine the stator frequency and the drive synchronizes itself to the motor. This is in contrast to the volts/hertz ac drive in which the drive determines the stator frequency and does not attempt to synchronize its output to the motor. The method of control used in PF7000 is known as direct rotor flux oriented vector control. The term rotor flux vector control indicates that the position of the stator current vector is controlled relative to the motor flux vector. Direct vector control means that the motor flux is measured, in contrast to the indirect vector control in which the motor flux is predicted. In both control methods, the stator current (Is) is split into flux producing component (Isd) and an orthogonal torque producing component (Isq) which are controlled independently. The aim of vector control is to allow a complex ac motor to be controlled as if it were a simple dc motor with independent, decoupled field and armature currents. This allows the motor torque to be changed quickly without affecting the flux. For typical Medium Voltage motors the rotor time constant is in the range of seconds and therefore the flux cannot be changed quickly. The PowerFlex 7000 drive can be used with either induction (asynchronous) or synchronous motors. Synchronous motor drives are identical to induction motor drives except for the addition of a current regulated field supply to the synchronous drive. The features that are unique to a synchronous motor drive are confined to the flux control function and the encoder option.
1-2
Description of Operation
AC Line Reactor
Line filter cap DC L ink inductor
Rectifier
Inverter Motor filter cap Motor Voltage Motor Current Motor
Source Line Current Line side feedback and gating Line Voltage
Flux Range
Speed Command
Machine side feedback and gating Alpha Inverter Idc Feedback Current Control Motor Model
Machine Protection Faults Speed Reference
Tach Feedback
Alpha Rectifier
Line Protection
Slip freq Stator freq Flux Feedback

Inv Flux CurCmd InvTorque CurCmd
Faults
Speed Control
Sync Transfer
Figure 1.1 Functional Block Diagram of PF 7000 control system

Flux Control Speed Feedback
A complete block diagram of the PF7000 control circuit is shown in Figure 1.1. The major blocks are described in the following sections.
1-3
Speed Command
The function of Speed Command block is to select one of the 10 possible speed command inputs. Parameter Speed Ref Select (7) in conjunction with Local/Remote selector switch is used to define the speed command input Speed Command In (276). When the selector switch is in Local position, the default speed command is the Analog Speed Potentiometer typically mounted on the LV panel. When the selector switch is in Remote position, the parameter Speed Ref Select defines the source of speed command. The options available are: Local ( Speed Potentiometer) 3 DPI commands ( DPIAdapter1, DPIAdapter2, DPIAdapter5) 2 Analog Inputs configured either for 0-10V or 4-20mA (Analog Inp1, Analog Inp2) 3 Preset speeds (Preset Spd 1, Preset Spd 2, Preset Spd 3) 1 Preset Jog In addition, the speed command can come from a built in PID controller. The above speed commands are used when the drive is in Normal mode of operation. However PF7000 has many special modes of operation e.g. test modes or auto-tuning for which different speed commands are selected. Table 1.A summarizes the speed command during these special modes.
Table 1.A Speed Commands for special operating modes of PF7000
Special operating modes of PF7000 DC test mode Open Circuit Open Loop Rs autotune Ls autotune Flux Reg autotune Speed Reg autotune Sync transfer requested Speed Command In(276) Rated line frequency Rated Line Freq (17) 0.1 x Rated Line Freq (17) 2Hz Rated Line Freq (17) Autotune Spd Cmd (213) Autotune Spd Cmd (213) Bypass Frequency (159)
The selected Speed Command In is clamped to a minimum and a maximum level by parameter Speed Cmd Max (290) and Speed Cmd Min (293) to give Speed Command (277). The maximum value of Speed Command cannot be greater than 125% of Base Speed (98). Note: Contact the factory for applications that require output frequencies greater than 125% of the motor base speed.
Contact factory for the availability of this feature.
1-4
Speed Command (cont.)
Three skip speeds Skip Speed 1(49), Skip Speed 2 (50), Skip Speed 3 (51) are provided to prevent the drive from continuously operating at a certain speed. This feature is sometimes needed to avoid mechanical vibrations occurring in a drive system at certain speeds. The skip speed zone around each Skip Speed is specified by the parameter Skip Speed Band1 (53), Skip Speed Band2 (54), Skip Speed Band3 (55) If the desired Speed Command lies in a given skip speed zone, the Speed Command is clamped to the lowest value in the zone. Example If Skip Speed 1 is 45 Hz with Skip Speed Band1 as 1 Hz, then the skip speed range extends from 44.5 Hz to 45.5 Hz. If the desired speed command is set to 45 Hz, then the drive will avoid this speed and run at 44.5 Hz. The final stage in processing the command is the whether the drive has been requested to run forward or reverse. The sign is changed if reverse rotation is selected. The Speed Command is set to zero if the drive is stopped.
Speed Reference
The function of the Speed Reference block is to determine the Speed Reference (278) from the desired Speed Command (277). PF7000 provides two options: S-curve Linear Ramp To select, S curve a non-zero value of S curve Percent (475) is selected. Using parameter S curve Acc1 (481), the drive automatically calculates the linear and the non-linear portions of the S curve as shown in Figure 1.2. Following example shows how to use S curve parameters:
Example
If S curve Accel 1 is set for 20 sec with 20% in S curve Percent, then the total acceleration time is increased by 0.2 x 20 = 4 seconds. The total acceleration time will now be 24 seconds with 4 seconds in the non-linear portion of the S curve. Since the curve is symmetrical, each of the segments will be of 2 seconds duration. The parameters for deceleration are calculated using parameter S curve Decel 1 (479) and S curve Percent (475) and shown in Figure 1.2. Linear Ramp is enabled if the S curve Percent is set to zero. Independent four section ramps are provided for acceleration and deceleration. The ramp is specified by 4 Ramp Speeds, 4 Accel and Decel times and is shown in Figure 1.3.
1-5
0.005* S Curve Acc1 *S Curve Percent
S Curve Acc1 (481)
0.005* S Curve Acc1 *S Curve Percent
0.005* S Curve Dec1 *S Curve Percent
S Curve Dec1 (479)
0.005* S Curve Dec1 *S Curve Percent
Non-Linear Portion
Linear Portion
Non-Linear Portion
Non-Linear Portion
Linear Portion
Non-Linear Portion
Figure 1.2 Speed Reference: S-curve
Ramp Speed4 (76) Ramp Speed3 (75) Ramp Speed2 (74)
Ramp Speed1 (73) Accel Time1 (65) Accel Time2 (66) Accel Time3 (67) Accel Time4 (68) Decel Time4 (72) Decel Time3 (71) Decel Time2 (70) Decel Time1 (69)
Figure 1.3 Speed Reference: Linear Ramp
1-6
Speed Control
The function of the speed control block is to determine the torqueproducing component (Isq) of the stator current (Is). The inputs to the block are the Speed Reference (278) from the speed ramp and the Stator Frequency (448) and Slip Frequency (343) from the motor model. If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, then the motor speed is determined by counting the tach pulses. In Sensorless operation, the Slip Frequency is subtracted from the Stator Frequency and filtered to determine the Speed Feedback (289). In Pulse Tach mode, the speed is determined directly by using Tach Feedback (349). The Speed Feedback is subtracted from the Speed Reference to determine the Speed Error (472) which is processed by the speed PI regulator. The gains of the regulator are based on the Total Inertia (82) of the system and the desired Spdreg Bandwidth (81). The output of the speed regulator is the Torque Reference (291) whose rate of change is limited by Trq Rate Limit (83). The calculated Torque Reference is divided by the Flux Reference (305) and motor constant to determine the torque component of the stator current MtrTorque CurCmd (292). To calculate the torque producing current supplied by the inverter InvTorque CurCmd (294), the current supplied by the motor filter capacitor in torque production (orthogonal to motor flux) is calculated and subtracted from MtrTorque CurCmd. In Sensorless mode, the drive uses TrqCmd0 Sensrlss (86) and TrqCmd1 Sensrlss (87) for an open loop start up. At frequencies greater than 3Hz, the drive enables the speed loop and disables the open loop start mode. In Pulse Tach mode, the drive is always in closed loop. The maximum torque a drive can deliver in motoring mode is determined by Trq Lmt Motoring (84). In regenerative mode the torque is limited to Trq Lmt Braking (85). It should be noted that at speeds above the Base Speed (98), the motor torque capability is de-rated and varies in inverse proportion to the speed (constant power range). Depending open the application, a drive can be configured in different torque control modes by setting the parameter Trq Control Mode (90). E.g. in stand-alone drives the parameter is set as Speed Reg allowing the drive to be in speed control mode and regulating the torque in the motor. In torque follower applications like conveyors, one of the drives (Master) is set in Speed Reg mode which enables the speed regulator while the other drives (torque followers) are set in Trq Cmd External mode. The torque reference produced by the Master drive is then passed on to the torque follower drives by Trq Cmd External (91). Figure 1.4 shows other various modes of operation.
S Curve Percent (475) TrqCmd0 SensrLss (86) TrqCmd1 SensrLss (87) SPEED REFERENCE Speed Reference (278)
OPEN LOOP START (OL)
Speed Command In (276)
3 Hz
OL
( OL ,S ) 1 ,3, 4,5 (S ,T ) 2,5 ( S ,T )
SPEED REGULATOR
TORQUE CONTROL MODE TORQUE LIMIT
Torque Reference (291) TRQ RATE LIMIT
Speed Cmd Min Synch Reg Output (298) (293)
Speed Cmd Max (290)
+ 0
0
+
Speed Error (472)
Mtr Torque CurCmd (292)
Tack Feedback (349)

T S
SPEED MODE SELECT Speed Feedback (289) Trq Cmd External (91)
SPEED FEEDBACK FILTER Total Spdreg Bandwidth Inertia (82) (81)
3
Trq Control Speed Fbk Mode Mode (89) (90) Trq Lmt Motoring (84)
+
Speed Fbk Mode (89) Speed Fbk Filter (110) Spdreg Bandwidth (81)
Figure 1.4 Speed Control

Speed Fbk Mode (89) S: Sensorless T: Pulse Tach Trq Control Mode (90) 0: Zero Torque 1: Speed Reg 2: Ext Trq Cmd 3: Spd Trq Pos 4: Spd Trq Neg 5: Spd Sum
Slip Frequency (343)
Trq Control Trq Rate Mode Limit (83) (90)
Flux Reference (305)
Trq Lmt Braking (85)
Mtr Flux CurCmd (310) R Stator (129) L Total Leakage (130) Motor Filter Cap (128) CAP CURRENT CALCULATOR InvTorque CurCmd (294)
Stator Freq (448)
1-7
1-8
Flux Control
The function of the flux control block (Figure 1.5) is to determine the magnetizing component (Isd) of the stator current (Is) needed to maintain the desired flux profile in the motor. The inputs are Flux Feedback (306) and Stator Freq (448) from the motor model, Speed Feedback (289) and Torque Reference (291) from the speed control block and the measured voltage at the input of the rectifier, Rec Input Volt (696). The Flux Feedback is subtracted from the Flux Reference (305) to determine the Flux Error (307), which is the input to the flux PI regulator. The gains are determined from desired Flxreg Bandwidth (97) and motor parameters T Rotor (132) and Lm Rated (131). The output of the flux regulator is FluxCurRegulator (309). An open loop estimate of the magnetizing current FluxCur Feedfwd (308) is determined by dividing the Flux Reference by parameter Lm Rated. FluxCur Feedfwd and FluxCurRegulator are added to produce Mtr Flux CurCmd (310) which is the magnetizing component of the stator current command. To calculate the magnetizing current supplied by the inverter Inv Flux CurCmd (312), the current supplied by the motor filter capacitor in magnetizing is calculated and subtracted from Mtr Flux CurCmd. It should be noted that as the motor speed increases, Inv Flux CurCmd decreases. This is because as the motor voltage increases more of the magnetizing current requirement of the motor is met by the capacitor. At resonant point, Inv Flux CurCmd is nearly zero and becomes negative at speeds above resonance. InvTorque CurCmd (from Speed Control block) and Inv Flux CurCmd are then passed to the Current Control block to determine the dc link current reference (Idc Reference) and the firing angles of the two converters (Alpha Rectifier and Alpha Inverter). The flux profile in the drive is adjusted by the parameters Flx Cmd No Load (103) and FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). Using these parameters, Flux Reference is adjusted linearly with the desired Torque Reference. At light loads motor flux is decreased allowing reduction in losses while full flux is produced at rated load. The maximum flux reference is limited to Flux Cmd Limit (623). This limit is dependent on the Rec Input Volt and the motor speed (Speed Feedback). If the drive operates at reduced line voltage, then Flux Reference is reduced. Also if the motor is running above the Base Speed, the flux profile is made inversely proportional to the speed of the motor resulting in the field weakening or the constant power mode of operation of the drive. This is accompanied by a decrease in the motor torque capability.
Rated Motor Volt (22) Rated Line Volt (18)
Rec Input Volt (696) FLUX COMMAND LIMIT Lm Rated (131) FluxCur Feedfwd (308) Speed Feedback (289) FLUX REGULATOR Base Speed (98)
Flux Cmd Limit (623)
FlxCmd Rated Load (100) Flux Reference (305)

+ -
EXCITATION CURRENT LIMIT FluxCur Regulator (309) +

+ 1.0
FlxCmd No Load (103) FLUX LIMIT Flux Feedback (306)
Flux Error (307)
Figure 1.5 Flux Control

Flxreg T Rotor (132) Band width (97) Lm Rated (131)
Torque Reference (291)
- 1.0
MtrFlux CurCmd (310)
Stator Frequency (448) MtrTorque CurCmd (292)
R Stator (129) L Total Leakage (130) Motor Filter Cap (128) CAP CURRENT CALCULATOR
InvFlux CurCmd (312)
Functional Description 1-9
1-10
Flux Control for Synchronous Most of the magnetization for a synchronous motor is supplied by the rotor field winding, unlike an induction motor where all of the Motor
magnetizing current is supplied through the stator. However, control of the motor flux through the field current is very slow because of the large time constant of the dc field winding and the current and voltage limitations of the field supply. To obtain sufficiently fast response from the flux regulator the magnetizing current is split into transient and steady state components, with the steady state component supplied through the rotor and the transient component through the stator.
The additions to the flux control required for synchronous machines are shown in the block diagram (Figure 1.6). The portion of the motor filter capacitor current supplied by the drive is then added to determine Inv Flux CurCmd, which is the magnetizing component of the dc link current command. Parameter Icd Command Gain (107) determines how the motor filter capacitor current is split between the motor and the drive. When this parameter is set to its minimum value of 0.0, all the capacitor current is supplied by the drive. The line current is higher than the motor current and the motor operates at approximately unity power factor. When this parameter is set to its maximum value of 1.0, the motor supplies all the capacitor current. The line current is less than the motor current and the motor operates at a lagging power factor with reduced field current.
Contact factory for the availability of synchronous motor control.
Flux Stator Frequency Reference (305) (448) Icd Command Gain (107)
CAP CURRENT CALCULATOR
+
L Total Leakage (130)
Lm Rated (131)
+ LOW PASS FILTER
Motor Filter Cap (128)
+
Mtr Flux CurCmd (131)
Figure 1.6 Flux Control for Synchronous Motor

Lm Rated (131) Lmd (418) Field Bandwidth (106)
Field CurCmd (314)
1-12
Current Control
The function of the current control block (Figure 1.7) is to determine the firing angles for the converters Alpha Rectifer (327) and Alpha Inverter (328). The inputs are the torque (InvTorque CurCmd) and flux producing (Inv Flux CurCmd) components of the dc link current command from the speed control and flux control blocks respectively, and the measured dc link current Idc Feedback (322). The square root of the sum of the squares of Inv Flux CurCmd and InvTorque CurCmd determines the dc link current reference Idc Reference (321). This is subtracted from the measured dc current feedback is subtracted to determine Idc Error (323). This is processed by the current regulator to produce Vdc Error (332). To effectively control the dc link current an estimate of the motor side dc link voltage is done to calculate Vdc Feedfwd (333) which is added to Vdc Error to produce the reference voltage for the line side converter Vdc Reference (326). The line converter firing angle is the inverse cosine of Vdc Reference. The machine converter firing angle is determined by taking the inverse tangent of the ratio of Inv Flux CurCmd to the InvTorque CurCmd. The quadrant of operation is adjusted based on the signs of the current commands.
Alpha Inverter (328)
tan-1
DC LINK CURRENT REGULATOR Retard Limit Vdc Reference (326) Alpha Rectifier (327)
x2+y2 +
T DC link (115)
Idc Reference (321)
InvTorque CurCmd (294) Idc feedback (322) Curreg Bandwidth (113)
+ -
Idc Error (323) Vdc Error (332) +
-1 1 cos
Advance Limit
Figure 1.7 Current Control

FEEDFORWARD FILTER
Stator Voltage (344)
cos
DCLnk Inductance (27) Vdc Feedfwd (333)
Feedforward Fil Alpha Inverter Line Voltage pu (328) (502) (135)
1-14
Line Converter Feedback
The function of the line converter feedback block is to process (scale and filter) the liner side voltage and current feedback signals to the form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB). The first Voltage Sensing Board (VSB) provides three line voltage feedback signals (V2u, V2v, V2w), the second VSB provides two dc (VL+, VL-) and one line side filter capacitor voltages referenced to ground. The three line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each other to produce the three line-to-line voltages (V2uv, V2vw, V2wu). Two of those line voltages (V2uv, V2vw) are filtered and sampled by software for synchronization and protection. The three line voltages are used to find the peak input voltage (V2-pk). This value is then compared with trip setting (Vltrp) for instantaneous hardware ac over voltage protection. In PWM drives, the neutral point of the line filter capacitor is measured (Vn1) and used for line side neutral over voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine the line side dc link voltage (Vdcr1), which is then sampled by the drive. Current transformers (CT) in two of the ac input lines provide the input line current feedback (I2u, I2w). Inverting and adding the two current feedback signals reproduces the current in the remaining phase. A Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) is used for monitoring the dc link current and used for hardware overcurrent protection. In addition the average value of the dc link current feedback is measured using a V-f converter and used by the dc link current controller to calculate the firing angle for the rectifier. The preceding description applies to 6-SCR and PWM rectifier options. For drives with the 18 pulse front-end, another VSB is daisy chained with the first one providing additional six line-to-ground voltages from the slave bridges. The slave 1 voltages are monitored using (V3uv, V3vw, V3wu) while slave 2 voltage are monitored using (V4uv, V4vw, V4wu). In addition current feedback from slave bridges I3u, I3w and I4u, I4w are also brought in for protection. As in 6-pulse drives, inverting and adding the two current feedback signals reproduces the current in the remaining phase. Also for 18-pulse drives, the three ac line-to-ground voltages are summed together to determine the neutral to ground voltage on the input transformer.
1-15
Machine Converter Feedback
The function of the machine converter feedback block is to process (scale and filter) the motor side voltage and current feedback signals to the form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB). The first VSB provides three motor voltage feedback signals (Vu, Vv, Vw), the second VSB provides two dc (VM+, VM-) and one machine side filter capacitor neutral voltage referenced to ground. The motor line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each other to produce the three motor line-to-line voltages (Vuv, Vvw, Vwu). Two of those voltages (Vuv, Vvw ) are filtered and sampled by software for synchronization and protection. The three line voltages are used to find peak voltage (V_pk). This value is then compared with trip setting (Vmtrp) for instantaneous hardware ac over voltage protection. The motor line-to-ground voltages are summed to determine the motor neutral-to-ground voltage (Vzs) and is used for motor neutral over voltage protection. In addition, the neutral point of the motor filter capacitor is measured (Vn) and used for motor side neutral over voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine the machine side dc link voltage (Vdci1), which is sampled by the drive. Two Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) provide stator current feedback from two of the motor phases (Iu, Iw). Inverting and adding the two current feedback signals reproduces the current in the remaining phase. The drive control software uses the sampled voltages and currents to determine the motor flux and uses it for synchronization. For drives with Synchronous Transfer option, an additional VSB is used for sensing three line-to-line bypass voltages ( Vuvs, Vvws, Vwus). Two of these (Vuvs, Vvws) are further filtered and sampled by the software for synchronizing the drive output voltage to the bypass voltage. If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, the board is plugged into the J28. The motor speed is then determined by counting the tach pulses in the FPGA on the DPM.
1-16
Motor Model
The function of the motor model block (Figure 1.8) is to determine the rotor flux position (Flux Angle), flux feedback (Flux Feedback), applied stator frequency (Stator Freq), slip frequency (Slip Frequency) and motor operating variables like stator current (Stator Current), stator voltage (Stator Voltage), torque (MtrAirGap Torque), power (MotorAirGap Power) and power factor (Mtr Pwr Factor). The PowerFlex 7000 uses Rotor Flux oriented control to achieve independent control of motor flux and torque. This is achieved by synchronizing the machine converter gating to Flux Angle. To determine the flux feedback, stator frequency and the synchronizing reference frame the drive uses either the Voltage or the Current model. For speeds greater than 3Hz, the drive uses the voltage model (from measured motor voltage and current) to calculate the Flxfbk VoltModel, and StatFreq VoltModel. Below 3Hz, the drive uses the current model to calculate Flxfbk CurModel, and StatFreq CurModel. The current model is based on indirect vector control and uses the d-q components of stator current along with motor parameters T Rotor and Lm Rated. Based on the operating speed of the drive and the speed feedback mode (Sensorless or Pulse Tach), a flux select algorithm determines the model to be used. Motor model also calculates the Slip Frequency which is used in the calculation of the motor speed (Speed Control) in Sensorless mode and for determining the rotor flux position in Pulse Tach mode. The synchronously rotating frame (Flux Angle) is used in transforming the measured motor currents and voltages into d-q components. The direct axis components are in phase with the rotor flux, while the quadrature axis components are displaced 90 degrees from the rotor flux. The stator current (Stator Current) and voltage magnitudes (Stator Voltage) are calculated by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the respective d-q components. The motor Torque is calculated by multiplying the Flux Feedback and Isq with motor torque constant. Torque multiplied by the motor speed gives the Mtr AirGap Power. Mtr Power Factor is determined as the ratio of motor active power and the apparent power.
1-17
L Total Leakage (130) Lm Rated R Stator (131) (129) FlxFbk VoltModel (342)
L Total Leakage (130)
Motor Currents Motor Voltages
3 3
VOLTAGE FLUX MODEL
StatFrq VoltModel (485) Flux Angle V Flux Feedback (306)
Rotor Angle
Tach Feedback (349) Speed Reference (278) T Rotor (132) MtrFlux Current (338) MtrFlux CurCmd (310) Flux Angle
Flux Reference (305) Flux Angle C
FLUX SELECTOR
Stator Freq (448) Flux Angle
CURRENT FLUX MODEL
StatFrq CurModel (486) FlxFbk CurModel (341) Slip Frequency (343)
MtrTorque CurCmd (292) Stator Current (340) Mtr AirGap Power (346) MOTOR OPERATING VARIABLES Mtr Power Factor (692) Mtr AirGap Trq (345)
Motor Voltages
3
VECTOR ROTATOR
Motor Currents
Mtr Trq Current (339 ) V sd V sq
Stator Voltage (344)
Figure 1.8 Motor Model
Drive/Motor Protection
Except for the dc link overcurrent, rectifier over voltage and inverter over voltage, the entire drive protection is realized in the software. Adjustable parameters specifying the trip level and time delay are provided for each fault. A detailed list of all the faults and warnings (alarms) is provided in Chapter 3 Troubleshooting. The response to a drive alarm falls into three categories:
1-18
Drive/Motor Protection (cont.)
For Class 1 faults (with the exception of dc link overcurrent, rectifier overvoltage and inverter overvoltage), the line converter is immediately phased back to retard limit until the dc link current drops to zero. The gating for both converters is disabled and the contactors (if installed) are opened. At this point the motor will coast and its speed will depend on the characteristics of the load. For some high inertia loads, the motor may coast for a long time. The dc link overcurrent, rectifier input overvoltage and inverter output voltage are special cases in that the fault detection is performed by hardware because a very fast response is required. The hardware fault detection responds to instantaneous values. Also the drive response to these faults is different from other Class1 faults because it freezes the SGCT gating (both converters if a PWM rectifier based drive and only the inverter side if a 6P/18P SCR drive) until the dc link current has dropped to zero. The gating is then disabled and contactors are opened. For Class 2 faults the motor is brought to a normal stop before the gating is disabled and the contactors opened. Typical examples of Class 2 faults are motor overload, drive overload and loss of load. For most Warnings no action is taken and drive maintains its normal operation. A warning could be an indication of a problem in drive e.g. an Air Filter warning is an indication of a blocked air filter. In addition there are a few warnings in the drive that may cause momentary interruption in the operation of the drive e.g. Master UV, Line Loss or Bus Transient. The action taken is similar to a Class1 fault and the normal operation is resumed once the transient condition has disappeared. If a drive experiences Master UV or Line Loss, then Auto Restart Dly (3) should be set to a non-zero value in order to resume normal operation automatically. It is important to understand how contactors (input and output) behave in an event of fault. If the input contactor is set for Not Running or All Faults via parameter Input CtCtr Cfg (1), then the contactor opens on any fault (Class 1, Critical or Class 2) in the drive. This happens after the dc link current has been brought to zero and the gating for all converters disabled. If the contactor is set for Critical Flt, then the contactor will open only when a critical fault (explained above) happens in the drive. For all other faults (Class1 or Class2) the input contactor will remain closed after the drive has been shut off. For a complete list of fault classification, refer to Chapter 3 Troubleshooting. An output contactor, whose configuration is specified by Output Ctctr Cfg (5), opens for any fault in the drive. This happens after the dc link current has been brought to zero and the gating for all converters disabled.
1-19
Power Semiconductor Diagnostics
The PowerFlex 7000 drive tests for the failure of the power semiconductors (SCRs or SGCTs) before running and while running. The method used to detect failed devices is different for starting (offline diagnostics) and for running (on-line diagnostics), but the same hardware is used in both situations. The drive control receives a feedback signal via a fiber-optic cable from each device gate driver, which can indicate whether or not it is healthy. SCR diagnostics are based on sensing the voltage across the device while SGCT has smart diagnostics built in the gate driver board. The feedback and the gating have a certain relationship when the device is healthy or failed. This is shown in Figure 1.10 and will be described in detail in following sections. The description applies to all 6P, 18P and PWM PowerFlex 7000 drives. In the drive, the test points are available on the OIBB for monitoring the gating and diagnostic signals. In order to understand how the diagnostics work, it is important to understand the relationship between fiber optic signals and the logic levels on the test points. This is summarized in Table 1.B and Table 1.C.
Table 1.B
OIBB Transmitter(TX) LIGHT NO LIGHT TP_CMD on OIBB 0V 5V Device Status ON OFF
Table 1.C
OIBB Receiver(RX) LIGHT NO LIGHT TP_DIAG on OIBB 0V 5V
1-20
Power Semiconductor Diagnostics (cont.)
Off line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs

Line Converter 6P-SCR, 18P-SCR and PWM The rectifier diagnostics are performed when medium voltage is first applied by closing the input contactor and when the drive receives a start command. The drive also performs off line diagnostics when a drive reset command is issued. These diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device, loss of feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic. The diagnostics consist of two stages. A passive diagnostic test followed by an active diagnostic test. In the passive diagnostics test no devices are gated. SCR Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics For SCR rectifiers, when the line voltage is applied to the drive but the drive is not running, the voltage across the line converter thyristors is high and positive for half cycle except during intervals around the zero of the line voltage. The gate driver transmits light whenever the device is forward biased with a large enough voltage as shown in Figure 1.9. On the OIBB diagnostic test point this translates into a feedback signal at 0V level. Since the drive is not gating (no light, 5V signal on the OIBB gating test point) the feedback normally toggles state every cycle of the utility voltage. However the feedback will not toggle state if the device is shorted, or if the feedback fiber-optic path is incomplete. This is shown in Figure 1.9. If this occurs, the drive faults and issues an OfflineShrt fault for the device. PWM Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics For PWM rectifiers the transmitter on the device should send a light back when the device is healthy (0V on the diagnostic test point). However the light signal will not be received if a device is shorted or if the feedback fiber-optic path is incomplete. The drive presumes the device has failed and determines which devices would be safe to gate for the more detailed active offline diagnostic test.
1-21
Voltage across a thyristor when medium voltage is applied
Diagnostic feedback for a healthy SCR +5V 0 Diagnostic feedback low Diagnostic feedback high Diagnostic feedback for a shorted SCR +5V 0 No Light
Figure 1.9 Voltage across a thyristor when MV is applied
Typical SGCT Gating pattern +5V 0 NO LIGHT (Device Off) LIGHT (Device On ) Healthy Diagnostic Feedback +5V 0 Gate Cathode shorted or PS problem +5V NO LIGHT 0 +5V 0 +5V 0 NO LIGHT No gating received LIGHT No diagnostic feedback LIGHT LIGHT NO LIGHT
Figure 1.10 SGCT diagnostics
1-22
Power Semiconductor Diagnostics (cont.)
SCR Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics In the active diagnostic test, each device is gated at maximum blocking voltage. For a healthy SCR, the feedback will normally change from high to low when gated. However the drive will receive a high state (light) both before and after gating if the device is open-circuited, there is an incomplete gating fiber-optic path or a damaged gate driver. When this occurs the drive will issue an Offline Open fault for the device. If the drive receives a low signal (no light) in both states, there may be shorted device or an incomplete feedback fiber optic. If this occurs drive will issue an Offline Shrt fault for the device. Failed or open-circuited snubber connections will shift the device blocking voltage (when not running) which may case either fault to appear. It should be noted that during the active diagnostics stage a dc link voltage which is close to rated voltage will appear due to interaction with the snubber circuit. PWM Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics For the PWM rectifier, the active diagnostic test can differentiate between a failed device and a broken fiber-optic path because the gate driver toggles the feedback differently when gated as shown in Figure 1.10. As in the SCR rectifier active offline diagnostics, each device is gated at peak blocking voltage (if MV is available). Devices which could cause a line to line short circuit are not gated. If the drive detects a failed device, an Offline fault is issued for the device. A weak gate power supply may also cause a device fault. If the drive receives no light signal (5V on the diagnostic test point) both before and after gating, then there may be an incomplete feedback fiber-optic and a DiagFkbLoss fault will be issued. A completely failed or unplugged power supply will also cause this fault. If the drive always receives a light signal (0V on the diagnostic test point) both before and after gating, the device may not have received the gating signal and a Gating Loss fault will be issued. The drive will not allow the contactor to be closed if it detects enough failed devices to cause a line to line short circuit. Machine Converter off line diagnostics The inverter diagnostics are performed when the drive control is powered up and when the drive receives a start command. The drive also performs off line diagnostics when a drive reset command is issued. These diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device, loss of feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic. The inverter off-line diagnostics are similar to the PWM rectifier diagnostics except that: no passive diagnostic is done, no consideration is given to line-to-line short-circuits and the input contactor is not involved. The inverter off-line diagnostics will generate Device Flt Fbk FO Loss and Gat FO Loss faults.
1-23
On-line detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs

When the gating is enabled for both converters, the feedback from the gate drivers is constantly switching on and off, usually several times per cycle. The diagnostics feedback signals from each device are monitored and the protective measures are performed. SCR On-Line Diagnostics For SCR rectifier drives, the drive detects both open and shorted devices while running. Due to notching and interaction with the other phases, the SCR feedback diagnostic changes state many times per cycle, although it is only valid just before and after firing the device. Just before firing a device, the drive takes several samples of the diagnostic feedback from the SCR. If every sample indicates that the device was on before it was fired, the drive considers that the device may be shorted, and starts a timer. When this timer exceeds the number of line cycles specified by the parameter Rec Dvc Diag Dly (266) the drive generates an OnlineShrt fault. Each device has its own timer. A delay of zero will generate a fault immediately. A delay of 2 will generate a fault after 2 cycles which indicates that the fault has been seen three times in a row. Shortly after the drive fires an SCR it checks the feedback from the gate driver boards. If the feedback shows that the device did not fire the drive considers that the device may be open-circuited and starts a timer. If the fault persists for 6 cycles, the drive generates an OnlineOpen fault. As with the short circuit fault, each device has its own timer, however the delay is not adjustable. Both on-line device diagnostics are not available at all modes of operation due to the nature of the feedback from the gate driver. No diagnostics are done when the rectifier firing angle is less than 15 degrees. No diagnostics are done when the dc current is discontinuous. SGCT on-line diagnostics The PWM rectifier and inverter generate only one type of on-line diagnostic fault. Due to the intelligent gate driver board the drive is able to check the status of every SGCT in a bridge any time a device in the bridge is fired. The drive takes a sample of every devices feedback before and after firing the bridge. If both samples indicate that the device is not functioning correctly the drive starts a timer for that device. When this timer reaches the value specified by parameter Rec Dvc Diag Dly (266) for the PWM rectifier, or Inv Dvc Diag Dly (268) for the inverter, the drive generates an Online fault. The actual time to trip will vary with the switching frequency of the bridge in question. A bridge changes state at three times the switching frequency. For a PWM rectifier switching at 420 Hz (7pulse at 60 Hz), the bridge changes state at 1260 Hz. This means the delay is in multiples of around 0.8 ms.
1-24
Test Modes
The PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is provided with test modes to check the functionality of the drive during commissioning. These test modes are selected using the parameter Operating Mode in the Feature Select group. When Test Mode is set to the default value of Normal, the drive is in the normal operating mode. The parameter cannot be changed while the drive is running. Setting Operating Mode to Gate Test allows the gating checks to be performed on the rectifier and the inverter. Both the input and output contactors must be open and medium voltage must not be applied to the drive. This test is carried out in conjunction with two additional parameters Inv Gating Test and Rect Gating Test. Upon selecting Gate Test, both the parameters are automatically set to Test Pattern. A brief description follows in this section. Setting Inv Gating Test to Test Pattern will fire the inverter devices in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz) and is verified by observing the LEDs on the SGCT gate driver board. Setting Inv Gating Test to Normal Gate will result in the inverter devices firing as in normal mode of operation. The frequency of the gating is controlled by parameter Speed Command In (276). Setting Inv Gating Test to Off stops the inverter test gating sequence. In 6 or 18-pulse SCR PowerFlex drives, the gate driver boards derive power from medium voltage. Hence to check the line converter gating in Gate Test mode where there is no MV available, a special power harness is required. The line converter gating is quickly checked by setting the Rect Gating Test to Test Pattern. This will fire the rectifier devices in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz) with only one device on at a time and is verified by observing the LEDs on the SCR gate driver boards. To set the rectifier gating in normal operation select Normal Gate. The SCR firing is at the input line frequency. For 6-pulse PWM drives, no power harness is required as the SGCTs are powered by the Gate Power Supply.
SHOCK HAZARD
Disconnect all ends of cable before applying medium voltage power. Failure to disconnect cable before applying medium voltage can result in damage to equipment, serious personal injury or death.
1-25
ATTENTION
Application of medium voltage to the drive input or output when it is operating in gate test mode may cause severe damage to the drive.
To test the line converter and to tune the dc link current regulator and the line commutating impedance, the drive Operating Mode is selected as DC Current. In this test mode, the line converter operates normally, but the machine converter gating is modified to gate both the positive and negative legs in the same phase in order to short-circuit the dc link current through the machine converter. The short circuit current is slowly rotated among the three phases with overlap between phases to ensure that an open circuit does not occur during commutation. There is no current in the motor and the output contactor (if installed in the drive) is opened. The dc current command is set equal to the value specified by parameter Idc Test Command (119) in the Current Control group. In this test mode the line converter firing angle Alpha Rectifier (327) will be close to 90 degrees. This is because it takes very small dc voltage to build current in a shorted dc link. Setting Operating Mode to System Test selects the system test mode. This mode is used to test the drive as a system, including interfaces with external devices such as programmable controllers, without applying power to the drive or motor. The drive behaves as if it was running normally but device gating disabled. Since the input, output, and bypass contactors operate normally in this mode, it must be ensured that the drive and motor are isolated from medium voltage. If the drive detects medium voltage in this test mode, a fault MV in SystemTest is issued and the input contactor is opened.
ATTENTION
It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure that the drive and motor are isolated from medium voltage when the drive is operating in system test mode with the input, output, and bypass contactors closed.
Setting Operating Mode to Open Circuit, selects the open circuit test mode. This mode is used to test the drives at rated output voltage and frequency without connecting it to a motor. In open circuit test mode, ac current sufficient to produce rated voltage at the drive output is forced through the output filter capacitors. When the drive is started in this mode, it ramps up to rated frequency and synchronizes its output voltage with the line voltage. The current reference is set to a value that will produce voltage at the drive output set by the parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100).
1-26
Test Modes (cont.)

ATTENTION
Open circuit test mode should not be used when the drive is connected to a load unless an output contactor is provided.
Setting Operating Mode to Open Loop selects a diagnostic mode in which the drive is run in an open loop manner without closing any of the feedback loops on the motor side (Speed and Flux regulators). Parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss and TrqCmd1 Sensrlss are used to inject motor current at a small stator frequency (typically 10% of Rated Line Frequency). Motor will be turning in this mode and drive analog flux feedback variables FlxFbk VoltModel (342) and StatFrqVoltModel (485) are used to ensure the reliability of the analog feedback.
This feature is available in drives running induction motors only.
Flying Start (Induction Motor) Using this feature, the PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is capable of
restarting a motor that is not stationary but is already rotating. In normal operation, the output of the drive is synchronized with the motor flux which is derived from the stator voltage and current feedback. Upon starting, if there is no detectable stator voltage, the drive assumes that the motor is stationary. The output frequency starts from an initial value of zero and ramps up until motor flux is detected. Significant flux is created in the motor only when the slip frequency (i.e. the difference between the applied stator frequency and rotor frequency) is small. When the drive is started with the motor stationary, the initial slip frequency is small and the motor flux builds up fairly quickly. But, if the motor is already spinning, then very little flux will be induced until the stator frequency is quite close to the rotor frequency, at which time the motor flux will suddenly rise to a level sufficient for the drive to detect and synchronize. If the drive reaches the maximum allowable speed command without detecting any motor flux, then it will trip on a motor stall fault. There are following possible causes of a motor stall when starting: 1. The motor has pulled out and stalled during starting due to insufficient torque. The remedy for this is to increase the value of some or all of the parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss, TrqCmd1 Sensrlss and Accel Time 1.
1-27
2. The motor was already rotating but the flying start failed because the drive passed through the low slip region too quickly to allow the motor flux to build up. The solution to this problem is to increase the value of parameter Accel Time 1. Most medium voltage motors have a rotor time constant in the range of 1 to 5 seconds, and it can take a few seconds for the flux to rise to a detectable level. Until flux is detected, the drive does not use the normal speed ramp but continues to accelerate at the rate defined by parameters Accel Time 1 and Ramp speed 1. If this rate exceeds 2Hz/sec, then the drive limits it internally to a maximum of 2Hz/sec. 3. The motor is rotating in the direction opposite to the commanded direction of rotation. The slip frequency will increase instead of decreasing as the drive accelerates and no flux will be induced in the motor. In such cases, selecting Bidirectional flying start feature, allows the drive to search the motor in opposite direction before stalling. This option can be selected by enabling BiDr FlyStrt in Special Features (99). If the motor is coasting at a high enough speed (above about 40 Hz) and the output contactor is closed, then the motor may self excite with the drive motor filter capacitors and generate a high stator voltage that the drive can detect. The drive will re-synchronize to this voltage and quickly restart. If the optional tachometer feedback is installed, then the drive knows the speed of the motor at all times and can perform a flying start for any speed or direction of rotation.
Flying Start (Synch Motor)
With a synchronous motor, flying start is much quicker and more reliable because a detectable stator voltage is produced whenever the field is applied and the motor is rotating, even with zero stator current. When the drive is started, rated field current is applied to the motor but the stator current remains at zero until the end of the ramp start delay to allow the rotor flux to build up. If the stator frequency is greater than about 2 Hz, sufficient stator voltage is generated to allow the drive to detect the speed and direction of the motor and synchronize itself to the motor flux. If the flux feedback does not reach a minimum level of 0.2pu, the drive assumes that the motor is stationary and starts from zero frequency. If an optional position encoder is installed, a flying start can be performed for any speed or direction of rotation.
1-28
Tachometer/Encoder Option
The optional tachometer/encoder provides two significant enhancements to the drive control: 1. Provides an accurate measurement of motor speed and direction at all times 2. Extends closed loop speed and torque control down to nearly zero speed. A pulse tachometer, also called a pulse generator or incremental encoder, produces a pulse train output with a frequency proportional to shaft speed. By counting the number of pulses, the motor speed can be determined. The tachometer is wired to an optional tachometer board installed on connector J28 of the ACB. Parameter Tach Type (233) specifies which type of tachometer has been installed. A Quadrature tachometer provides two outputs A and B. Using these signals the motor speed and its direction of rotation can be determined. On other hand Single tachometer only gives information about the speed and should be used in applications where no reverse rotation occurs. Counting the number of tach pulses over a certain sampling period yields the tach output frequency, from which the shaft speed can be calculated using the tach pulses per revolution (ppr) specified by parameter Tach PPR (234). The tach resolution determines the minimum motor speed that can be measured. If high starting torque or very low speed operation is required, a high resolution such as 1024 or 2048 ppr must be provided. Otherwise, a low resolution such as 240 or 360 ppr is adequate. E.g if the tach frequency is measured to be 30 kHz, then with a 1024 PPR, the motor speed is calculated as The voltage model is not usable for stator frequencies less than 3 Hz. To control flux and torque at low speeds, the PowerFlex 7000 drive switches to current model based on indirect vector control. With indirect control, the position of the rotor flux is not directly measured but is indirectly predicted by adding the calculated slip angle to the measured rotor angle. The rotor angle is obtained by integrating the output of the pulse tach (the zero position is arbitrary). The slip frequency required to provide the desired flux and torque is calculated by the motor model. The slip frequency is integrated to get the slip angle and added to the measured rotor angle to obtain the flux angle.
1-29
Because of its salient pole construction, the position of the rotor flux in a synchronous machine is not arbitrary but is determined by the physical position of the rotor. A synchronous machine therefore requires an absolute position encoder instead of an incremental encoder for indirect vector control. The encoder must also be aligned with the direct axis of the rotor. To avoid having to physically align the encoder, an offset angle specified by parameter Encoder Offset (644) is added to the encoder output to compensate for the difference between the encoder zero and the direct axis of the rotor. To reverse the encoder rotation in software if it does not match the rotation of the motor, bit Rvs Encoder in Special Features (#99) should be set to 1. There is no parameter to specify the encoder resolution; it is inferred from the number of motor poles.
Contact factory for the availability of this option.
Synchronous Transfer
Synchronous transfer is an optional feature of the PowerFlex 7000 drive which allows either a single or multi-motors to be transferred between the drive and a fixed frequency supply in either direction without stopping and with a very short interruption of power. Compared to non-synchronous transfer in which power to the motor is interrupted for a significant length of time, the transient drop in motor speed is much less with synchronous transfer. In order to perform a synchronous transfer, a drive output contactor and a bypass contactor are required as shown in Figure 1.11. The name bypass indicates that the function of this contactor is to connect the motor directly to the fixed frequency supply, bypassing the drive. An additional Voltage Sensing Board (VSB) is used to measure the bypass voltage on the line side of the bypass contactor. These inputs are brought in through ACB and used in synchronizing the motor voltage directly to the bypass voltage resulting in a reliable synchronous transfer. In addition the measurement of bypass voltage allows certain protection features to be built in. The synchronous transfer is automatically aborted if the drive detects an overvoltage or undervoltage or reverse sequence in the bypass voltage.
1-30
Synchronous Transfer (cont.)
Input contactor Input bus PF7000
Output contactor MOTOR
Bypass contactor
PF7000 CONTROL Bypass bus
Figure 1.11 A typical synchronous transfer set up using PF7000
For single motor applications, the drive is capable of performing synchronous transfer without the need for a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC). The command to close the bypass and output contactor and their status are realized using the digital IO on ACB. The run time commands Request to Bypass (Synch) and Transfer to drive (De-synch) are wired to the standard XIO board. Synchronous transfer will not be performed if the phase sequence of the bypass voltage is not positive.
ATTENTION
If the phase rotation and phase angle of the bypass voltage compared to the drive input voltage are not correct, damage may occur to the drive, motor, couplings and driven equipment if a transfer to bypass is attempted.
1-31
For all multiple motor synchronizing applications, a PLC is used for overall control of the synchronous transfer operation. Typically, the PLC gives control of the bypass contactor to the drive before performing the transfer, and takes back control after the transfer is completed.
ATTENTION
Since the programmable controller and not the drive controls the output and bypass contactors, the transfer command must always go via the PLC and never directly to the drive from another controlling device (e.g. a Remote I/O adapter).
The following section will describe the sequence of operation on single motor synchronous transfer without using a PLC.
Transfer to Bypass
When the motor is running on the drive and a synchronous transfer is required, the transfer takes place in the following sequence: 1. The drive is given a Request to Bypass command, which must remain active until the synchronous transfer is complete. If the transfer command is removed before the bypass contactor is requested to close, the drive will abort the transfer and return to normal running. When the drive receives the transfer command, it accelerates the motor up to the measured Bypass Frequency (159). If the drive is unable to achieve synchronous speed, it may be necessary to increase parameter Trq Lmt Motoring (84). 2. When the motor reaches synchronous speed, the synchronizing regulator is activated whose response is controlled by parameter Sync Reg Gain (225). It adjusts the drive Speed Reference as required, to synchronize the motor to the bypass with the motor voltage leading the bypass voltage by an angle specified by parameter Sync Lead Angle (226). This parameter is used to compensate for the drifts in the motor and bypass voltage before the bypass contactor closes. If the phase error tends to oscillate, it may be necessary to adjust parameters Sync Reg Gain or Spdreg Bandwidth.
1-32
3. When the phase error between the motor voltage and bypass voltage has remained less than the value specified by parameter Sync Error Max (228) for the time interval specified by parameter Sync Time (229) the drive activates BP CONTACTOR output on the ACB. 4. After a time delay specified by Sync Off Delay (227) the drive shuts off. It is important that this parameter is set to the correct value. This should be at least 1-2 cycles less than the contactor closing time. If this time delay is set too short, the motor voltage could drift out of phase with the bypass voltage. If the time delay is set too long, a drive overcurrent fault may occur because the drive is unable to control its output voltage and frequency once the bypass contactor has closed.
ATTENTION
If parameter Sync Off Delay is set incorrectly, damage may occur to the drive, motor, couplings, and driven load if a transfer to bypass is attempted.
5. When the BP CONTACTOR STATUS input indicates that the bypass contactor has closed, the drive deactivates the OP CONTACTOR output. When the output contactor opens, the drive is disconnected from the motor, leaving the output filter capacitors charged to bypass voltage. 6. The synchronous transfer is now complete and the motor is running on bypass. 7. If in (3), the drive is unable to synchronize within the time specified by parameter Sync Xfer Time (230) the synchronous transfer is aborted. At this point the drive can either fault or issue a warning. This is controlled by the parameter Drive Fault4 (370). If the bit SyncXferFail is set to 1, then the drive issues a fault. If the bit is set to 0, then a warning is issued.
TIME DELAY
Close Bypass Contactor
Sync Error max (228) Sync Time (229)
TIME DELAY
Shut off drive
Bypass voltage angle SYNC XFER REGULATOR

3 Hz
Sync Off Delay (227) SyncXfer Enab = 1
Motor voltage angle

_ +
Sync Reg Output (298)
To Speed Control
Figure 1.12 Transfer to Bypass

Sync Reg Error (297)
-3 H z
Sync Lead Angle (226) Sync Reg Gain (225)
SyncXfer Enab = 0
0
Special Feature (99)
1-33
1-34
Transfer to Drive
To transfer a motor running on the bypass back to the drive a Transfer to Drive command is requested. Following sequence of events take place: 1. The drive is given a Transfer to Drive command. After a normal start command is given, the drive closes the output contactor. After the OP CONTACTOR STATUS input on the ACB indicates that the output contactor has closed, there is a time delay to allow the output filter capacitors to charge to the bypass voltage. This delay is adjustable using DeSync Start Dly (#763). Within this time, the drive synchronizes to the capacitor voltage with the motor still running on bypass. The drive then deactivates its BP_CONTACTOR output. 2. When the BP CONTACTOR STATUS input on the ACB indicates that the bypass contactor has opened, the drive goes to run mode. As the drive brings the motor torque up to the level required by the load, the motor speed will drop slightly before returning to the commanded speed.
3. The Transfer to Drive command is removed. The transfer is now complete and the motor is running on the drive.
1-35
PID Process Control
The PID process control feature is now integrated into the PowerFlex 7000 drive. The PID controller provides a single closed loop process control with proportional, integral and derivative control action. This feature is designed to eliminate the need for external control devices in applications that require control of a process. The drive reads the Process Variable (357) from the analog input that is fed by the customer process sensor and compares it to the desired Process Setpoint (360). The analog I/O is either in the voltage range of 0 -10V or in the current range of 4 20 mA. The algorithm will then adjust the PID Output (356), changing the drives speed command frequency to make the Process Variable equal to the Process Setpoint. The internal PID process controller uses the velocity form algorithm of the PID equation. This signifies that the loop works on the change in error to adjust the output whereas a traditional positional form algorithm works on the error directly. The firmware provides several options as to the way the algorithm works. Independent or dependent gain form can be chosen by the Indpndt Gain bit in the PID Output (356). The difference should be taken into consideration when tuning the PID parameters; PID Gain (353), PID Integral Time (354) and PID Derivative Time (355). The equations for the algorithms in dependent and independent gain form are shown below: Dependent Gain Form: In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a controller gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect all three terms; proportional, integral, and derivative.
E 2 E n 1 + E n 2 1 POn = POn 1 + K P E + Et + Td n Tl t
Independent Gain Form In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a proportional gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect only the proportional term.
POn = POn 1 + K P E +
where: PO: PID Output
E 2 E n 1 + E n 2 1 Et + Td n Tl t
E: Error (Process Setpoint - Process Variable) t : Sampling Period used by the loop Kp: PID Gain Tl : PID Integral Time in seconds Td : PID Derivative Time in seconds
1-36
PID Process Control (cont.)
The derivative term will act on the Process Variable instead of the error by setting the DerivProcess bit in the PID Output to 1. In this case, the derivative term in the above equation is replaced as below:
Derivative Term = Td
PVn 2 PVn 1 + PVn 2 t
where: PV: Process Variable The PID controller PID Output can be selected manually from the PID Manual Input (348) when the Manual bit in the PID Output is set to 1. When the Manual bit is set and the PID Manual input is still at the default value of 0, the PID Output will be latched to the last value from the PID controller and waits for the valid value to be entered. The control direction of the Process Variable can be changed by the Direct bit in the PID Manual input. When this bit is set to 1 the PID controller works in direct action, meaning that the PID Output increases when the Process Variable is larger than the Process Setpoint. In reverse action with the Direct bit off, the PID Output increases when the Process Variable is smaller than the Process Setpoint. Figure 1.13 shows an overall control block diagram.
PID Filter (390) PID Output (356) Speed Command PID (59) Output Limiter
Process Setpoint (360) PID Controller
LP Filter
Drive Control
PID Gain (353) PID Integral Time (354) PID Derivative Time (355) PID Command (313) PID Dead Bandwidth (352) PID Preload (365) PID Manual Input (348)
PID Minimum Limit (336) PID Maximum Limit (318)
Figure 1.13 Process PID controller

Analog I/O Process Variable (357) Process Variable Eng (366) Process Gain (398) Process Sensor
Process
1-38
Power Factor Compensation
This feature is available in drives with PWM rectifier to compensate leading power factor at low motor speeds with a fan/pump type load. Leading or lagging power factor at high motor speeds (or even above base speed) can also be compensated or improved. The control of power factor is realized by either controlling the modulation index of the inverter using Space Vector Modulation (SVM) gating technique or by adjusting the motor flux profile.
Analog Outputs
A total of seventeen programmable analog outputs are provided on various boards. They are classified as customer use or diagnostic use. See tables below. There are eight analog outputs on DPM which are intended for diagnostic purposes and are available as test points for connection to an oscilloscope or chart recorder. These analog outputs are 8-bit, non-isolated, with a range of -10V to +10V. The ACB also has one isolated 4-20mA analog output and 8 non-isolated analog outputs for connection to external devices such as meters or isolation modules. The allocation of the analog outputs is shown below:
Table 1.D Analog Outputs Customer Use
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Output Meter1 Meter2 Meter3 Meter4 Output1 Output2 Output3 Output4 4-20mAOut Board ACB ACB ACB ACB ACB ACB ACB ACB ACB Description Connector J10 Connector J10 Connector J10 Connector J10 Connector J8 Connector J8 Connector J8 Connector J8 Connector J8
Table 1.E Analog Outputs Diagnostic Use

Output 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RecTstPt1 RecTstPt2 RecTstPt3 RecTstPt4 InvTstPt1 InvTstPt2 InvTstPt3 InvTstPt4 Board DPM DPM DPM DPM DPM DPM DPM DPM Description RTP1 RTP2 RTP3 RTP4 ITP1 ITP2 ITP3 ITP4
Any parameter or variable can be assigned to any analog output. Only the outputs for customer use can be scaled by using the corresponding scaling factor.
1-39
Analog Inputs
A total of 3 analog inputs are provided in the drive for customer use. Typically these inputs are used for speed command and can be configured to be either 4-20mA or 0-10V inputs. Analog Input 1 and Analog Input 2 are used for directly controlling the speed of the motor (Refer to section on Speed Command) while Analog Input 3 is used for sensing the process output for the built in PID controller.
1-40
Chapter
Parameters
PowerFlex 7000/7000L Medium Voltage AC Drive
DATABASE REVISION # 7.xxx
IMPORTANT: Please read the following information on overall parameter configuration.
This document provides detailed description of the parameters used in drive control. The parameters are arranged into functional groups. Each description begins with the full name of the parameter, followed by the name displayed on the operator interface. The linear number of the parameter is given followed by the minimum and maximum values showing the position of the decimal point and the units if applicable. Next is the generic value that is assigned when a parameter initialization is performed. The access level at which the parameter can be first seen is given. The access levels are Monitor, Basic, Advanced, Service and Rockwell. At the Monitor access level, no change to the parameters are allowed. If the parameter is first seen at a certain level (with the exception of Monitor) and it is a Read/Write type, it can be modified at the same or a higher level. Read Only parameters are operational variables that change with different operating conditions. Finally, there is a short functional description of the parameter.
Interpreting Bit-Encoded Parameters

Most bit-encoded parameters follow a basic format. A one (1) in an associated bit represents a true or active condition. A zero (0) in an associated bit represents a false or inactive condition. The methodology is best illustrated using an example: Hardware Options 1 [HardwareOptions1] Linear Number: 141 Default Value: 128 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options.
2-2
Parameter Descriptions
Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Enum Text Redn ConvFan RednIsoTxFan Redn PwrSup Output IsoTx Input IsoSw Output IsoSw Bypass IsoSw DCNeutralVSB Output Ctctr Bypass Ctctr Ambient Temp Rec ChB Temp Redn Dvc Inv Redn Dvc Rec Rockwell UPS Customer UPS
Description Redundant Converter Fan for Air cooled drives Redundant Isolation Tranformer Fan Redundant Power Supply Output Isolation Transformer Input Isolation Switch Output Isolation Switch Bypass Isolation Switch Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement Output Contactor installed in the drive Bypass Contactor installed in the drive Ambient temperature enabled Rectifier Channel B temperature Redundant Inverter Device Redundant Rectifier Device Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive
The description in the manual will always be structured in the same way. The top description (in this case, Redn ConvFan) is always the least-significant bit, or right-most bit. As you move down the list of descriptions, you move to the left on the bit-encoded word. Any unused bits in the middle of a word will be identified, but unused bits in the middle of a word will have no description. This is why a 16-bit word may only have a few descriptions. The rest are reserved for future expansion. When a bit-encoded parameter is viewed in its associated group, it is actually displayed as a hexadecimal number. The right-most four bits represent the right-most hexadecimal digit. Each subsequent group of 4 represents the next hex digit. The following table illustrates the relationship: Bit Value Example Sums 15 14 13 12 8 0 4 1 5 2 0 1 1 11 10 8 1 4 1 E 9 2 1 8 1 0 7 8 1 6 4 0 B 5 2 1 4 1 1 3 8 0 2 4 0 3 1 2 1 0 1 1
0 + 4+0+1
8 + 4+2+0
8 + 0+2+1
0 + 0+2+1
When you display a specific bit-encoded parameter, or choose to modify a bit-encoded parameter, it will be displayed in fit format, with an individual description of each bit. When modifying a parameter, highlighting the bit with the cursor keys will automatically pop up the description on screen.
Conversion Table
Binary 0000 0001 0010 0011 Hex 0 1 2 3 Binary 0100 0101 0110 0111 Hex 4 5 6 7 Binary 1000 1001 1010 1011 Hex 8 9 A B Binary 1100 1101 1110 1111 Hex C D E F
2-3
Feedback Parameters
Line Voltage pu [Line Voltage pu] Linear Number: 135 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the estimated value of the input line voltage in per unit. This is calculated from the measured rectifier input voltage Rect Input Volt (696) and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Line Current pu (122). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. For 18-pulse drives, the line voltage is the summation of the estimated voltage from each of the three bridge voltages. Rectifier Input Volt [Rec Input Volt] Linear Number: 696 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured voltage at the input of the master rectifier bridge in per unit using the Voltage Sensing Board. For 6-PWM drive this is also the voltage across the line filter capacitor. For 18pulse drives this value represents the voltage at the input of the master bridge and will be approximately one third of the Line Voltage pu (135). This parameter is used for protection and also by the flux controller to adjust the flux command during input voltage sag conditions. Rectifier DCLink Volt [Rec DCLink Volt] Linear Number: 645 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage in per unit on the rectifier side using the Voltage Sensing Board. Inverter DCLink Volt [Inv DCLink Volt] Linear Number: 643 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage on the inverter side in per unit using the Voltage Sensing Board.
2-4
Inverter Output Volt [Inv Output Volt] Linear Number: 761 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured inverter output voltage in per unit using the Voltage Sensing Board (VSB). This is the voltage across the motor filter capacitor. For non-ESP applications, the motor voltage will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications, the inverter output voltage will be higher than the motor voltage to compensate the voltage drop in the cable. A new parameter Surface Voltage (#760) displays the inverter output voltage in Volts. Motor Voltage pu [Motor Voltage pu] Linear Number: 554 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the voltage across the motor terminals in per unit. For non-ESP applications, the motor voltage will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications the motor voltage is estimated from the measured output voltage Inv Output Volt (761) and compensating for the cable resistance drop using measured motor current Motor Current pu (555). Line Current pu [Line Current pu] Linear Number: 122 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of line current in per-unit. It is measured using Current Transformers (CTs) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the line current in the third phase by assuming that the sum of the line currents in a three phase system is zero. The line current is the sum of the current flowing into the rectifier bridge and the current flowing into the line filter capacitor. Motor Current pu [Motor Current pu] Linear Number: 555 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of motor current in per-unit. It is measured using Hall Effect Current Sensors (HECS) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the motor current in the third phase by assuming that the sum of the motor currents in a three phase system is zero. Rectifier Heat Sink Temp C [Rec HSink Temp C] Linear Number: 254 Minimum Value: -40.0 C Maximum Value: 100.0 C Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius.
2-5
Rectifier Heat Sink Temp F [Rec HSink Temp F] Linear Number: 255 Minimum Value: -40.0 F Maximum Value: 212.0 F Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. Inverter Heat Sink Temp C [Inv HSink Temp C] Linear Number: 252 Minimum Value: -40.0 C Maximum Value: 100.0 C Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius. Inverter Heat Sink Temp F [Inv HSink Temp F] Linear Number: 253 Minimum Value: -40.0 F Maximum Value: 212.0 F Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. Air Filter Blockage [Air Filter Block] Linear Number: 567 Minimum Value: 0.0 % Maximum Value: 100.0 % Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the amount of air filter blockage in %. An increasing value is an indication of air filter blocking. The blockage is calculated from the measured Convrter AirFlow (447) and the nominal converter air flow Conv AirFlow Nom (417). A drop in pressure sensor value is an indication of reduced airflow in the drive due to a blocked air filter. The drive continuously monitors this value and will trip before the air filter gets fully blocked. Air Filter Allow [Air Filter Allow] Linear Number: 568 Minimum Value: 0.0 % Maximum Value: 100.0 % Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the % allowable filter blockage before the drive will trip. A decreasing value is an indication of air filter blocking.
2-6
Converter Air Flow [Convrter AirFlow] Linear Number: 447 Minimum Value: -1.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts. It is an indication of the airflow in the drive. A drop in pressure value indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of cooling fan operation. This parameter along with Conv Airflow Nom (317), Conv AirFlow Trp (319) and Conv AirFlow Wrn (320) are used for protection. Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow [IsoTx AirFlow] Linear Number: 653 Minimum Value: -10.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts installed in the Isolation Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as the converter air flow pressure i.e. a decreasing value is an indication of blocked filters. This parameter along with IsoTx AirflowNom (656), IsoTx AirFlowTrp (654) and IsoTx AirFlowWrn (655) are used for protection. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. Line Neutral Voltage [LineNeutral Volt] Linear Number: 589 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured line side neutral to ground voltage in per unit. For PWM rectifier drives, the drive uses the measured voltage of the line capacitor neutral. For SCR drives the drive calculates the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground voltages from the master bridge (zerosequence). Motor Neutral Voltage [Mtr Neutral Volt] Linear Number: 347 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured motor neutral to ground voltage in per unit. The drive calculates the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground motor voltages (zero-sequence). Refer the following table for typical values of neutral voltages in the drive. Rectifier type 18 pulse 6PWM(grounded system) 6PWM(floating system) 6PWM(Direct-to-Drive) Line Neutral Voltage > 0.3pu < 0.1pu > 0.3pu < 0.1pu Motor Neutral Voltage < 0.1pu (with grounding network) > 0.3pu < 0.1pu (with grounding network) < 0.1pu
2-7
Master Bridge Line Voltage [Master Line Volt] Linear Number: 136 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the estimated value of the master bridge input voltage in per unit. This is calculated from the measured rectifier input voltage and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Master Line Cur (382). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. Slave 1 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave1 Line Volt] Linear Number: 137 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 1 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave1 bridge voltage and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave1 Line Cur (383). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. Slave 2 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave2 Line Volt] Linear Number: 138 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 2 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave2 bridge voltage and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave2 Line Cur (384). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. Master Bridge Line Current [Master Line Cur] Linear Number: 382 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured master bridge input current. Slave 1 Bridge Line Current [Slave1 Line Cur] Linear Number: 383 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured slave1 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives.
2-8
Slave 2 Bridge Line Current [Slave2 Line Cur] Linear Number: 384 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured slave2 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives. Master Bridge Line Frequency [Master Line Freq] Linear Number: 334 Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Master rectifier bridge. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. Slave 1 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave1 Line Freq] Linear Number: 335 Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 1 bridge for 18-pulse drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. Slave 2 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave2 Line Freq] Linear Number: 239 Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 2 bridge for 18-pulse drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. Slave1 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave1 Angle] Linear Number: 616 Minimum Value: -360.0 deg Maximum Value: 360.0 deg Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 1 bridges and is applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to 20 deg.
2-9
Slave2 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave2 Angle] Linear Number: 617 Minimum Value: -360.0 deg Maximum Value: 360.0 deg Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 2 bridges and is applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to +20 deg. Harmonic Voltage [Harmonic Voltage] Linear Number: 683 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 32.767 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the calculated value of the Harmonic Voltage on the input to the rectifier. The firmware looks at the rectifier voltage and will measure the 5th harmonic voltage only. This value is normalized to the rated line voltage, and will trip when the harmonic voltage exceeds the setting in the parameter Harmonic VoltTrp (675) for the time specified in Harmonic VoltDly (676). Common Mode Peak Current [ComModeCur Peak] Linear Number: 779 Minimum Value: 0.00 A Maximum Value: 655.35 A Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays the peak value of common mode current flowing in the neutral resistor. Peak Transient Volt [TransientVoltMax] Linear Number: 778 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only The peak capacitor voltage during the last bus transient is saved in the variable Peak Tran Volt #778. Bus Transient Trip [BusTransient Trp] Linear Number: 684 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 32.767 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter shows the internal Bus Transient Trip value.
2-10
Bus Transient Level [BusTransient Lvl] Linear Number: 767 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 32.767 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only The bus transient algorithm has been improved to reduce self-induced nuisance trips caused by fast dc current, pulse number and firing angle changes. The rectifier temporarily disables the bus transient when it determines that it may generate a transient in the input filter. This can be compared to Bus Tran Trip #684 to determine when the transient occurs.
Diagnostics Parameters
Logic Command Linear Number: Access Level: Read/Write: [Logic Command] 257 Monitor Read Only
This parameter specifies the logic command used by the drive control. Refer to Appendix A for detailed implementation. The following commands are displayed, with a one representing an active command: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Not Stop Start Jog Clr Flt Que Clr Warn Que Drive Reset Direction Start Profle Stop Profle Flash Mode Unused Synch De-Synch Force Stop Force Fault Unused Description Drive is ready to Run Start the Drive Start the drive in Jog mode Clear the Fault queue Clear the Warning queue Reset the drive Direction of rotation Drive Start profile Drive Stop profile DPI Adapter in Flash Mode Synchronous transfer to Bypass from Drive Synchronous transfer to Drive from Bypass Force Stop the drive (DPI) Force Fault the drive (DPI)
2-11
Logic Status [Logic Status] Linear Number: 258 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of logic status. A one represents an active condition, and it is bit encoded as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Ready Running Command Dir Rotation Dir Accelerating Decelerating At Speed On Bypass Rev Enabled Drive Fault Drive Warn Local Lock Forced Stop Speed Com1 Speed Com2 Speed Com3 Description The drive is in Ready condition. The drive is Running. Commanded direction of rotation, 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check) Actual Direction of rotation 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check) The drive is accelerating. The drive is decelerating. The drive has reached commanded speed. The drive is currently running on bypass. Reverse rotation of the drive has been enabled (Refer Special Features) Drive is in Fault mode Drive is in Warning mode An adaptor has local control of the drive DPI adapter has issued a forced stop command Speed reference source Speed reference source Speed reference source
Drive Not Ready Status Word 1 [Drive Not Ready1] Linear Number: 262 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready indication. 1 in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and 0 indicates that the condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Class1 Fault Class2 Fault No Line Sync No Phase Chk Inp Clse Dly Inp IsoOpen Out IsoOpen Byp IsoOpen No Out Ctctr Inp IsoClsd Out IsoClsd Byp IsoClsd DPI Flash Drv Xfer Dly Line Loss CtrlPwr Loss Description A Class 1 Fault Exists A Class 2 Fault Exists The drive failed to synchronize with the incoming line voltage Phasing Check on the Rectifier has not passed The drive is waiting for the line filter capacitor to discharge. The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be In Open Circuit Mode, the drive will not start if the drive does not have an Output contactor installed. The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be The DPI Adapter is being flashed remotely The drive is waiting for the motor filter capacitor to discharge after a successful synchronization and will not allow de-sync Loss of Medium Voltage Loss of Control Power
2-12
Drive Not Ready Status Word 2 [Drive Not Ready2] Linear Number: 699 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready indication. 1 in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and 0 indicates that the condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text SCR Gate Pwr InpCtctrOpen Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description The self powered gate drive boards for SCR drives are not charged The Drive Input Contactor is Open when it should not be
Drive Status Flags 1 [DrvStatus Flag1] Linear Number: 569 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the drive status flags. Each bit has 2 states, and that allows the parameter to represent 16 conditions. They are as shown below: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 Enum Text Not Ready Not Running Forward Rotation No Faults No Warnings Fans Off Input Open Output Open 1 Enum Text Ready Running Reverse Rotation Faulted Warnings Fans On Input Closed Output Closed
2-13
Drive Status Flag 2 [DrvStatus Flag2] Linear Number: 238 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the drive status flag and is used by drive control to make logical decisions. A 1 represents an indicated status. The following states are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Jog Local Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Run Req Restart Req Gating Enble Drive Init Gate Test Shrt Cct Tst System Tst Open Cct Tst Param Loaded Inv Init StaFlg2Bit14 Conv Fan2 On Description Drive is in Jog mode. Drive is in Local Control Mode. Drive has tripped on a Class 1 Fault. Drive has tripped on a Class 2 Fault. Drive start command has been issued. Drive will restart automatically following a line loss. Line and machine converter devices are gating. Drive Initialization routines have been completed. Drive is in Gate Test mode. Drive is in DC Current Test mode. Drive is in System Test mode. Drive is in Open Circuit Test mode. Drive Parameters have been loaded. Inverter side initialization routines have been completed. Not Used bit Optional redundant converter cooling fan (Fan 2) has been switched on
Contactor Command [Contactor Cmd] Linear Number: 505 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the command to close the various contactors configured with the drive (input, output, and bypass). The contactors are specified by the parameter Hardware Options1 (141). A 1 indicates that the contactor is being commanded by the drive to close. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input Ctctr Output Ctctr Bypass Ctctr Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Description Close Input contactor Close Output contactor Close Bypass contactor
2-14
Contactor Status [Contactor Status] Linear Number: 506 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the status of the various contactors and their isolating switches configured with the drive. A 1 indicates that the contactor or the isolating switch is closed. This parameter is used by the drive for protection. If a contactor has been commanded to close and is determined not to be closed, then the drive will trip. Similarly depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, if the isolating switch status is opposite to the expected then the drive will trip. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input IsoSw Input Ctctr Output IsoSw Output Ctctr Bypass IsoSw Bypass Ctctr Not Used Not Used Description Status of Input Isolation Switch Status of Input Contactor Status of Output Isolation Switch Status of Output Contactor Status of Bypass Isolation Switch Status of Bypass Contactor
Rectifier Control Flag 1 [RecControl Flag1] Linear Number: 264 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text PLL Locked PLL Enabled Continuous Rvs Sequence Slave Swap Phasing OK MV Isolated RecAnlgTstDn Rec Init Line Loss Slv1 RvsRotn Slv2 RvsRotn Diag Done Phasing Chk Gate Freeze InpStdyState Description Rectifier Synchronized with the Line Voltage Input Voltage sufficient to attempt to lock onto the Line Voltage DC link current is continuous The incoming line is not UVW The Slave 1 and Slave 2 Bridges are Swapped (18P only) The drive has no phasing problems There is no MV on the input to the rectifier Rectifier Analog self tests completed Boot-Up on Rectifier is complete There is a line loss condition present The Slave 1 bridge is UWV (18P only) The Slave 2 bridge is UWV (18P only) The rectifier has completed the device diagnostics Phasing check is in progress The rectifier is in Gate Freeze Mode The input voltage has reached steady state after a power up transient
2-15
Rectifier Control Flags 2 [RecControl Flag2] Linear Number: 160 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecClass1Flt RecClass2Flt Rec Warning PhsngChkDone No PLL Error Offline Diag FreeWhl Rec FreeWhl Inv Device Short BusTransient FreeWhlReset RecSGCT Pwr RtdLimit Req InvAdvLmtReq Drv OL Pend Rec Crit Flt Description A Rectifier Class 1 fault exists A Rectifier Class 2 fault exists A Rectifier Warning exists The drive has completed the input phasing checks There is no problems with the PLL Lock The rectifier has completed the offline device diagnostics The rectifier is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients) The inverter is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients) The Rectifier has detected a shorted device There is a transient detected on the input of the drive Handshake for Freewheel Mode Rectifier SGCTs have Power Drive is requested to go into Retard Limit Inverter is requested to go into Advance Limit Drive Overload is Timing Rectifier has detected a Critical Fault
Rectifier Control Flags 3 [RecControl Flag3] Linear Number: 368 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text No Flt Delay Act Dschrge Lnk Dschrge Lnk PDschrge Gate Enbl Rq SCR Gate Pwr Inp Open Req Gnd OC Disbl BusTran Enbl DvcLineShort DvcCMVE Shrt InpLockOut InpLock5min InpLockIndef Inp Dschargd RecFlg3Bit15 Description Internal fault timers disabled Active discharge DC Link Voltage Discharge DC Link Voltage Pre Discharge Gate enable request SCR Gate Power Input Open Request Ground OC disabled Bus Transient enabled Device Line to Line short Device CMVE SC Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being prevented from closing (18P only) Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being prevented from closing for 5 minutes(18P only) Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being prevented from closing indefinitely (18P only). Line filter capacitors have been discharged Unused bit
2-16
Inverter Control Flags 1 [InvControl Flag1] Linear Number: 265 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Mtr PLL Lock SpdRamp Enbl Mtr Rvs Seqn Close Loop FlxFbk Enbl FreqFbk Enbl Gate Freeze Scurve Prof Drv Crit Flt TrqRamp Enbl Coast Stop PID Enabled TachFbk Optn TachFbk Enbl Torque Lmt InvFlg1Bit15 Description Inverter control is locked to the rotor flux position Torque Ramp is complete and the speed ramp has been enabled The output voltage is not UVW The drive is operating in closed-loop mode The drive is using the measured flux feedback from the motor The drive is using the measured stator frequency from the motor The inverter is in Gate Freeze mode The drive is running with an S-Curve Speed Profile Inverter has detected a Critical Fault Motor Flux Time has expired and the drive is increasing the torque reference to TrqCmd0 Snsrless or TrqCmd0 Tach Not Currently Active PID process control is enabled The drive has a Tachometer/Encoder feedback signal available The drive is running with Tachometer/Encoder Feedback enabled The drive is in Torque Limit Unused bit
Contact factory for availability
Inverter Control Flags 2 [InvControl Flag2] Linear Number: 642 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text InternlStart InternalStop AutotuneCncl Discharging Dvc Short CtrlPwr Loss AC Fail InvAnlgTstDn FreeWhlReset InvSGCT Pwr AC Pwr Fail InvDiag Done InvTemp Loss VdcVnVSBInst Mtr OL Pend SpeedRampRvs Description Internal Start Command from Setup Wizard Internal Stop Command from Setup Wizard Autotune has been aborted The Line filters capacitors are discharging (more than 50V) The Inverter has detected a shorted SGCT The drive is in a Control Power Loss mode The drive has detected an AC power loss condition Inverter Analog test is done Handshake for Freewheel Mode Inverter SGCTs have Power The drive has detected an AC power loss condition from the ACB The inverter diagnostics have been completed The inverter temperature feedback is missing DC and neutral voltage feedback board is installed Motor Overload is Timing Ramp reversing enabled
2-17
Inverter Control Flags 3 [InvControl Flag3] Linear Number: 446 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text PF Achieved RestartExprd PFC Leading Out Dschrgd UWV Seq IsoTx Fan1 IsoTx Fan2 ESP Drive Restart Mode Cool Fans On PFC Optimal PFC Mod Ctrl Flying Strt1 Flying Strt2 Flying Start PFC FlxRange Description Desired power factor compensation has been achieved AutoRestart Delay timer has expired Leading Power factor compensation has been enabled Motor filter capacitors have been discharged to 5% of rated UWV Sequence enabled Isolation Transformer 1 Fan is ON Isolation Transformer 2 Fan is ON ESP Drive selected Auto Restart mode enabled Drive Cooling Fans ON Optimal Power factor compensation has been enabled Power factor compensation using modulation index control Flying Start State 1 Flyig Start State 2 Flying Start mode is active Flux limit has been reached while compensating for line power factor
Inverter Analog Self Test Code 1 [InvAnlg SelfTst1] Linear Number: 96 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the signals used by the inverter (Slave) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only occur at initial power-up. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text HECSU Offset HECSW Offset UV Offset VW Offset VSAB Offset VSBC Offset 2UV Offset 2VW Offset VMDC1 Offset VMDC2 Offset UV_2 Offset VW_2 Offset MFCN Offset VZS Offset UV_NF Offset VW_NF Offset Description Phase U Motor Current Offset High Phase V Motor Current Offset High Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High Bypass UV Voltage Offset High Bypass VW Voltage Offset High Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer) Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer) Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage) Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage) Motor Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High Motor Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High

2-18
Inverter Analog Self Test Code 2 [InvAnlg SelfTst2] Linear Number: 251 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the signals used by the inverter processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only occur at initial power-up. Ignoring the faults can results in abnormal drive behavior. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text AC1 Offset AC2 Offset AC3 Offset AC4 Offset AP0 Offset AP1 Offset AOUT_DAC METER_DAC TRIP_DAC Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Offset measured on AC control power #1 Offset measured on AC control power #2 Offset measured on AC control power #3 Offset measured on AC control power #1 Offset on Converter air flow Air Pressure 0 Sensor Offset on Isolation transformer pressure circuit. Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 1 [RecAnlg SelfTst1] Linear Number: 473 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only occur at initial power-up. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text CT2U Offset CT2W Offset CT3U Offset CT3W Offset CT4U Offset CT4W Offset 2UV Offset 2VW Offset 3UV Offset 3UW Offset 4UV Offset 4UW Offset 2UV_NFOffset 2VW_NFOffset 3UV_NFOffset 3VW_NFOffset Description Master Bridge Phase 2U Current Offset High Master Bridge Phase 2V Current Offset High Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3U Current Offset High Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3V Current Offset High Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4U Current Offset High Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4V Current Offset High Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High Slave 2 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High Slave 2 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
2-19
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 2 [RecAnlg SelfTst2] Linear Number: 474 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only occur at initial power-up. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text HECSDC1Offst HECSDC2Offst LFCN1 Offset LFCN2 Offset VZS2 Offset VZS3 Offset VLDC1 Offset VLDC2 Offset IGND Offset INN Offset VNN Offset VSPAREOffst HECSDC1_V2F HECSDC2_V2F Unused Unused Description DC Link Current Offset High DC Link Current Offset High Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High Ground Fault Current Offset High Common Mode Choke Current Offset High Common Mode Choke Neutral Resistor Voltage Offset High Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 3 Linear Number: 494 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only
[RecAnlg SelfTst3]
his parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. This parameter is currently not being used and is intended for future use.
2-20
Current Sensor Fault Code [Cur Sens FltCode] Linear Number: 764 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter in Diagnostic group helps in understanding why the drive tripped with a Current Sensor fault. This feature is active only in inverter short circuit test modes and open-loop mode. The options are: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text HECS/CTError CT Phase Seq CT Phs/Alpha Cap/CT Error Motor HECS Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description DC current measured from HECS and estimated from CT do not match CT Phase Sequence is different from measured voltage sequence Firing angle does not agree with phase angle of the rectifier current Error in the measured and estimated line current Motor HECS
Detailed explanation is as follows: Drive compares the measured dc current feedback with the estimated dc current feedback from the line current (capacitor compensation done on PWMR) and creates the fault Current Sensor if there is a large difference (HECS/CTError bit in fault code). This protects the drive when starting (in test modes) with the DC HECS unplugged, or backwards. The phase sequence of the CT feedback (forward/reverse) is compared with the phase sequence of the voltage feedback and a Current Sensor fault is generated if they are different (CT Phase Seq bit in fault code). When dc current is flowing, the drive compares the firing angle with the angle of the estimated rectifier current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (CT Phs/Alpha bit in fault code). On PWMR drives, when not gating (in short circuit and open-loop test modes) the drive compares the measured capacitor current and expected capacitor current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (Cap/CT Error bit in fault code). In open-loop test mode, the drive compares the motor current feedback to the dc current feedback and generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (Motor HECS bit in fault code).
2-21
Drive Overload Value [Drive Overload] Linear Number: 551 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the normalized value of drive overload. A warning is issued when the value is equal to the parameter Drv OvrLoad Wrn (240) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0. Motor Overload Value [Motor Overload] Linear Number: 550 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the normalized value of motor overload. A warning is issued when the value is equal to the parameter Mtr OvrLoad Wrn (351) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0. Neutral Resistor Overload Value [RNeutral OvrLoad] Linear Number: 682 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the normalized value of the Neutral Resistor overload, and is active only for Direct-to-Drive PF7000 drives. The drive is faulted when the value reaches 1.0. Bypass Voltage Unbalance Value [Bypass VoltUnbal] Linear Number: 428 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the top of the bypass contactor for Synchronous Transfer applications. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). Master Voltage Unbalance Value [Master VoltUnbal] Linear Number: 610 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the master rectifier bridge. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272).
2-22
Slave 1 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave1 VoltUnbal] Linear Number: 611 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge (18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). Slave 2 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave2 VoltUnbal] Linear Number: 612 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge (18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). Master Current Unbalance Value [Master Cur Unbal] Linear Number: 613 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the master bridge. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109). Slave 1 Current Unbalance Value [Slave1 Cur Unbal] Linear Number: 614 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge (18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109). Slave 2 Current Unbalance Value [Slave2 Cur Unbal] Linear Number: 615 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge (18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109).
2-23
Motor Current Unbalance Value [Motor Cur Unbal] Linear Number: 263 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output measured at the LEMs. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr CurUnbal Trp (208) for the duration set in Mtr CurUnbal Trp (214). Motor Flux Unbalance Value [Motor Flux Unbal] Linear Number: 619 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of flux unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output, measured with the voltage sensing board. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr FluxUnbal Trp (585) for the duration set in Mtr FluxUnbal Trp (586). Fault Output [Fault Output] Linear Number: 490 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 1 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder, oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any fault occurs. Assigning this parameter to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an output that will change state from 0V to 10V on a fault will be produced. This output can be used as a trigger for capturing other drive data from test points during a fault. Warning Output [Warning Output] Linear Number: 700 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 1 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder, oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any warning occurs. Assigning this parameter to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an output that will change state from 0V to 10V on a warning will be produced. This output can be used as a trigger for capturing other drive data from test points during a warning condition. Scope Trigger [Scope Trigger] Linear Number: 689 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 1 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is set high when the Trending is triggered. The parameter can be assigned to a Test Point in order to trigger a scope.
2-24
Parameter Error [Parameter Error] Linear Number: 597 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter in the database having a value thats out of range. Only one parameter linear number can be specified at a time in the parameter error. This means that more than one parameter can have an error but only one of them is specified.
Feature Select Parameters

Operating Mode [Operating Mode] Linear Number: 4 Default Value: Normal Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the operating modes of the drive. It is not saved and is set to Normal at power up. This parameter cannot be changed when the drive is running. Refer to the Chapter 1 Functional Description in the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual for detailed description of the test modes. The possible operating modes are: Normal Gate Test DC Current System Test Open Circuit Open Loop Normal operating mode Gate Test mode (medium voltage off) DC Current test mode System Test mode (medium voltage off) Open Circuit test mode (needs output contactor or disconnected motor) Open Loop test mode (for induction motors only)
2-25
Speed Reference Select [Speed Ref Select] Linear Number: 7 Default Value: Local Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter selects the Speed Reference source when the selector switch is in Remote setting. The available options are: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Enum Text Local DPIAdapter 1 DPIAdapter 2 DPIAdapter 5 Analog Inp1 Analog Inp2 Preset Spd 1 Preset Spd 2 Preset Spd 3 Jog Description This selects the analog speed potentiometer mounted on the front panel This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 1 This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 2 This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 5 This selects the speed command from Analog Input 1 which could be 0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 4-20mA This selects the speed command from Analog Input 2 which could be 0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 0-10V This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 1 This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 2 This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 3 This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Jog Speed
The most common usage is a 4-20mA signal wired into the ACB. To activate this source, select the parameter as Analog Inp1. If sending a digital Speed Reference through a DPI adapter, select DPIAdapter 5. The DPI protocol allows for a splitter, and if a splitter is installed in the drive, then use either DPIAdapter 1 or DPIAdapter 2 for speed command. Speed Command Loss [Speed Cmd Loss] Linear Number: 749 Default Value: Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the action taken by the drive when a loss of speed command from either a DPI adapter or the 4-20ma current loop is sensed by the drive. The options available are: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 Enum Text Fault Last Speed Preset 1 Local Analog Inp1 Analog Inp2 Description Trip the drive on a Class 2 fault Run the drive at the last commanded speed Run the drive at Preset 1 speed command Run the drive at the speed command from the Local source (door pot) Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 1 Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 2
2-26
Coast Speed [Coast Speed] Linear Number: 60 Default Value: 2.0 Hz Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the speed at which the drive stops gating and allows the motor to come to a coast stop. For large inertia systems like ID Fan, the motor may come to a stop after a long interval of time. Automatic Restart Delay [Auto Restart Dly] Linear Number: 3 Default Value: 0.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time interval following a line under-voltage, line loss or a control power loss event during which the drive will automatically restart if the conditions are restored; assuming that the drive was running at the time of the outage and the control power is maintained. This is typically done by having a UPS feeding the power to the control boards. Input Contactor Configuration [Input Ctctr Cfg] Linear Number: 1 Default Value: All Faults Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the conditions under which the input contactor will be commanded to open by the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are listed below. Not Running All Faults Critical Flt Open the contactor when not running Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive Open the contactor for critical faults only. For a complete list of Critical faults refer to Appendix.
Input Contactor Open Delay [InpCtctr OpenDly] Linear Number: 10 Default Value: 0.0 min Minimum Value: 0.0 min Maximum Value: 60.0 min Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time delay between the drive shutting off, and the input contactor opening, if the contactor is configured to open when the drive is not running. The purpose of this delay is to keep a harmonic filter energized if the drive is stopped for a short time, and not have to wait for the filter capacitors to discharge before restarting.
2-27
Output Contactor Configuration [Output Ctctr Cfg] Linear Number: 5 Default Value: Not Running Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the conditions under which the output contactor will be commanded to open by the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are: Not Running All Faults Open the contactor when not running Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive
Special Features [Special Features] Linear Number: 99 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter is used to enable features in the drive. The options available are: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Rvs Enable ActDischarge UWV Ph Rot'n FrceCool Mtr Rvs Encoder SyncXfr Enab Metric Units BiDr FlyStrt Heavy Duty UltraHvyDuty LineVoltSync EnergySaving Process PID Unused Unused Unused Description Drive Reverse mode is enabled Active Discharge mode is enabled** UWV as Forward Phase Rotation Force Cooled Motor** Reverse Encoder direction(for Sync motor drives only)** Synchronous transfer is enabled Use metric units Bidirectional flying start is enabled Drive is designed for Heavy Duty Applications Drive is designed for Ultra Heavy Duty (>150%) Application enabled Use Line Voltage for Synchronous transfer Enable Unity Power Factor compensation Enable Process PID controller
Load Loss Detection [Load Loss Detect] Linear Number: 199 Default Value: Disabled Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the response of the drive to a loss of load condition. This parameter is specifically designed for down-hole pump applications, where the user would normally not want to run with a loss of load, as that is not a normal condition for this type of pump application. Refer to Motor Protection group for parameters needed to configure this feature. This parameter has the following options: Disabled Warning Fault The drive will operate normally in the event of a Load Loss condition The drive will run with a warning indication in the event of a load loss condition The drive will shutdown on a Class2 fault in the event of a load loss condition
2-28
Rectifier Gating Test [Rec Gating Test] Linear Number: 590 Default Value: Off Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter selects the various rectifier gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from medium voltage. The following options are available: Off Test Pattern Normal Gate This stops the rectifier gating test sequence. This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at low frequency This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge
For 6 and 18-pulse SCR drives, ensure that the special power harness is connected to the gating boards of all devices. A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 Functional Description of the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual.
Inverter Gating Test [Inv Gating Test] Linear Number: 591 Default Value: Off Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter selects the various inverter gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from medium voltage. The following options are available: Off Test Pattern Normal Gate This stops the rectifier gating test sequence. This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at low frequency This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge.
The frequency of the gating pattern is controlled by the speed potentiometer if the drive is in Local mode. A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 of the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual.
2-29
Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard] Linear Number: 13 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A 1 indicates that the step has been completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Path Picked Gating Test Motor Data Features Speed Ref Analog Calib Ext Faults System Test Phasing Chck Autotuning DC Test Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description For Internal use only Perform gating checks on the drive Enter motor nameplate data Enter Feature Select parameters Enter Speed Profile parameters Calibrate analog system Configure the External Faults Perform System Test Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive Autotune drive and motor parameters Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode
Extended Trend [Extended Trend] Linear Number: 702 Default Value: Enabled Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter refers to the trending function which can be set up and accessed through the programming terminal. The drive comes with 2 options for the size of the trend buffer. It can be set for either 100 samples or 1000 samples. Using 1000 samples allows more data to be collected although it may slow down the non-critical background tasks. Also the 1000 sample trending cannot be viewed on the programming terminal. It can be accessed through the serial port on the DPM. Contact factory for more information on how to use this feature. The parameter can be changed while running, but because the memory needs to be reconfigured, the option will not change until control power is cycled. In the interim, the parameter will be set to Pend Disable or Pend Enable to let the user know control power needs to be cycled for the change to take effect. The options for this parameter are as follows: Disabled Enabled Pend Disable Pend Enable 100 Samples for Trend Buffer 1000 Samples for Trend Buffer Temporary Setting after Disabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power Temporary Setting after Enabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power
2-30
Power Factor Compensation Method [PowerFactor Comp] Linear Number: 300 Default Value: Disable Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter selects the type of power factor compensation. Following options are available Disable Leading Only Optimal Disable power factor compensation Leading power factor compensation only Optimal power factor compensation
Leading only will compensate the line power factor only when the drive is drawing leading vars. Optimal technique will compensate for both lagging and leading vars.
Contact factory for availability.
PFC Access Code [PFC Access Code] Linear Number: 299 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write
This access code allows the user to enable Power Factor compensation method in the drive.
Fan 1 Run Time [Fan1 Run Time] Linear Number: 491 Default Value: 30.0 Days Minimum Value: 0.1 Days Maximum Value: 60.0 Days Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that the Fan 1 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 2, and will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 2 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 1 after Fan 2 Run Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan. The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans. Fan 2 Run Time [Fan2 Run Time] Linear Number: 493 Default Value: 0.1 Days Minimum Value: 0.1 Days Maximum Value: 60.0 Days Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that the Fan 2 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 1, and will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 1 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 2 after Fan 1 Run Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan. The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans.
2-31
Passcode 0 [Passcode 0] Linear Number: 11 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Basic level access. If the password is lost or corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory. Passcode 1 [Passcode 1] Linear Number: 12 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Advanced level access. If the password is lost or corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory. Passcode 2 [Passcode 2] Linear Number: 38 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Service level access. If the password is lost or corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the factory. Passcode 3 [Passcode 3] Linear Number: 39 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Rockwell level access. If the password is lost or corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the factory.
2-32
Drive Hardware Parameters

DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Induct pu] Linear Number: 114 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the per unit dc link inductance calculated from the nameplate link inductance and the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value is changed. This normal value of this parameter varies based on the drive rectifier type. This parameter applies for both standard drives and drives with Direct-to-Drive technology. A warning DC Link Range will be displayed if this parameter is greater than 2.0 per unit or less than the minimum expected as given by: For 6-PWM minimum value is 0.55pu For 18-pulse SCR, minimum value is 0.42pu For 6-pulse SCR, minimum value if 0.82pu. Line Reactor pu [Line Reactor pu] Linear Number: 625 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the per unit ac line reactor value calculated from the parameter Line Reactor and the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value is changed. Typical value is around 0.1pu. Line Filter Capacitor [Line Filter Cap] Linear Number: 133 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the per unit line filter capacitance for the PWM rectifier. It is calculated from the capacitor nameplate parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). This parameter is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value is changed. The normal range for this parameter is 0.35 to 0.55pu. A warning Line Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the range. Motor Filter Capacitor [Motor Filter Cap] Linear Number: 128 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the per unit motor filter capacitance calculated from the capacitor nameplate parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value are changed. The normal range for this parameter is 0.26 to 0.55pu. A warning Motor Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the range.
2-33
Drive VSB Gain [Drive VSB Gain] Linear Number: 648 Minimum Value: 0.0 V/V Maximum Value: 6553.5 V/V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the ratio between the motor and line voltages at medium voltage level to the corresponding voltages sampled by the drive control software. It includes the gain of the resistor divider network on the Voltage Sensing Board and the circuitry for signal processing on the Analog Control Board. The voltage measured on the Analog Control Boards multiplied by this parameter will give the value at medium voltage level. Drive Voltage Sensing Board Tap [Drive VSB Tap] Linear Number: 649 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the tap setting of all drive Voltage Sensing Boards. Based on the Rated Line Voltage (18) and Rectifier Type (153) parameters, the drive knows which tap is used on the VSB. There are 4 taps labeled A, B, C, and D. The following table shows the tap settings and gains for different input voltage to the drive: Rated Line Voltage (18) 100-1450 1450-2500 2500-4800 4800-7200 Drive VSB Tap (649) D C B A Drive VSB Gain (648) 311.3 533.4 1021.8 1554.7
Input filter Cut Off Frequency [InpFilCutOffFreq] Linear Number: 192 Minimum Value: 0.0 Maximum Value: 100.0 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the corner frequency in per unit of the input LC filter used in PWM rectifier drives. It is determined from parameters Line Filter Cap (133) and Input Impedance (140). Multiply the value by Rated Line Freq (17) to get the value in Hz. Drive Model [Drive Model] Linear Number: 176 Default Value: B Frame Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the PF7000 Model Type, or Drive Type. There are two specific Air-cooled drives: the A Frame and the B Frame. The B Frame is the standard drive, and the A Frame is a smaller version used for limited horsepower applications. There is also a liquid-cooled version of the drive which is the C-Frame. The D-Frame is reserved for future use, and will be used for parallel drive applications. B Frame C Frame A Frame D Frame B Frame PowerFlex 7000 (standard) C Frame PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled A Frame PowerFlex 7000 (limited HP/kW) Future Use Parallel PowerFlex 7000 drives
2-34
Rated Drive Amps [Rated Drive Amps] Linear Number: 19 Default Value: 159 A Minimum Value: 10 A Maximum Value: 1750 A Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the maximum continuous RMS current rating of the drive. This should be obtained from the dimensional drawing or the drive nameplate. Rated Line Frequency [Rated Line Freq] Linear Number: 17 Default Value: 60 Hz Minimum Value: 50 Hz Maximum Value: 60 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated input line frequency of the drive, and must be set to either 50Hz or 60Hz. Rated Line Voltage [Rated Line Volts] Linear Number: 18 Default Value: 4160 V Minimum Value: 100 V Maximum Value: 7200 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated input line voltage fed to the drive. It is used for normalizing the line voltage calculations and also used in determining the voltage tap and the voltage gain. Rectifier Type [Rectifier Type] Linear Number: 153 Default Value: 6 PWM Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the power circuit topology of the rectifier used in the drive design. PF7000 currently provides three different rectifier configurations: 6 PWM 6 SCR 18 SCR 12 SCR This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse PWM rectifier. This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse SCR rectifier. This parameter selects control for an 18-pulse SCR rectifier. This parameter selects control for a 12-pulse SCR rectifier
2-35
Line Capacitor Frequency [Line Cap Freq] Linear Number: 32 Default Value: 60 Hz Minimum Value: 50 Hz Maximum Value: 60 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the line filter capacitors. This parameter only applies to drives with a PWM rectifier. Line Capacitor kVAR [Line Cap kVAR] Linear Number: 15 Default Value: 400 kvar Minimum Value: 1 kvar Maximum Value: 7500 kvar Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the line filter capacitors. This parameter only applies to drives with a PWM rectifier. Line Capacitor Voltage [Line Cap Volts] Linear Number: 16 Default Value: 4160 V Minimum Value: 100 V Maximum Value: 10000 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the line filter capacitors. This parameter applies to only drives with a PWM rectifier. Line Reactor Inductance [Line Reactor] Linear Number: 624 Default Value: 0.00 mH Minimum Value: 0.00 mH Maximum Value: 50.00 mH Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the AC side line reactor in mH. Refer to the nameplate mounted on the reactor, or to the dimensional drawings.
2-36
DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Inductance] Linear Number: 27 Default Value: 24.0 mH Minimum Value: 1.0 mH Maximum Value: 500.0 mH Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the DC Link inductance in mH. This can be obtained from the DC Link reactor nameplate on the dimensional drawings, from the nameplate on the DC Link, or from the duplicate nameplate mounted externally on the DC Link access panel. This parameter also applies to Direct-to Drive technology drives, and the inductance is obtained from the nameplate of the Common-Mode Choke. For these drives, this value corresponds to the lower of the two values specified on the name plate. The larger value is the common mode inductance and is not required for drive control. Motor Capacitor Frequency [Motor Cap Freq] Linear Number: 28 Default Value: 60 Hz Minimum Value: 50 Hz Maximum Value: 90 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the motor filter capacitors. Motor Capacitor kVAR [Motor Cap kVAR] Linear Number: 20 Default Value: 400 kvar Minimum Value: 1 kvar Maximum Value: 7500 kvar Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the motor filter capacitors. Motor Capacitor Voltage [Motor Cap Volts] Linear Number: 21 Default Value: 4160 V Minimum Value: 100 V Maximum Value: 10000 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the motor filter capacitors. CT Burden Ground Fault [CT Burden Gndflt] Linear Number: 158 Default Value: 1000 ohms Minimum Value: 10 ohms Maximum Value: 10000 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor used for the ground fault current feedback.
2-37
CT Ratio Ground Fault [CT Ratio Gndflt] Linear Number: 157 Default Value: 2000 Minimum Value: 10 Maximum Value: 10000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformer used to measure the ground fault (zero sequence) current at the input of the drive. CT Burden Line [CT Brden Line] Linear Number: 151 Default Value: 5.0 ohms Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistors for the line current feedback. The default value of burden resistor on the CT input connector is 5 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 2.5 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 5-ohm resistor in parallel. CT Ratio Line [CT Ratio Line] Linear Number: 149 Default Value: 1000 Minimum Value: 10 Maximum Value: 10000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformers used for the line current feedback. Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden DC Link [HECS Brden DCLnk] Linear Number: 285 Default Value: 50.0 ohms Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the DC link reactor current feedback. The default value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel. Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio DC Link [HECS Ratio DCLnk] Linear Number: 284 Default Value: 4000 Minimum Value: 10 Maximum Value: 10000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used for the DC link reactor current feedback.
2-38
Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden Motor [HECS Brden Motor] Linear Number: 152 Default Value: 50.0 ohms Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the motor current feedback. The default value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel. Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio Motor [HECS Ratio Motor] Linear Number: 150 Default Value: 4000 Minimum Value: 10 Maximum Value: 10000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducers used for the motor current feedback. Rectifier Device Rating [RecDvc CurRating] Linear Number: 144 Default Value: 800 A Minimum Value: 0 A Maximum Value: 3500 A Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device used in the line converter. The 6 SCR and 18 SCR drives use Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) while the 6 PWM drives use Symmetric Gate Commutated Thyristor (SGCT). SCRs are typically 350A or 810A, while SGCT ratings can be 400A or 800A or 1500A. Inverter Device Rating [InvDvc CurRating] Linear Number: 143 Default Value: 800 A Minimum Value: 0 A Maximum Value: 3500 A Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device (SGCT) used in the machine side converter. SGCT ratings can be 400A or 800A or 1500A.
2-39
Series Rectifier Devices [Series RecDvc] Linear Number: 145 Default Value: 2 Minimum Value: 1 Maximum Value: 6 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the number of series power semiconductor devices (SCR or SGCT) in each of the 6 legs (6 Pulse or PWM) or 18 legs (18 Pulse) of the line converter. SGCTs are used in drives with PWM rectifier front end. Series Inverter Devices [Series InvDvc] Linear Number: 146 Default Value: 2 Minimum Value: 1 Maximum Value: 6 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the number of SGCT devices connected in series in each of the 6 legs of the machine converter. Neutral Resistor Value [Neutral Resistor] Linear Number: 680 Default Value: 0.0 ohms Minimum Value: 0.0 ohms Maximum Value: 6553.5 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the resistance of the Neutral Resistor in ohms. If the value if 0 (default value) then the software configures the drive to be without a common mode choke. Neutral Resistor Power Rating [RNeut Pwr Rating] Linear Number: 681 Default Value: 1500 W Minimum Value: 0 W Maximum Value: 65535 W Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the rated wattage of the Neutral Resistor. This parameter is used in the thermal protection of the Neutral Resistor. Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio for Neutral Current Linear Number: 198 Default Value: 4000 Minimum Value: 10 Maximum Value: 10000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped [HECS Ratio RNeut]
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used to measure the current in the neutral resistor (Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only.
2-40
Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden for Neutral Current Linear Number: 197 Default Value: 50.0 ohms Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped
[HECS Brden RNeut]
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor to measure the current in the neutral resistor (Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only.
Hardware Options 1 [HardwareOptions1] Linear Number: 141 Default Value: 0000000010000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options. A 1 indicates that the option is installed in the drive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Redn ConvFan RednIsoTxFan Redn PwrSup Output IsoTx Input IsoSw Output IsoSw Bypass IsoSw DCNeutralVSB Output Ctctr Bypass Ctctr Ambient Temp Rec ChB Temp Redn Dvc Inv Redn Dvc Rec Rockwell UPS Customer UPS Description Redundant converter cooling fan for Air cooled drives Redundant cooling fan for drives with integral Isolation Transformer Redundant AC/DC power supply. Output Isolation Transformer Input Isolation Switch Output Isolation Switch Bypass Isolation Switch Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement Output Contactor installed in the drive Bypass Contactor installed in the drive Ambient temperature measurement enabled Rectifier Channel B temperature Redundant Inverter Device Redundant Rectifier Device Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive
2-41
Hardware Options 2 [HardwareOptions2] Linear Number: 274 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select additional hardware options. The options available are: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Intgrl IsoTx Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Integral Isolation Transformer installed in the drive
Number of Power Supplies [Number PwrSup] Linear Number: 575 Default Value: 1 Minimum Value: 1 Maximum Value: 4 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the total number of AC/DC power supplies installed in the drive. This number includes the redundant power supply (if installed). In a multi power supply system there can only be one redundant power supply.
Motor Ratings Parameters

Rated Motor Current [Rated Motor Amps] Linear Number: 23 Default Value: 159 A Minimum Value: 10 A Maximum Value: 1500 A Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated full load current of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and used as the base value in all the drive per-unit calculations.
2-42
Rated Motor Frequency [Rated Motor Freq] Linear Number: 29 Default Value: 60 Hz Minimum Value: 25 Hz Maximum Value: 90 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the nameplate frequency corresponding to the parameter Rated Motor RPM. This value could be different from the input frequency Rated Line Freq (17). Rated Motor Horsepower [Rated Motor HP] Linear Number: 25 Default Value: 1250 hp Minimum Value: 10 hp Maximum Value: 20000 hp Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Imperial unit. This parameter and the Rated Motor kW both specify the motor rating. If imperial unit is selected (default option) from Special Features (99), then this parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor kW will be calculated by using the following relationship
RatedMotor kW =
Rated Motor kW [Rated Motor kW] Linear Number: 24 Default Value: 933 kW Minimum Value: 10 kW Maximum Value: 15000 kW Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped
RatedMotor HP 746 1000
This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Metric unit. This parameter and the Rated Motor HP both specify the motor rating. If Metric Units is selected from Special Features (99), then this parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor HP will be calculated by using the following relationship Rated Motor RPM [Rated Motor RPM] Linear Number: 26 Default Value: 1192.0 RPM Minimum Value: 150.0 RPM Maximum Value: 3600.0 RPM Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated full load speed of the motor in RPM. It is equal to synchronous speed for a synchronous motor and slightly less than synchronous speed for an induction motor.
2-43
Rated Motor Voltage [Rated Motor Volt] Linear Number: 22 Default Value: 4000 V Minimum Value: 100 V Maximum Value: 8000 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the rated line to line voltage of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and used as the base value in all the drive per unit calculations. The motor rated voltage should be specified as 2300/4000V and not 2400/4160V to ensure that the line voltage is slightly higher than the motor voltage. Since the motor voltage is limited by the line voltage, increasing the motor rated voltage in an attempt to get more out of the drive will only force the drive to go into field weakening at a lower speed. Service Factor [Service Factor] Linear Number: 31 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.75 Maximum Value: 1.25 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the service factor of the motor. Because the motor parameters are normalized to the service factor, changing this parameter allows the motor rating to be changed without affecting the drive tuning. Drive Motor Type [Motor Type] Linear Number: 30 Default Value: Induction Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the type of motor connected to the drive. If this parameter is changed, the control power must be turned off and on before the new value takes effect. Induction Sync Brush Sync BshlsAC Sync BshlsDC Induction (asynchronous) motor Synchronous Brush-type motor Synchronous Brushless Motor with AC exciter Synchronous Brushless Motor with DC exciter
2-44
Autotuning Parameters
Autotune Warning [Autotune Warning] Linear Number: 377 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the warnings which can be displayed during auto-tuning. A 1 indicates a warning has occurred during the test. The following warnings are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Tuning Abort Drv TestMode Reg in Limit RStator High Time Limit Inertia High L Input Low L Input High T DCLnk Low T DCLnk High LLeakageLow LLeakageHigh L Magn Low L Magn High T Rotor Low T Rotor High Description Auto tuning has been aborted. Drive is in test mode Flux or Speed Regulator is in limit Stator Resistance high Autotune time limit of 2 minutes has expired. Inertia high Input Impedance low Input Impedance high DC link time constant low DC link time constant high Leakage Inductance low Leakage Inductance high Magnetizing Inductance low Magnetizing Inductance high Rotor Time Constant low Rotor Time Constant high
Autotune Select [Autotune Select] Linear Number: 209 Default Value: Off Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the auto-tuning function to be performed. The value of this parameter is set to default (Off) after completion of the selected function. Off Rectifier Mtr Impednce FluxSpeedReg SyncFieldReg Auto-tuning off Rectifier tuning (Input impedance and DC Link time constant) Motor Impedance (Stator Resistance and Stator Leakage) Flux and Speed regulator (Magnetizing inductance, Rotor time constant and Inertia) Synchronous Field Regulator
To change the selected auto-tune function to another without completing, set to Off and then select the desired function.
2-45
Autotune Input Impedance [Autotune L Input] Linear Number: 217 Default Value: 0.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of input impedance determined during auto-tuning. If the auto-tuning is successful, then parameter Input Impedance (140) in the Current Control group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune DC Link Time Constant [Autotune T DCLnk] Linear Number: 218 Default Value: 0.000 sec Minimum Value: 0.000 sec Maximum Value: 0.150 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of dc link reactor time constant determined during auto-tuning. If the dc link time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T DC Link (115) in the Current Control group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune Stator Resistance [Autotune RStator] Linear Number: 219 Default Value: 0.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 0.50 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of motor stator resistance determined during auto-tuning. If the stator resistance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter R Stator (129) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune Leakage Inductance [Autotune LLeakge] Linear Number: 220 Default Value: 0.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 0.50 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of motor leakage inductance determined during auto-tuning. If the leakage inductance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter L Total leakage (130) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter.
2-46
Autotune Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune L Magn] Linear Number: 221 Default Value: 0.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 15.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of motor magnetizing inductance determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, then parameter Lm Rated (131) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune Rotor Time Constant [Autotune T Rotor] Linear Number: 222 Default Value: 0.00 sec Minimum Value: 0.00 sec Maximum Value: 10.00 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of rotor time constant determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the rotor time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T Rotor (132) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune Inertia [Autotune Inertia] Linear Number: 223 Default Value: 0.00 sec Minimum Value: 0.00 sec Maximum Value: 100.00 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of total system mechanical inertia measured during auto-tuning. If the inertia measurement is successful, then parameter Total Inertia (82) in the Speed Control group is set equal to the value of this parameter. Autotune D-axis Magnetizing Inductance Linear Number: 224 Default Value: 0.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write [Autotune Lmd]
This parameter specifies the value of d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, then parameter Lmd (418) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
2-47
Autotune Q-axis Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune Lmq] Linear Number: 325 Default Value: 100 pu Minimum Value: 0 pu Maximum Value: 1000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of q-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, then parameter Lmq (296) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. If the magnetizing inductance measurement fails, then parameter Lmq is not changed. This parameter is not used for induction motors. Autotune DC Current Bandwidth [Autotune Idc BW] Linear Number: 212 Default Value: 50.0 r/s Minimum Value: 10.0 r/s Maximum Value: 100.0 r/s Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the current regulator during auto-tuning of the dc link reactor time constant. A lower bandwidth is used during auto-tuning than during normal operation because a slower response can be measured more accurately. The bandwidth is set to original value after completion of auto-tune. Autotune DC Current Command [Autotune Idc Cmd] Linear Number: 210 Default Value: 0.500 pu Minimum Value: 0.100 pu Maximum Value: 0.900 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the dc current command used during auto-tuning of the dc link time reactor constant. If the value of this parameter is set too low, the dc link current may become discontinuous and the auto-tuning may produce invalid results. Autotune DC Current Step [Autotune Idc Stp] Linear Number: 211 Default Value: 0.250 pu Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 0.500 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the step that is added to the dc current command during auto-tuning of the dc link reactor time constant. If the value of this parameter is set too high relative to the dc current command, the dc link current may become discontinuous and the auto-tuning may produce invalid results.
2-48
Autotune Isd Step [Autotune Isd Stp] Linear Number: 216 Default Value: 0.100 pu Minimum Value: 0.010 pu Maximum Value: 0.200 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the size of the step that is added to the magnetizing current command during auto-tuning of the flux regulator for synchronous machines. It is not used for induction motors.
Autotune Speed Command [Autotune Spd Cmd] Linear Number: 213 Default Value: 30.0 Hz Minimum Value: 20.0 Hz Maximum Value: 60.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the speed command used during auto-tuning of the flux regulator and total inertia. The overall drive Speed Command Minimum and Maximums are still active during auto-tuning. Autotune Torque Step [Autotune Trq Stp] Linear Number: 215 Default Value: 0.100 pu Minimum Value: 0.050 pu Maximum Value: 0.500 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the size of the torque step that is added to the torque command during autotuning of the total inertia. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. The overall Torque Command Limits are still active during auto-tuning.
2-49
Autotune Complete [AutotuneComplete] Linear Number: 375 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter indicates the completion of the following auto-tune functions selected by the parameter Autotune Select: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Rectifier Mtr Impednce FluxSpeedReg SyncFieldReg Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Rectifier Tuning Motor Impedance Flux Speed Regulator Synchronous Field Regulator
Motor Model Parameters

Stator Current [Stator Current] Linear Number: 340 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated stator current magnitude. This is a parameter for display purposes. Stator Voltage [Stator Voltage] Linear Number: 344 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated stator voltage magnitude. It varies with both speed and torque, and if the flux command is set correctly, should be about 1.0 pu at rated speed and rated load. The stator voltage may be less than 1.0 pu at rated speed if the load torque is less than rated or the line voltage is low.
2-50
Stator Frequency Linear Number: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write:
[Stator Frequency] 448 0.00 Hz 120.00 Hz Service Read Only
This parameter is the measured stator frequency of the motor. It is displayed as an absolute value regardless of the direction of rotation. Rotor Frequency Linear Number: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Rotor Frequency] 337 0.00 Hz 120.00 Hz Monitor Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured rotor frequency. It is displayed as an absolute value regardless of the direction of rotation. Slip Frequency [Slip Frequency] Linear Number: 343 Minimum Value: -2.00 Hz Maximum Value: 2.00 Hz Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated slip frequency of the motor. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating. For synchronous motors, this parameter is always equal to zero. Motor Power [Mtr AirGap Power] Linear Number: 346 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated motor power. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated power. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating regardless of the direction of rotation. Motor Torque [Mtr AirGap Trq] Linear Number: 345 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated motor torque. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. It is positive for forward torque and negative for reverse torque.
2-51
Motor Power Factor [Mtr Power Factor] Linear Number: 692 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured motor power factor. It is calculated as the ratio of the real power (kW) to total power (kVA). The motor will always be a lagging power factor (unless it is a synchronous motor) and the parameter value is valid when the drive is running in closed-loop mode with valid frequency feedback. Stator Q-Axis (Torque) Current [MtrTrq Current] Linear Number: 339 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated Q-axis or torque component of the stator current. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating. Stator D-Axis (Magnetizing) Current [MtrFlux Current] Linear Number: 338 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated D-axis or magnetizing component of the stator current. It is positive for magnetizing and negative for de-magnetizing. This current is provided from the inverter output and the motor filter capacitor. Stator Frequency from Voltage Model [StatFrqVoltModel] Linear Number: 485 Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the value of stator frequency determined from the voltage model. This parameter is particularly useful in Open Loop Test Mode, when we are testing all the feedback paths to ensure the integrity of the system. Stator Frequency from Current Model [StatFrqCurModel] Linear Number: 486 Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the applied stator frequency determined from the Current Model. For Sensorless drives, during start up, the frequency is equal to the desired speed reference plus the calculated slip frequency Slip Frequency (343). For Pulse Tach drives, the frequency is equal to the measured speed feedback plus the slip frequency. The Slip Frequency is calculated using the indirect vector control model.
2-52
Flux Feedback from Voltage Model [FlxFbk VoltModel] Linear Number: 342 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured motor flux feedback from the voltage model. The voltage model uses measured motor voltage and current along with known motor parameters to calculate the rotor flux. This is used above 3 Hz for flux feedback. Flux Feedback From Current Model [FlxFbk CurModel] Linear Number: 341 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the estimated motor flux from the current feedback. The drive uses an indirect method of calculating rotor flux. This is used in the lower speed ranges (0-3 Hz) for the flux feedback. Magnetizing Inductance Predicted [Lm Predicted] Linear Number: 701 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 15.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the expected Magnetizing Inductance for the given load and flux operating conditions. This parameter comes from an extrapolation of the Magnetizing Inductance parameters for different loads and speeds. But for most applications, this parameter will simply be the Magnetizing Inductance value from the Autotune results. Magnetizing Inductance Measured [Lm Measured] Linear Number: 134 Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 15.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the motor magnetizing inductance measured by the drive control. It is obtained by dividing the measured flux feedback by the magnetizing current. This parameter is continuously calculated when the drive is running. Magnetizing Inductance Rated [Lm Rated] Linear Number: 131 Default Value: 3.50 pu Minimum Value: 1.00 pu Maximum Value: 15.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the per unit motor magnetizing inductance. Typical values of this parameter are in the range 2.0 pu to 6.0 pu for induction motors and 1.0 pu to 2.0 pu for synchronous motors. Magnetizing inductance can change significantly with changes in load and flux. This parameter represents the value at rated flux and rated load. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
2-53
Magnetizing Inductance Regen [Lm Regen] Linear Number: 693 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.50 Maximum Value: 2.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor when running at full regeneration to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable. Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Min [Lm Noload FlxMin] Linear Number: 694 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.50 Maximum Value: 2.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no load and minimum flux command to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable. Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Max [Lm Noload FlxMax] Linear Number: 695 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.50 Maximum Value: 2.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no Load and maximum flux to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable.
2-54
Stator Resistance [R Stator] Linear Number: 129 Default Value: 0.0000 pu Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu Maximum Value: 0.5000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the per unit stator resistance of the motor. It is used in the calculation of the stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. Stator resistance is usually less than 0.01 pu unless the motor is very small or the motor cables are very long. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. Warning: An excessively high stator resistance may cause the drive to become unstable at low speed and high load. Total Leakage Inductance [L Total Leakage] Linear Number: 130 Default Value: 0.25 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 0.75 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the per-unit total leakage, short circuit, or transient inductance (Ls') of the motor. It is approximately equal to the sum of the stator and rotor leakage inductances, and the cable inductance, and has a typical value of 0.20 pu. The leakage inductance parameter is used in the calculation of the stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. Warning: An excessively high leakage inductance may cause the drive to become unstable at high speed and high load. Rotor Time Constant [T Rotor] Linear Number: 132 Default Value: 1.50 sec Minimum Value: 0.10 sec Maximum Value: 10.00 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the rotor time constant of the motor. Typical value is in the range 1.0 to 2.0 sec. The rotor time constant varies significantly with rotor temperature (due to the change in rotor resistance), which has some effect on the response of the flux regulator and the calculation of the slip frequency for induction motors. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
2-55
D-Axis Magnetizing Inductance Linear Number: 418 Default Value: 1.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.10 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write
[Lmd]
This parameter specifies the d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set manually or by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
Q-Axis Torque Inductance [Lmq] Linear Number: 296 Default Value: 1.00 pu Minimum Value: 0.10 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the q-axis torque inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set manually or by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
Speed Command Parameters

Speed Command [Speed Command] Linear Number: 277 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the drive speed command, which is the input to the speed ramp. It is set to zero when the drive is not running. Speed Command Input [Speed Command In] Linear Number: 276 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the value of the selected speed command input. It is valid whether the drive is running or not. Control Reference [Control Refernce] Linear Number: 275 Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 6553.5 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the control reference value used by the drive regulators. This value is selected from a local, remote or digital reference command as indicated by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7).
2-56
Control Feedback [Control Feedback] Linear Number: 273 Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 6553.5 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the actual control reference feedback value measured by the drive. Speed Command Potentiometer [SpdCmd Pot] Linear Number: 47 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from the speed potentiometer. Speed Command Analog Input 1 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp1] Linear Number: 48 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 1. Speed Command Analog Input 2 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp2] Linear Number: 56 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 2. Speed Command DPI [SpdCmd DPI] Linear Number: 58 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the value of the speed command in Hz coming from the DPI adapter. Speed Command PID [SpdCmd PID] Linear Number: 59 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays value of the speed command in Hz coming from the process controller (PID) in the drive.
2-57
Speed Command Minimum [Speed Cmd Min] Linear Number: 293 Default Value: 6.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not drop below this level regardless of any of the Reference Command Min levels. Speed Command Maximum [Speed Cmd Max] Linear Number: 290 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not exceed this level regardless of any of the Reference Command Max levels. Reference Command Potentiometer Min [RefCmd Pot Min] Linear Number: 41 Default Value: 6.0 Hz Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Max (42) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer. Reference Command Potentiometer Max [RefCmd Pot Max] Linear Number: 42 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Min (41) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer.
2-58
Reference Command Analog Input Min [RefCmdAnlgInpMin] Linear Number: 43 Default Value: 6.0 Hz Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input 1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMax (44) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs. Reference Command Analog Input Max [RefCmdAnlgInpMax] Linear Number: 44 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input 1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMin (43) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs. Reference Command DPI Min [RefCmd DPI Min] Linear Number: 45 Default Value: 6.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMax (46) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating the digital speed command. Reference Command DPI Max [RefCmd DPI Max] Linear Number: 46 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMin (45) this parameter is used to in determining the slope for interpolating the digital speed command.
2-59
Preset Jog Speed [Preset Jog Speed] Linear Number: 40 Default Value: 6.0 Hz Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz Maximum Value: 60.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the preset jog speed command, which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7). Preset Speed 1 [Preset Speed 1] Linear Number: 33 Default Value: 30.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the preset speed 1 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7). Preset Speed 2 [Preset Speed 2] Linear Number: 34 Default Value: 35.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the preset speed 2 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7). Preset Speed 3 [Preset Speed 3] Linear Number: 35 Default Value: 40.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the preset speed 3 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7).
2-60
Speed Control Parameters

Speed Reference [Speed Reference] Linear Number: 278 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the drive speed reference, which is the output of the speed ramp. Speed Feedback [Speed Feedback] Linear Number: 289 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the calculated speed feedback after filtering. For Sensorless drives, the speed is calculated from the applied stator frequency while for Pulse Tach drives, the speed is measured from the tachometer feedback. The speed feedback is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse rotation. Speed Error [Speed Error] Linear Number: 472 Minimum Value: -10.00 Hz Maximum Value: 10.00 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the speed error obtained by subtracting the speed feedback from the speed reference. It is useful for checking the step response of the speed loop. Stator Q-Axis Current Command [MtrTorque CurCmd] Linear Number: 292 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the Q-axis or torque-producing Stator current command obtained by dividing the torque reference by the flux reference. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating. Inverter Torque Current Command [InvTorque CurCmd] Linear Number: 294 Minimum Value: -4.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the inverter torque current command and is obtained from Stator Q-Axis Current Command. The inverter produces almost all of the torque-producing current to the motor.
2-61
Total Acceleration Time [Total Accel Time] Linear Number: 61 Default Value: 32.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to accelerate to rated speed. It is used in conjunction with the parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Any changes to the individual acceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to reflect the new sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the acceleration ramp times. This parameter is not active if S-Curve percentage is any value other than 0%. Total Deceleration Time [Total Decel Time] Linear Number: 62 Default Value: 32.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to decelerate from rated speed to standstill. It is used in conjunction with parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Any changes to the individual deceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to reflect the new sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the deceleration ramp times. If the drive reaches the coast speed parameter value during a stop command deceleration, the drive will stop gating and coast to a stop. This parameter is not active if S-Curve percentage is any value other than 0%. Load Inertia Type [Inertia Type] Linear Number: 63 Default Value: Low Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the type of load inertia. It is used in conjunction with parameters Total Decel Time and Total Accel Time to calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Some examples of low inertia applications include pumps and refiners. Some examples of high inertia loads include fans and banbury mixers. By setting this parameter from low to high, you will increase the default acceleration and deceleration times by a factor of 5. The available options are: Low High The application is a low inertia load The application is a high inertia load
2-62
Total Inertia [Total Inertia] Linear Number: 82 Default Value: 1.00 sec Minimum Value: 0.10 sec Maximum Value: 50.00 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the total inertia of the motor and load, which is defined as the time in seconds required to accelerate to the rated speed at the rated torque. In conjunction with Speed Regulator Bandwidth, it is used to calculate the gains for the speed regulator. Speed Feedback Mode [Speed Fbk Mode] Linear Number: 89 Default Value: Sensorless Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the type of speed feedback used. The available options are: Sensorless Pulse Tach Stator Frequency with Slip Compensation Tachometer/Encoder
The drive automatically switches to stator frequency feedback when a Tach Loss warning occurs. If the Tach Loss warning is successfully cleared the drive switches back automatically to tachometer feedback mode. Speed Regulator Bandwidth [SpdReg Bandwidth] Linear Number: 81 Default Value: 1.0 r/s Minimum Value: 0.1 r/s Maximum Value: 15.0 r/s Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the speed control loop. It is used in the calculation of the speed regulator gains. This parameter affects only the response time of the speed regulator and not the overshoot. Speed Reference Step [Speed Ref Step] Linear Number: 88 Default Value: 0.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 2.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed error to demonstrate the step response of the speed loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up.
2-63
Speed Profile Parameters

Acceleration Time 1 [Accel Time 1] Linear Number: 65 Default Value: 5.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from zero to Ramp Speed 1. In conjunction with Ramp Speed 1 (73), it is used to determine the rate at which drive will ramp the output stator frequency during flying starts. For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 Functional Description. Acceleration Time 2 [Accel Time 2] Linear Number: 66 Default Value: 3.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 1 to Ramp Speed 2. Acceleration Time 3 [Accel Time 3] Linear Number: 67 Default Value: 14.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 2 to Ramp Speed 3. Acceleration Time 4 [Accel Time 4] Linear Number: 68 Default Value: 10.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 3 to Ramp Speed 4.
2-64
Deceleration Time 1 [Decel Time 1] Linear Number: 69 Default Value: 5.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 1 to zero. Deceleration Time 2 [Decel Time 2] Linear Number: 70 Default Value: 3.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 2 to Ramp Speed 1. Deceleration Time 3 [Decel Time 3] Linear Number: 71 Default Value: 14.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 3 to Ramp Speed 2. Deceleration Time 4 [Decel Time 4] Linear Number: 72 Default Value: 10.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 4 to Ramp Speed 3. Ramp Speed 1 [Ramp Speed 1] Linear Number: 73 Default Value: 5.0 Hz Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the first break point in the speed ramp. In conjunction with Accel Time 1 (65), it is used to determine the rate at which the drive will ramp the output stator frequency during flying starts. For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 Functional Description.
2-65
Ramp Speed 2 [Ramp Speed 2] Linear Number: 74 Default Value: 12.0 Hz Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the second break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 1. Ramp Speed 3 [Ramp Speed 3] Linear Number: 75 Default Value: 54.0 Hz Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the third break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 2. Ramp Speed 4 [Ramp Speed 4] Linear Number: 76 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the fourth break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 3. S Curve Percent [S Curve Percent] Linear Number: 475 Default Value: 0% Minimum Value: 0 % Maximum Value: 100 % Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the non-linear part of the S-curve acceleration profile expressed as percentage of the total S-curve profile. Set this parameter to 0% to disable S-curve Profile and allow Ramp Profile to be the active profile. S Curve Acceleration Time 1 [S Curve Accel 1] Linear Number: 481 Default Value: 20.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the acceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is enabled.
2-66
S Curve Acceleration Time 2 [S Curve Accel 2] Linear Number: 482 Default Value: 20.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the acceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command. S Curve Deceleration Time 1 [S Curve Decel 1] Linear Number: 479 Default Value: 20.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the deceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is enabled. S Curve Deceleration Time 2 [S Curve Decel 2] Linear Number: 480 Default Value: 20.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the deceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command. Skip Speed Band 1 [Skip Speed Band1] Linear Number: 53 Default Value: 0.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 1. Skip Speed Band 2 [Skip Speed Band2] Linear Number: 54 Default Value: 0.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 2.
2-67
Skip Speed Band 3 [Skip Speed Band3] Linear Number: 55 Default Value: 0.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 3. Skip Speed 1 [Skip Speed 1] Linear Number: 49 Default Value: 90.0 Hz Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 1 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at certain speeds. Skip Speed 2 [Skip Speed 2] Linear Number: 50 Default Value: 90.0 Hz Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 2 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at certain speeds. Skip Speed 3 [Skip Speed 3] Linear Number: 51 Default Value: 90.0 Hz Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 3 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at certain speeds. Ramp Test Step [Ramp Test Step] Linear Number: 80 Default Value: 0.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 30.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed command to demonstrate the response of the speed ramp. If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the drive will continuously ramp up and down between a maximum speed equal to the speed command plus the value of this parameter, and a minimum value equal to the speed command minus the value of this parameter. The ramp test function is intended for use in factory test only. This parameter is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up.
2-68
Current Control Parameters

DC Current Reference [Idc Reference] Linear Number: 321 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the dc link current reference. DC Current Feedback [Idc Feedback] Linear Number: 322 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured dc link current feedback. DC Current Error Linear Number: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Idc Error] 323 -1.000 pu 1.000 pu Advanced Read Only
This parameter is the dc current error obtained by subtracting the dc current feedback from the dc current reference. DC Voltage Reference [Vdc Reference] Linear Number: 326 Minimum Value: -1.000 Maximum Value: 1.000 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the dc voltage reference, which is the output of the current regulator after the advance limit and retard limit have been applied. A value of 1.000 corresponds to maximum positive voltage (motoring) and a value of 1.000 corresponds to maximum negative voltage (regenerating) regardless of the direction of motor rotation. Alpha Rectifier [Alpha Rectifier] Linear Number: 327 Minimum Value: 0.0 deg Maximum Value: 180.0 deg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the rectifier firing angle relative to the input line voltage. It is equal to the inverse cosine of the dc voltage reference, Vdc Reference (326). It is in the range 0 to 90 degrees for motoring and 90 to 180 degrees for regenerating.
2-69
DC Current Reference Limit Motor [IdcRefLmt Motor] Linear Number: 773 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This is the maximum allowable dc current reference the rectifier will use based on the DC Over current trip and dc-current ripple. DC Current Reference Limit in DC Test [IdcRefLmt DCTest] Linear Number: 260 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during DC test mode. DC Current Reference Limit in Auto-tuning [IdcRefLmt Autotn] Linear Number: 261 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 4.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during Auto-tuning. Current Regulator Bandwidth [CurReg Bandwidth] Linear Number: 113 Default Value: 200.0 r/s Minimum Value: 50.0 r/s Maximum Value: 2000.0 r/s Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the current control loop. It is used in the calculation of the current regulator gain. This parameter affects only the response time of the current regulator and not the overshoot. It is normally set to 200 radian/second. DC Current Test Command [Idc Test Command] Linear Number: 119 Default Value: 0.000 pu Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 1.500 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the dc current command when the drive is operating in dc current test mode. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up.
2-70
DC Current Reference Step [Idc Ref Step] Linear Number: 120 Default Value: 0.000 pu Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 1.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the dc current command to demonstrate the step response of the current loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up. DC Link Time Constant [T DC Link] Linear Number: 115 Default Value: 0.040 sec Minimum Value: 0.015 sec Maximum Value: 0.150 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time constant of the dc link reactor. It affects both the response time and overshoot of the regulator, and should be adjusted to produce a step response that has zero or a very small overshoot. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. Input Impedance [Input Impedance] Linear Number: 140 Default Value: 0.0500 pu Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu Maximum Value: 1.0000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the input impedance between the drive and the source, including the isolating transformer if present, expressed in the per unit system of the drive. It is used in the calculation of the retard limit for the line converter, and reconstruction of the line voltage parameters. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. Feedforward Filter [Feedforward Fil] Linear Number: 502 Default Value: 2.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 12.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the corner frequency of the filter used in calculating the inverter side dc link voltage from the measured stator voltage. This value is used a feed-forward term in the current regulator to determine the firing angle for the line side converter. This parameter is useful in load-sharing conveyor applications, where it can be used to effectively dampen system mechanical resonance.
2-71
PFC Leading Limit [PFC LeadingLimit] Linear Number: 301 Default Value: 0.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter refers to the allowable leading vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.02pu. This means that the drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are bigger than 0.02pu. PFC Lagging Limit [PFC LaggingLimit] Linear Number: 302 Default Value: 0.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter refers to the allowable lagging vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.05pu. This means that the drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are less than -0.05pu.
Torque Control Parameters

Torque Reference [Torque Reference] Linear Number: 291 Minimum Value: -4.000 Maximum Value: 4.000 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the value of the drive torque command obtained from the speed regulator. Active Torque Limit [Active Trq Limit] Linear Number: 147 Minimum Value: -4.000 Maximum Value: 4.000 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the torque limit which the drive will use in limiting its torque output. The parameter could have a value different than the specified Trq Lmt Motoring (84) or Trq Lmt Braking (85). It is because the drive adjusts the torque limit based on either field weakening, overload or input voltage sag conditions.
2-72
Torque Command 0 Sensorless [TrqCmd0 SensrLss] Linear Number: 86 Default Value: 0.40 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at zero speed used in starting mode. It may be higher or lower than TrqCmd1 Snsrless (87). If this parameter is set too low the motor may not start. If it is set too high the start will be excessively rough and noisy. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled. Torque Command 1 Sensorless [TrqCmd1 SensrLss] Linear Number: 87 Default Value: 0.40 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at the speed when the drive switches to closeloop after an open loop start. It may be higher or lower than TrqCmd0 Snsrless. In starting mode, the torque command changes linearly from TrqCmd0 Snsrless at zero speed to TrqCmd1 Snsrless at closeloop speed. When the drive switches from starting mode to normal running mode and the speed regulator is released, the torque command is initially equal to the value of this parameter. If it is set too low, the motor may stall before the speed regulator has time to increase the torque command. If it is set too high, the motor will accelerate very rapidly after the transition until the speed regulator is able to decrease the torque command to the value required to follow the speed ramp. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled. Torque Command External [Trq Cmd External] Linear Number: 91 Default Value: 0.000 Minimum Value: -4.000 Maximum Value: 4.000 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the external torque command. The function of this parameter depends on the parameter Torque Control Mode. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. Note that motoring torque is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse rotation. Torque Control Mode Setting Zero Torque Speed Regulation External Torque Command Speed Torque Positive Speed Torque Negative Speed Summation Torque Command External effect None None Used as the External Torque Command Sets Positive Torque Limit Sets Negative Torque Limit Added to the Speed Regulator Output
2-73
Torque Control Mode [Trq Control Mode] Linear Number: 90 Default Value: Speed Reg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the different torque control modes in the drive. Depending on the parameter selection, the drive determines different torque command values. This parameter is used in conjunction with an external torque command Trq Cmd External (91). This parameter is used for determining drives torque output or torque limits. Typically the external torque command is linked to a PLC output. The parameter is defined as: Internal Value 0 1 2 Enum Text Zero Torque Speed Reg Ext Torq Cmd Description The drive issues zero torque command. The drive uses the speed regulator to determine the torque command. The drive uses the external torque command and bypasses the speed regulator. This mode is also referred to as Slave or Torque follower mode. The drive uses the speed regulator with an external motoring torque limit. The drive uses the speed regulator with an external braking torque limit. The torque command is sum of speed regulator and the external torque command.
3 4 5
Spd Trq Pos Spd Trq Neg Spd Sum
Torque Limit Motoring [Trq Lmt Motoring] Linear Number: 84 Default Value: 1.05 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when motoring. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. Torque Limit Braking [Trq Lmt Braking] Linear Number: 85 Default Value: 0.50 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when braking or regenerating. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque.
2-74
Torque Limit Overload [Trq Lmt Overload] Linear Number: 658 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used to prevent the drive from tripping on an overload fault. For a drive programmed with a Torque Limit Motoring greater than 1.00 (it may be needed for starting or other certain intermittent load conditions), when the drive reaches 90% of its maximum thermal capability, it will automatically limit the torque to the value specified in the parameter Trq Lmt Overload. This may prevent the drive from tripping on overload and will keep the process running. Please note that this will result in the motor slowing down. This parameter should be set to 1.00 pu, and setting it to a value equal to or greater than Torque Limit Motoring would lead to a drive trip on overload. Power Limit Motoring [Pwr Lmt Motoring] Linear Number: 747 Default Value: 1.50 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when motoring. The torque command will be reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor power. Power Limit Braking [Pwr Lmt Braking] Linear Number: 748 Default Value: 1.50 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when braking or regenerating. The torque command will be reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor power. Torque Command 0 Tachometer [TrqCmd0 Tach] Linear Number: 641 Default Value: 0.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 4.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the initial torque when starting with a tachometer. The default value allows the drive to start providing zero torque and ramp up to the required torque determined by the speed control loop. By setting this to a value above 0.00 provides more torque until the control loops can take over.
2-75
Flux Control Parameters

Flux Reference [Flux Reference] Linear Number: 305 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the rotor flux reference, which varies between a minimum value set by parameter FlxCmd No Load (103) and a maximum value set by parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). The flux reference varies directly with torque at all speeds, and decreases with speed above Base Speed. The flux reference is also automatically reduced if the current regulator approaches advance limit or retard limit, which can occur when running at high speed and high torque with low line voltage. Flux Feedback [Flux Feedback] Linear Number: 306 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the value of flux feedback which can come from either FlxFbk VoltModel (342) or FlxFbk CurModel (341) or a combination of both. For Sensorless drives running below 3 Hz, flux from the Current Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback and above 3Hz flux from the Voltage Model is used. For drives with Pulse Tach, below 7.5 Hz flux from the Current Model is used while above 7.5Hz flux from the Voltage Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback. Refer to section on Motor Model in Chapter 1. Flux Error [Flux Error] Linear Number: 307 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the flux error obtained by subtracting the flux feedback from the flux reference. Motor Flux Current Command [Mtr Flux CurCmd] Linear Number: 310 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the magnetizing or D-axis stator current command, which is the sum of a feedforward term FluxCur Feedfwd (308) and the current from the flux regulator FluxCurRegulator (309).
2-76
Flux Current Feedforward [FluxCur Feedfwd] Linear Number: 308 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the feed-forward component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator current command. It is an estimate of the steady state D-axis current and is always positive. This value should represent the baseline magnetizing current of the motor, determined from the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor. Flux Current Regulator [FluxCurRegulator] Linear Number: 309 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the closed loop correction component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator current command. It is the output of the flux regulator and may be positive or negative. This is the correction to the magnetizing current based on the operating conditions of the motor. Inverter Flux Current Command [Inv Flux CurCmd] Linear Number: 312 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the magnetizing current command for the inverter obtained from Mtr Flux CurCmd (310) and a motor filter capacitor model. It is positive for lagging current and negative for leading current. Alpha Inverter [Alpha Inverter] Linear Number: 328 Minimum Value: -360.0 deg Maximum Value: 360.0 deg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the inverter firing angle relative to the measured motor flux. It is calculated from the torque component of the inverter output current InvTorque CurCmd (294) and the flux component of the inverter output current Inv Flux CurCmd (312).
2-77
Field Current Command [Field CurCmd] Linear Number: 314 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the current command for the synchronous motor field supply. For synchronous drives, this parameter must be assigned to one of the ACB analog outputs. An analog output of 10.0 V corresponds to maximum field current, which should be somewhat higher than rated field current. The scaling of the field current command can be adjusted to match the scaling of the field supply current reference input using the associated analog output scaling parameter. For induction motors this parameter is always equal to zero.
Field Current [Field Current] Linear Number: 57 Minimum Value: -2.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the measured field current.
Flux Command Limit [Flux Cmd Limit] Linear Number: 623 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 1.500 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the maximum value of flux reference which the drive can use. It is a constantly changing value based on the operating speed of the motor and the input bridge voltage. For most applications in normal speed range, this value should be greater than FluxCmd Rated Load (100). This parameter is used to prevent the current regulator from hitting advance limits. PFC Flux Command [PFC Flux Command] Linear Number: 304 Minimum Value: -1.500 pu Maximum Value: 1.500 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the flux command from the PFC controller needed to optimize the drive input power factor. The final flux command will be sum of the original flux profile without power factor compensation and the flux command from the PFC controller. The parameter can have a negative value.
2-78
Flux Regulator Bandwidth [FlxReg Bandwidth] Linear Number: 97 Default Value: 10.0 r/s Minimum Value: 1.0 r/s Maximum Value: 30.0 r/s Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the flux control loop. It is used in the calculation of the flux regulator gain. The maximum bandwidth possible for stable flux control tends to decrease as motor size increases. Flux Command Rated Load [FlxCmd RatedLoad] Linear Number: 100 Default Value: 0.900 pu Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 1.500 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at rated load. The flux command will never be greater than this parameter, which can be set manually or by auto-tuning. Flux Command No Load [FlxCmd No Load] Linear Number: 103 Default Value: 0.700 pu Minimum Value: 0.400 pu Maximum Value: 1.500 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at no load. The flux command will change linearly from FlxCmd No Load (103) to FlxCmd Rated Load (100) as Torque Reference (291) changes from 0.00 to 1.00. Reducing the motor flux improves efficiency when running for extended periods at less than full load. The maximum torque capability of the drive is reduced in proportion to the reduction in flux. If the load increases suddenly when the drive is running with reduced flux, there may be a large drop in speed until the flux can be restored to its normal level. If FlxCmd No Load is set higher than FlxCmd Rated Load, the flux command will not vary with load. Motor Flux Time [Motor Flux Time] Linear Number: 78 Default Value: 3.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time interval during which the motor is being magnetized. The purpose of the delay is to allow flux to be established in the motor before attempting to accelerate. If the torque required at starting is very low, then this parameter can be set to a small value such as 1 second, but should be set to a higher value if high starting torque is required. This parameter is active even when tach feedback is enabled.
2-79
Capacitor Current Command Gain Linear Number: 107 Default Value: 0.5 Minimum Value: 0.0 Maximum Value: 1.0 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write
[Icd Command Gain]
This parameter specifies the gain of the capacitor current compensation for synchronous motors. When this parameter is set to its minimum value of 0.0, all the current for the motor filter capacitor is supplied by the drive. The line current is higher than the motor current and the motor operates at approximately unity power factor. When this parameter is set to its maximum value of 1.0, the motor supplies all the current for the motor filter capacitor. The line current is less than the motor current and the motor operates at a lagging power factor with reduced field current. When this parameter is set to its default value of 0.5, approximately half the motor filter capacitor current is supplied by the drive and half by the motor. The line current and the motor current are approximately equal and the motor power factor is slightly lagging. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
Field Current Command Bandwidth Linear Number: 106 Default Value: 10.0 r/s Minimum Value: 0.1 r/s Maximum Value: 100.0 r/s Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write
[Field Bandwidth]
This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the field current command for synchronous motors. It should be set to a value that is less than the bandwidth of both the flux regulator and the field current control.
Base Speed [Base Speed] Linear Number: 98 Default Value: 60.0 Hz Minimum Value: 25.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the frequency at which field weakening begins. Base Speed is normally set equal to the rated frequency of the motor. It can be set to a lower value only if the motor is specially designed to operate at a higher than normal flux level without saturating. Flux Reference Step [Flux RefStep] Linear Number: 102 Default Value: 0.000 pu Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 0.100 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the flux reference to demonstrate the step response of the flux loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up. This parameter is also used during manual drive tuning.
2-80
Alarm Config Parameters

Input Protection 1 Fault Class [InputProt1 Class] Linear Number: 440 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of one of the possible protective devices installed to provide line protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line reactor. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Transformer/Line Reactor Over Temperature Fault Class [TxReacOvrTmpClss] Linear Number: 441 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the isolation transformer or the line reactor protective signal. This is usually a thermal switch in the isolation transformer or AC Line reactor winding. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
DC Link Over Temperature Fault Class [DCLnkOvrTmpClass] Linear Number: 442 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the dc link protection scheme. This is usually a thermal switch in the DC link reactor or Common-Mode Choke. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
2-81
Motor Protection Fault Class [Motor Prot Class] Linear Number: 443 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the motor protective device. This is usually a protective relay on the motor. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Input Protection 2 Fault Class [InputProt2 Class] Linear Number: 444 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the second of the possible protective devices installed to provide line protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line reactor, or from a source further upstream. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Auxiliary Protection Class [Aux Prot Class] Linear Number: 445 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of any other protective device that is used in the drive system. This essentially is a spare input for any customer-specific protective device. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
2-82
Standard XIO Fault Mask [Stnd XIOFlt Mask] Linear Number: 435 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies if the alarm is set to trigger a Warning/Fault. A 1 represents enabled fault, a 0 represents disabled fault. The following faults are maskable: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input Protn1 TxReacOvrTmp DCLinkOvrTmp Motor Protn Input Protn2 Aux Protn Unused Unused Description Input Protection 1 fault Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault Motor Protection fault Input Protection 2 fault Auxiliary Protection fault
External Fault Select [Ext Fault Selct] Linear Number: 651 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies whether the external fault inputs are coming from the optional XIO card or the PLC. The parameter allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a PLC, or from a combination of the 2 sources. By setting the bit to a 1, the associated external fault comes from the PLC. Setting the bit to a zero allows the external fault to come from the XIO board. External Fault 1 Class [ExtFault1 Class] Linear Number: 200 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 1. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board is installed. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 2 Class [ExtFault2 Class] Linear Number: 201 Default Value: Class2 Fault Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 2. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board is installed. The following options are available: Disable Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Warning This disables the fault input. The drive will shut down immediately The drive will perform a controlled shut down The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
2-83
2-84
2-85
2-86
External Fault Mask [Ext Fault Mask] Linear Number: 564 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the masks for the external faults. A 1 represents enabled fault, a 0 represents disabled fault. There are 16 available faults, from External1 to External16. The user can modify the name of each external input. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text External1 External2 External3 External4 External5 External6 External7 External8 External9 External10 External11 External12 External13 External14 External15 External16 Description External Fault Input 1 External Fault Input 2 External Fault Input 3 External Fault Input 4 External Fault Input 5 External Fault Input 6 External Fault Input 7 External Fault Input 8 External Fault Input 9 External Fault Input 10 External Fault Input 11 External Fault Input 12 External Fault Input 13 External Fault Input 14 External Fault Input 15 External Fault Input 16
2-87
Drive Fault Mask 1 [Drv Fault1 Mask] Linear Number: 394 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to drive protection. represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Line OvrCur DCLnkOvrCur Gnd OvrCur RNeut OvrCur Line OvrVolt Rec OvrVolt LineNeuOvVol LineHarmonic MstrVolUnBal Slv1VolUnBal Slv2VolUnBal MstrCurUnBal Slv1CurUnBal Slv2CurUnBal Slv1 Phasing Slv2 Phasing Description Line Over Current Fault DC Link Over Current Fault Ground Over current Fault Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault Line Over Voltage Fault Rectifier Over Voltage Fault Line Neutral Over Voltage Fault Line Harmonic Fault Master Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault Slave1 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault Slave2 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault Master Bridge Current Unbalance Fault Slave1 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault Slave2 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault Slave1 Bridge Phasing fault Slave2 Bridge Phasing fault A 1
Drive Fault Mask 2 [Drv Fault2 Mask] Linear Number: 395 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the second fault word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecAnaSlfTst RecFbrOptCfg Unused Rec A2D Conv InvHeartbeat Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Rectifier Analog Self Test Fault Rectifier Fiber Optic Configuration Fault Rectifier Analog to Digital Converter Fault Inverter Heartbeat Fault
2-88
Drive Fault Mask 3 [Drv Fault3 Mask] Linear Number: 396 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the third fault word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Drv OvrLoad RNeutOvrLoad RecHSnkOvTmp RecHSnkLoTmp RecHSnkFbrOp RecHSnk Sens RecChB OvTmp RecChB LoTmp RecChB FbrOp RecChB Sens Dvc AK/Snubb Current Sens Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Drive Overload Fault Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage Fault Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature Fault Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Loss Fault Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Loss Fault Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature Fault Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature Fault Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable disconnected Fault Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Fault Device anode-Cathode or Snubber Fault Current Sensor Fault
Drive Fault Mask 4 [Drv Fault4 Mask] Linear Number: 562 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Inv OvrVolt Drv Out Open SyncXferFail Tach Loss MV Sys Test MV Gate Test InpCtctrOpen OutCtctrOpen BypCtctrOpen No Out Ctctr Inp IsoOpen Out IsoOpen Byp IsoOpen Inp IsoClsd Out IsoClsd Byp IsoClsd Description Inverter Over Voltage Fault Drive Output Contactor Open Fault Synchronous Transfer Failed Tachometer Loss Fault Medium Voltage applied to drive in System Test Fault Medium Voltage applied to drive in Gating Test Fault Input Contactor Open Fault Output Contactor Open Fault Bypass Contactor Open Fault No Output Contactor Fault Input Isolation Switch Open Fault Output Isolation Switch Open Fault Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault
2-89
Drive Fault Mask 5 [Drv Fault5 Mask] Linear Number: 563 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Conv AirFlow IsoTxAirFlow InvHSnkOvTmp InvHSnkLoTmp InvHSnkFbrOp InvHSnk Sens Amb OvTmp Amb LoTmp Amb FbrOp Amb Sens InvAnaSlfTst InvFbrOptCfg Unused Inv A2D Conv RecHeartbeat Idc HECS Con Description Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Fault Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Fault Inverter Heatsink Over Temperature fault Inverter Heatsink Low Temperature fault Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault Inverter Heatsink Sensor Fault Ambient Over Temperature Fault Ambient Low Temperature Fault Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault Ambient Temperature Sensor Fault Inverter Self Analog Test Fault Inverter Fiber Optic Configuration Fault Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault Rectifier Heartbeat Fault DC Current HECS Connector Fault
Drive Fault Mask 6 [Drv Fault6 Mask] Linear Number: 8 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text DAN Comm Mstr Xfr Err PDCapcityLow Main VSB Sync VSB DC Neut VSB InpLock5min InpLockIndef ProcVarLossF Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Drive Area Network Communication Fault Parallel Drive Application Master Transfer Error Parallel Drive Application Parallel Drive capacity is low Parallel Drive Application Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current) Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL error) Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost
2-90
Motor Fault Mask 1 [Mtr Fault1 Mask] Linear Number: 561 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write his parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to motor protection. A 1 represents an enabled fault; a 0 represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: Bit Enum Text Mtr OvrCur Mtr OvrVolt MtrNeuOvrVol Mtr FlxUnbal Mtr CurUnbal Mtr OvrLoad Mtr OvrSpeed Mtr Stall Mtr LoadLoss SynFieldLoss MtrSlipRange Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Motor Over current Fault Motor Overvoltage Fault Motor Neutral Over Voltage Fault Motor Flux Unbalance Fault Motor Current Unbalance Fault Motor Overload Fault Motor Over Speed Fault Motor Stall Fault Motor Load Loss Fault Synchronous Field Loss Fault Motor Slip Out of Range Fault
Drive Warning Mask 1 [Drv Wrn1 Mask] Linear Number: 397 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write his parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Drv OvrLoad Mstr UndVolt Slv1 UndVolt Slv2 UndVolt DCLnk OvrCur Rec OvrVolt Line Synch InpCtctr Fbk Unused Line Loss RecHSnkOvTmp RecChB OvTmp BusTransient LineCapRange RAM Batt Low DCLink Range Description Drive Overload warning Master Bridge Under Voltage warning Slave1 Bridge Under Voltage warning Slave2 Bridge Under Voltage warning DC Link Over Current warning Rectifier Over Voltage Fault Loss of line synchronization Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature warning Bus Transient warning Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range RAM Battery Low DC Link pu value outside normal range
2-91
Drive Warning Mask 2 [Drv Wrn2 Mask] Linear Number: 647 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the second warning word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecHSnk Sens RecChB Sens RecHSnkFbrOp RecChB FbrOp RecDCCurGain Rec Gate Pwr RecACCurGain Stack Depth BlkBox NVRAM Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Rectifier Heatsink sensor Loss Warning Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Loss Warning Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning Rect Gate Power Supply Warning Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning Black Box Stack Depth Black Box NVRAM Cleared Warning
Drive Warning Mask 3 [Drv Wrn3 Mask] Linear Number: 423 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the third warning word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text InpCtctrOpen InpCtctrClsd OutCtctrOpen OutCtctrClsd BypCtctrOpen BypCtctrClsd Inp IsoOpen Out IsoOpen Byp IsoOpen Inp IsoClsd Out IsoClsd Byp IsoClsd No Out Ctctr InpClose Dly Unused Unused Description Input Contactor Open warning Input Contactor Closed warning Output Contactor Open warning Output Contactor Closed warning Bypass Contactor Open warning Bypass Contactor Closed warning Drive Input Isolation Switch Open warning Drive Output Isolation Switch Open warning Bypass Isolation Switch Open warning Input Isolation Switch Closed warning Output Isolation Switch Closed warning Bypass Isolation Switch Closed warning No Output contactor installed Warning Input Contactor Close Delay
2-92
Drive Warning Mask 4 [Drv Wrn4 Mask] Linear Number: 468 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ConvFn1Ctctr ConvFn2Ctctr Iso Fn1Ctctr Iso Fn2Ctctr Conv AirFlow Iso AirFlow Conv FansOn IsoTxFans On ConvFan1Loss ConvFan2Loss IsoFan1 Loss IsoFan2 Loss Drv Maintain Inv Gate Pwr Unused Unused Description Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Warning Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Warning Converter Cooling Fans On Warning Isolation Transformer Cooling Fans On Warning Converter Fan 1 Loss Warning Converter Fan 2 Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss Warning Drive Maintenance Warning Inverter Gating Power Loss Warning
Drive Warning Mask 5 [Drv Wrn5 Mask] Linear Number: 707 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text InvHSnkOvTmp Amb OvTmp InvHSnk Sens Amb Sens InvHSnkFbrOp Amb FbrOp Inv OvrVolt InvACCurGain Unused Unused Unused PFC IdcLimit PFC FlxLimit ProcVarLossW Unused Unused Description Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning Ambient Over Temperature Warning Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning Ambient Sensor Warning Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning Ambient Fiber Optic Warning Inverter Over Voltage Warning Inverter AC Current Gain Warning
Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power factor Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power factor Process variable loss has been detected
2-93
Motor Warning Mask 1 [Mtr Wrn1 Mask] Linear Number: 565 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to motor protection. A 1 represents an enabled warning; a 0 represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Mtr OvrLoad Mtr CapRange Mtr LoadLoss Mtr OvrVolt MtrSlipRange Byp OvrVolt Byp UndrVolt Byp Unbal Byp Phs Seq SyncXferFail Desync Delay Tach Loss Tach Dir TachPhA Loss No Tach TachPhB Loss Description Motor Overload warning Motor Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range Motor Load Loss Warning Motor Over Voltage Warning Motor Slip out of Range Warning Bypass Over Voltage Warning Bypass Under Voltage Warning Bypass Voltage Unbalance Warning Bypass Phase Sequence Warning Synchronous Transfer Failed De-synchronization delay Warning Tach Loss Warning Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss Tach Phase A Loss Warning No Tach Installed Warning Tach Phase B Loss Warning
Control Power Fault Mask [Ctrl Pwr FltMask] Linear Number: 104 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the fault mask for the various components used in protecting the control power system feeding the drive. The following faults are maskable: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ACDC#1DCFail ACDC#2DCFail ACDC#3DCFail ACDC#4DCFail Ctrl56V Loss IGDPS56VLoss Ctrl5V Loss Ctrl15V Loss HECS PwrLoss Ctrl PwrLoss ACDC#1ACFail ACDC#2ACFail ACDC#3ACFail ACDC#4ACFail UPS Fault Isol24V Loss Description Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#1 Converter Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#2 Converter Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#3 Converter Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#4 Converter Loss of 56V DC Control to DC/DC Converter Loss of 56V DC Control to IGDPS Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB Loss of control power to HECS Connectors 120V AC Control Power Loss Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#1 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#2 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#3 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#4 Power Supply UPS Fault Loss of Isolated 24V power supply
2-94
Control Power Warning Mask [Ctrl Pwr WrnMask] Linear Number: 105 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the warning mask for the various components used in protecting the control power system feeding the drive. The following warnings are maskable: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ACDC#1 Redn ACDC#2 Redn ACDC#3 Redn ACDC#4 Redn ACDC#1ACFail ACDC#2ACFail ACDC#3ACFail ACDC#4ACFail CtrlPwr Loss UPS onBypass UPS on Batt UPS Batt Low UPS Failed XIO Pwr Loss Ctrl5V Redn Unused Description Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#1 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#2 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#3 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#4 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Control Power UPS running on bypass UPS running on battery UPS battery low UPS has an internal failure XIO power loss Loss of Redundant 5V
DPI Loss Mask [DPI Loss Mask] Linear Number: 175 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the masks for detecting loss of individual DPI adapters. The default value for this parameter enables a Warning for an adapter loss. Changing the corresponding bit to 1 will change the drive response from Warning to Fault. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Adapter1Loss Adapter2Loss Adapter3Loss Adapter4Loss Adapter5Loss Adapter6Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Loss of Adapter 1 Loss of Adapter 2 Loss of Adapter 3 Loss of Adapter 4 Loss of Adapter 5 Loss of Adapter 6
2-95
Liquid Cooled Fault Mask [Liq Cool Mask] Linear Number: 703 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter represents the faults that can be masked in the PowerFlex C-Frame drive. These are typically masked only in a sensor failure condition, as opposed to a true fault. The following faults are maskable: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Unused ExtCool Loss CoolTemp Low CoolTempHigh Unused CoolLevelLow CabTempHigh Pump/Fan Pwr DC Link Flow TempFbk Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Failure) Coolant Temperature Low Coolant Temperature High Coolant Level Low Cabinet Temperature High Pump and Fan Power Off DC Link Flow Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback
Device Diagnostic Fault Mask [DvcDiag Flt Mask] Linear Number: 420 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the masks for the device diagnostic faults (SCR and SGCT). A one represents enabled fault, a zero represents disabled fault. The bit definition is as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecOffLnOpen RecOffLnShrt RecOnLnOpen RecOnLnShrt Rec Gating Rec Diag Fbk Rec Offline Rec Online Inv Gating Inv Diag Fbk Inv Offline Inv Online Unused Unused Unused Unused Description SCR Rectifier Diagnostic, Open Circuit Detection (before running) SCR Rectifier Diagnostic, Short Circuit Detection (before running) SCR Rectifier Running, Open Circuit Detection SCR Rectifier Running, Short Circuit Detection PWM Rectifier Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running) PWM Rectifier Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running) PWM Rectifier Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss (before running) PWM Rectifier Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or fiber optic loss Inverter Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running) Inverter Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running) Inverter Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss (before running) Inverter Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or fiber optic loss
2-96
Parallel Drive Warning Mask [PD Wrn Mask] Linear Number: 759 Default Value: 1111111111111111 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write These are the parallel drive warning Mask. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Hub Comm Wrn Duplcte Mstr Dclnd Mstr Slv RfsdMstr InvldMstrReq Xfer Disable Unused Unused Slave 0 Comm Slave 1 Comm Slave 2 Comm Slave 3 Comm Slave 4 Comm Slave 5 Comm Slave 6 Comm Slave 7 Comm Description Hub (PLC) Communications Loss Duplicate Master-master only Slave Declined Master-slave only Slave Refused Master-master only Invalid Master Request-slave only Transfer Disabled-master only
Slave 0 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 1 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 2 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 3 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 4 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 5 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 6 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 7 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Alarms Parameters
Standard XIO Fault [Stnd XIO Fault] Linear Number: 433 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as faults (Class 1 or Class 2). A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input Protn1 TxReacOvrTmp DCLinkOvrTmp Motor Protn Input Protn2 Aux Protn Unused Unused Description Input Protection 1 fault Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature fault DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature fault Motor Protection fault Input Protection 2 fault Auxiliary Protection fault
2-97
Standard XIO Warning [Stnd XIO Warning] Linear Number: 434 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as warnings. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input Protn1 TxReacOvrTmp DCLinkOvrTmp Motor Protn Input Protn2 Aux Protn Unused Unused Description Input Protection 1 warning Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature warning DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature warning Motor Protection warning Input Protection 2 warning Auxiliary Protection warning
External Fault XIO [External Fault] Linear Number: 372 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as faults (Class1 or Class2). A 1 indicates an active fault on the card. There are a total of 16 external faults from External1 to External16. The user can modify the text associated with each fault. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text External1 External2 External3 External4 External5 External6 External7 External8 External9 External10 External11 External12 External13 External14 External15 External16 Description External Fault 1 External Fault 2 External Fault 3 External Fault 4 External Fault 5 External Fault 6 External Fault 7 External Fault 8 External Fault 9 External Fault 10 External Fault 11 External Fault 12 External Fault 13 External Fault 14 External Fault 15 External Fault 16
2-98
External Warning Linear Number: Access Level: Read/Write:
[External Warning] 429 Service Read Only
This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as warnings. A 1 indicates an active warning on the card. There are a total of 16 external warnings from External1 to External16. The user can modify the text associated with each warning. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text External1 External2 External3 External4 External5 External6 External7 External8 External9 External10 External11 External12 External13 External14 External15 External16 Description External Warning 1 External Warning 2 External Warning 3 External Warning 4 External Warning 5 External Warning 6 External Warning 7 External Warning 8 External Warning 9 External Warning 10 External Warning 11 External Warning 12 External Warning 13 External Warning 14 External Warning 15 External Warning 16
Drive Fault Word 1 [Drive Fault1] Linear Number: 279 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2 faults. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Line OvrCur DCLnkOvrCur Gnd OvrCur RNeut OvrCur Line OvrVolt Rec OvrVolt LineNeuOvVol LineHarmonic MstrVolUnBal Slv1VolUnBal Slv2VolUnBal MstrCurUnBal Slv1CurUnBal Slv2CurUnBal Slv1 Phasing Slv2 Phasing Description Line Over Current DC Link Over Current Fault Ground Fault Over Current Fault Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault Line Over Voltage Rectifier Over Voltage Fault Line to Neutral Over Voltage Fault Line Harmonic Fault Master Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance Slave1 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance Slave2 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance Master Bridge Line Current Unbalance Slave1 Bridge Line Current Unbalance Slave2 Bridge Line Current Unbalance Slave1 bridge phasing fault Slave2 bridge phasing fault
2-99
Drive Fault Word 2 [Drive Fault2] Linear Number: 280 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecAnaSlfTst RecFbrOptCfg Unused Rec A2D Conv InvHeartbeat Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Rectifier Self analog Test Fail Rectifier Fiber Optic Cable Configuration Fault Rectifier A2D Converter Fault Inverter Heartbeat Fault
Drive Fault Word 3 [Drive Fault3] Linear Number: 281 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Drv OvrLoad RNeutOvrLoad RecHSnkOvTmp RecHSnkLoTmp RecHSnkFbrOp RecHSnk Sens RecChB OvTmp RecChB LoTmp RecChB FbrOp RecChB Sens Dvc AK/Snubb Current Sens Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Drive Overload fault Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage fault Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature fault Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Disconnected Fault Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature fault Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature fault Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable Rectifier Channel B Sensor Disconnected Fault Device Anode Cathode or Snubber fault Current Sensor Fault
2-100
Drive Fault Word 4 [Drive Fault4] Linear Number: 370 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Inv OvrVolt Drv Out Open SyncXferFail Tach Loss MV Sys Test MV Gate Test InpCtctrOpen OutCtctrOpen BypCtctrOpen No Out Ctctr Inp IsoOpen Out IsoOpen Byp IsoOpen Inp IsoClsd Out IsoClsd Byp IsoClsd Description Inverter Over Voltage Fault Drive Output Contactor Open fault Synchronous Transfer Fail Fault Tach Loss Fault Medium Voltage System Test Fault Medium Voltage Gate Test Fault Input Contactor Open Fault Output Contactor Open Fault Bypass Contactor Open Fault No Output Contactor Fault Input Isolation Switch Open Fault Output Isolation Switch Open Fault Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Drive Fault Word 5 [Drive Fault5] Linear Number: 371 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Conv AirFlow IsoTxAirFlow InvHSnkOvTmp InvHSnkLoTmp InvHSnkFbrOp InvHSnk Sens Amb OvTmp Amb LoTmp Amb FbrOp Amb Sens InvAnaSlfTst InvFbrOptCfg Unused Inv A2D Conv RecHeartbeat Idc HECS Con Description Converter Air Flow Pressure Fault (A-Frame Only) Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Fault Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Fault Inverter Heat Sink Low Temperature Fault Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Fault Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Fault Ambient Over Temperature Fault Ambient Low Temperature Fault Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault Ambient Sensor Fault Inverter Self Analog Test Fault Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault Rectifier Heartbeat Fault DC Current HECS Connector Fault
2-101
Drive Fault Word 6 [Drive Fault6] Linear Number: 9 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text DAN Comm Mstr Xfr Err PDCapcityLow Main VSB Sync VSB DC Neut VSB InpLock5min InpLockIndef ProcVar Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Drive Area Network Communication Fault Parallel Drive Application Master Transfer Error Parallel Drive capacity is low Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current in 18-pulse drives) Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL error in 18-pulse drives) Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost
Motor Fault Word 1 [Motor Fault1] Linear Number: 369 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to motor side fault detection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A 1 represents an active fault as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Mtr OvrCur Mtr OvrVolt MtrNeuOvrVol Mtr FlxUnbal Mtr CurUnbal Mtr OvrLoad Mtr OvrSpeed Mtr Stall Mtr LoadLoss SynFieldLoss MtrSlipRange Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Motor Over current fault Motor Overvoltage fault Drive Output contactor fault Motor Flux Unbalance Fault Motor Current Unbalance Fault Motor Over Load Fault Motor Over Speed Motor Stall fault Motor Load Loss Fault Synchronous Field Loss Fault Motor Slip Out of Range Fault
2-102
Drive Warning Word 1 [Drive Warning1] Linear Number: 282 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to drive fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Drv OvrLoad Mstr UndVolt Slv1 UndVolt Slv2 UndVolt DCLnk OvrCur Rec OvrVolt Line Synch InpCtctr Fbk Unused Line Loss RecHSnkOvTmp RecChB OvTmp BusTransient LineCapRange RAM Batt Low DCLink Range Description Drive Overload warning Master Bridge Under Voltage warning Slave1 Bridge Under Voltage warning Slave2 Bridge Under Voltage warning DC Link Over Current warning Rectifier Over Voltage Warning Line synchronization Warning Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature warning Bus Transient Protection Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range RAM Battery Low Warning DC Link pu value outside normal range
Drive Warning Word 2 [Drive Warning2] Linear Number: 646 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second warning word corresponding to drive fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text RecHSnk Sens RecChB Sens RecHSnkFbrOp RecChB FbrOp RecDCCurGain Rec Gate Pwr RecACCurGain Stack Depth BlkBox NVRAM Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Rectifier Heat Sink Sensor Loss Warning Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning Rectifier Heat Sink Fiber Optic Loss Warning Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning Rectifier Gate Power Warning Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning Stack Depth Warning Black Box NVRAM Warning
2-103
Drive Warning Word 3 [Drive Warning3] Linear Number: 374 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third warning word corresponding to drive fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text InpCtctrOpen InpCtctrClsd OutCtctrOpen OutCtctrClsd BypCtctrOpen BypCtctrClsd Inp IsoOpen Out IsoOpen Byp IsoOpen Inp IsoClsd Out IsoClsd Byp IsoClsd No Out Ctctr InpClose Dly Unused Unused Description Input Contactor Open Warning Input Contactor Closed Warning Output Contactor Open Warning Output Contactor Closed Warning Bypass Contactor Open Warning Bypass Contactor Closed Warning Input Isolation Switch Open Warning Output Isolation Switch Open Warning Bypass Isolation Switch Open Warning Input Isolation Switch Closed Warning Output Isolation Switch Closed Warning Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Warning No Output Contactor Warning Input Contactor Close Delay Warning
Drive Warning Word 4 [Drive Warning4] Linear Number: 467 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth warning word corresponding to drive fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ConvFn1Ctctr ConvFn2Ctctr Iso Fn1Ctctr Iso Fn2Ctctr Conv AirFlow Iso AirFlow Conv FansOn IsoTxFans On ConvFan1Loss ConvFan2Loss IsoFan1 Loss IsoFan2 Loss Drv Maintain Inv Gate Pwr Unused Unused Description Converter Fan 1 Contactor Warning Converter Fan 2 Contactor Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning Converter Air Pressure Value Warning Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Warning Converter Fans On Warning Isolation Transformer Fans On Warning Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning Drive Maintenance Warning Inverter Gate Power Loss Warning
2-104
Drive Warning Word 5 [Drive Warning5] Linear Number: 706 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth warning word corresponding to drive fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text InvHSnkOvTmp Amb OvTmp InvHSnk Sens Amb Sens InvHSnkFbrOp Amb FbrOp Inv OvrVolt InvACCurGain AIn1 Cal Err AIn2 Cal Err AIn3 Cal Err PFC IdcLimit PFC FlxLimit ProcVar Loss Unused Unused Description Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning Ambient Over Temperature Warning Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning Ambient Sensor Warning Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning Ambient Fiber Optic Warning Inverter Over Voltage Warning Inverter AC Current Gain Warning Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power factor Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power factor Process variable loss has been detected
Motor Warning Word 1 [Motor Warning1] Linear Number: 373 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to motor side fault detection. A 1 represents an active warning as follows: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Mtr OvrLoad Mtr CapRange Mtr LoadLoss Mtr OvrVolt Unused Byp OvrVolt Byp UndrVolt Byp Unbal Byp Phs Seq SyncXferFail Desync Delay Tach Loss Tach Dir TachPhA Loss No Tach TachPhB Loss Description Motor Overload warning Motor Capacitor Out of Range Warning Motor Load Loss Warning Motor Over Voltage Warning Bypass Contactor Over Voltage Warning Bypass Contactor Under Voltage Warning Bypass Contactor Unbalance Warning Bypass Contactor Phase Sequence Warning Synchronous Transfer Fail Warning De-synchronization delay Warning Tach Loss Warning Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss Tach Phase A Loss Warning No Tach Installed Warning Tach Phase B Loss Warning
2-105
PD Warning Flag Linear Number: Access Level: Read/Write:
[PD Warning] 758 Service Read Only
These are the parallel drive warning flags. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Hub Comm Wrn Duplcte Mstr Dclnd Mstr Slv RfsdMstr InvldMstrReq Xfer Disable Unused Unused Slave 0 Comm Slave 1 Comm Slave 2 Comm Slave 3 Comm Slave 4 Comm Slave 5 Comm Slave 6 Comm Slave 7 Comm Description Hub (PLC) Communications Loss Duplicate Master-master only Slave Declined Master-slave only Slave Refused Master-master only Invalid Master Request-slave only Transfer Disabled-master only
Slave 0 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 1 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 2 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 3 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 4 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 5 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 6 DAN Communications Loss-master only Slave 7 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Control Power Fault [Ctrl Pwr Fault] Linear Number: 287 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system feeding the drive have faulted. A 1 indicates an active fault. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ACDC#1DCFail ACDC#2DCFail ACDC#3DCFail ACDC#4DCFail Ctrl56V Loss IGDPS56VLoss Ctrl5V Loss Ctrl15V Loss HECS PwrLoss Ctrl PwrLoss ACDC#1ACFail ACDC#2ACFail ACDC#3ACFail ACDC#4ACFail UPS Fault Isol24V Loss Description AC/DC#1 56V DC Output Loss Fault AC/DC#2 56V DC Output Loss Fault AC/DC#3 56V DC Output Loss Fault AC/DC#4 56V DC Output Loss Fault Control Power 56V Loss Fault IGDPS 56V Loss Fault Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB HECS Connector Power Loss Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC AC/DC#1 120V AC Loss Fault AC/DC#2 120V AC Loss Fault AC/DC#3 120V AC Loss Fault AC/DC#4 120V AC Loss Fault UPS Faulted Isolator 24V Loss
2-106
Control Power Warning [Ctrl Pwr Warning] Linear Number: 288 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system feeding the drive are issuing a warning. A 1 indicates an active warning. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ACDC#1 Redn ACDC#2 Redn ACDC#3 Redn ACDC#4 Redn ACDC#1ACFail ACDC#2ACFail ACDC#3ACFail ACDC#4ACFail CtrlPwr Loss UPS onBypass UPS on Batt UPS Batt Low UPS Failed XIO Pwr Loss Ctrl5V Redn Unused Description Loss of AC/DC#1 Redundant Power Supply Loss of AC/DC#2 Redundant Power Supply Loss of AC/DC#3 Redundant Power Supply Loss of AC/DC#4 Redundant Power Supply Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#1 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#2 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#3 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#4 Power Supply Loss of 120V AC Control Power to AC/DC Power Supply UPS running on bypass UPS running on battery UPS battery low UPS has an internal failure XIO power loss Loss of Redundant 5V to DPM
DPI Loss Fault [DPI Loss Fault] Linear Number: 93 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss fault. DPI is a polled communication network and if that link is lost, the associated fault will occur. A 1 represents an active fault. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Spd Cmd Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Adapter 1 Loss Fault Adapter 2 Loss Fault Adapter 3 Loss Fault Adapter 4 Loss Fault Adapter 5 Loss Fault Adapter 6 Loss Fault Speed Command Loss Fault
2-107
Adapter Loss Warning [DPI Loss Warning] Linear Number: 148 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss warning. DPI is a polled communication network and if that link is lost, the associated warning will occur. A 1 represents an active warning. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Adapter1Loss Adapter2Loss Adapter3Loss Adapter4Loss Adapter5Loss Adapter6Loss Spd Cmd Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Adapter 1 Loss Warning Adapter 2 Loss Warning Adapter 3 Loss Warning Adapter 4 Loss Warning Adapter 5 Loss Warning Adapter 6 Loss Warning Speed Command Loss Warning
XIO Adapter Loss [XIO Adaptr Loss] Linear Number: 596 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the XIO adapter loss. There are 6 possible XIO slots, from Slot 1 to Slot 6. 1 means the adapter is lost, 0 means the adapter is still active if installed in the drive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text XIO Card #1 XIO Card #2 XIO Card #3 XIO Card #4 XIO Card #5 XIO Card #6 Unused Unused Description Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #1 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #2 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #3 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #4 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #5 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #6
2-108
External Fault PLC [Ext Fault PLC] Linear Number: 650 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the external inputs coming from the PLC. The parameter External Fault Select allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a PLC, or from a combination of the 2 sources. These have been configured as faults (Class1 or Class2). A 1 indicates an active fault on the card or PLC. There are a total of 16 external faults from External1 to External16. The user can modify the text associated with each fault. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text External1 External2 External3 External4 External5 External6 External7 External8 External9 External10 External11 External12 External13 External14 External15 External16 Description External Fault 1 External Fault 2 External Fault 3 External Fault 4 External Fault 5 External Fault 6 External Fault 7 External Fault 8 External Fault 9 External Fault 10 External Fault 11 External Fault 12 External Fault 13 External Fault 14 External Fault 15 External Fault 16
Liquid Cooling System Fault [Liquid Cool Flt] Linear Number: 358 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the faults associated with liquid cooling system in C Frame drives. A 1 represents an active liquid cooling system fault. The following faults are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text PressureLoss ExtCool Loss CoolTemp Low CoolTempHigh Conduct Hi CoolLevelLow CabTempHigh Pump/Fan Pwr DC Link Flow TempFbk Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Loss of System Pressure (not maskable) Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Issue) Coolant Temperature Low Coolant Temperature High High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable) Coolant Level Low Cabinet Temperature High Pump and Fan Power Off DC Link Flow Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback
2-109
Liquid Cooling System Warning [Liquid Cool Wrn] Linear Number: 359 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the warnings associated with liquid cooling system in C Frame drives. A 1 represents an active liquid cooling system warning. The following warnings are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Pump Failed HxFan Failed CoolTemp Low CoolTempHigh ConductHigh CoolLevelLow Unused Unused Unused TempFbk Loss Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Pump Failure Heat Exchanger Fan Fail Coolant Temperature Low Warning Coolant Temperature High Warning High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable) Coolant Level Low Warning
Coolant Temperature Feedback Loss
Drive Protection Parameters

DC Link Over Current Trip [DCLnk OvrCur Trp] Linear Number: 169 Default Value: 1.75 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the dc link current must exceed before a dc link over current fault is indicated. DC Link Over Current Delay [DCLnk OvrCur Dly] Linear Number: 170 Default Value: 10 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 100 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the dc link current must remain above the trip level before a dc link over current fault is indicated.
2-110
Line Over Current Trip [Line OvrCur Trp] Linear Number: 161 Default Value: 1.75 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the line current must exceed before a line over current fault is indicated. For 18-pulse drives, a line over current trip will prevent the input contactor from closing for five minutes. Depending on the severity of line over current trip, the contactor may be locked out indefinitely. This is being done to prevent damages to the input transformer. Line Over Current Delay [Line OvrCur Dly] Linear Number: 162 Default Value: 10 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 100 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line current must remain above the trip level before a line over current fault is indicated. Line Over voltage Trip [Line OvrVolt Trp] Linear Number: 165 Default Value: 1.20 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must exceed before a line over voltage fault is indicated. Line Over voltage Delay [Line OvrVolt Dly] Linear Number: 166 Default Value: 10 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 1000 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain above the trip level before a line over voltage fault is indicated. Rectifier Over Voltage Trip [Rec OvrVolt Trp] Linear Number: 173 Default Value: 1.50 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the Rectifier input voltage must exceed before a Rectifier over voltage fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB.
2-111
Rectifier Over Voltage Delay [Rec OvrVolt Dly] Linear Number: 174 Default Value: 10 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 100 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the Rectifier voltage must remain above the trip level before a Rectifier over voltage fault is indicated. Inverter Over voltage Trip [Inv OvrVolt Trp] Linear Number: 193 Default Value: 1.50 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the inverter output voltage must exceed before an inverter over voltage fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB. Inverter Over voltage Delay [Inv OvrVolt Dly] Linear Number: 194 Default Value: 10 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 100 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the Inverter voltage must remain above the trip level before an inverter over voltage fault is indicated. Line Voltage Unbalance Trip [LineVoltUnbalTrp] Linear Number: 271 Default Value: 0.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line voltage which will cause a line voltage unbalance fault to be indicated. Line Voltage Unbalance Delay [LineVoltUnbalDly] Linear Number: 272 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line voltage unbalance must remain above trip level before a line voltage unbalance fault is indicated.
2-112
Line Current Unbalance Trip [Line CurUnbalTrp] Linear Number: 108 Default Value: 0.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line current which will cause a line current unbalance fault. Line Current Unbalance Delay [Line CurUnbalDly] Linear Number: 109 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line current unbalance must remain above trip level before a line current unbalance fault is indicated. Line Under voltage Trip [Line UndVolt Lvl] Linear Number: 167 Default Value: 0.85 pu Minimum Value: 0.40 pu Maximum Value: 1.50 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must fall below before a Master UV or a Line Loss warning is indicated. Line Under voltage Delay [Line UndVolt Dly] Linear Number: 168 Default Value: 17 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 100 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain below the trip level before a line under voltage condition is detected. Drive Overload Warning [Drv OvrLoad Wrn] Linear Number: 270 Default Value: 0.50 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies when the drive will issue an overload warning.
2-113
Drive Thermal Cycle [Drv Thermal Cyc] Linear Number: 772 Default Value: 600.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 6000.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the drive. It is defined as the time interval after which the drive could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal ratings. The default value is 600 seconds (10 minutes) which means that the drive is designed to handle 1 minute of overload every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload cycle could be less than 10 minutes. Drive Overload Trip [Drv OvrLoad Trp] Linear Number: 163 Default Value: 1.15 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum operating dc link current in the drive which will cause the drive to trip on a drive overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Drv OvrLoad Dly (164). Drive Overload Delay [Drv OvrLoad Dly] Linear Number: 164 Default Value: 60.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 600.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the drive will operate at the overload trip level Drv OvrLoad Trp (163) before an overload fault is indicated. Drive Overload Minimum [Drv OvrLoad Min] Linear Number: 269 Default Value: 1.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the dc link current which is regarded as an overload condition. When the drive runs with a value less than the parameter setting, the overload algorithm is not activated. Line Neutral Voltage Trip [LineNeutVoltTrp] Linear Number: 587 Default Value: 0.40 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.50 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the line neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a line neutral over voltage fault is indicated.
2-114
Line Neutral Voltage Delay [LineNeutVoltDly] Linear Number: 588 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the line neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level before a line neutral over voltage fault is indicated. Ground Fault Over Current Trip [Gnd OvrCur Trp] Linear Number: 171 Default Value: 0.50 A Minimum Value: 0.05 A Maximum Value: 10.00 A Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the ground fault current signal must exceed before a ground fault over current is indicated. Ground Fault Over Current Delay [Gnd OvrCur Dly] Linear Number: 172 Default Value: 0.1 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the ground fault current signal must remain above the trip level before a ground fault over current is indicated. Harmonic Voltage Trip [Harmonic VoltTrp] Linear Number: 675 Default Value: 0.30 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter sets the trip level for the Harmonic voltage fault. This is typically used during commissioning to detect whether there is such an amount of resonance on the system with the 5th harmonic that the voltage distortion can affect drive operation. This parameter should not be changed from the default value, and if this fault occurs, the system harmonics need to be addressed and/or the drive may need to be retuned. Harmonic Voltage Delay [Harmonic VoltDly] Linear Number: 676 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter sets the delay for the Harmonic Voltage Trip.
2-115
Neutral Resistor Overload Trip [RNeut OvrLoadTrp] Linear Number: 774 Default Value: 5.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This specifies neutral resistor over load trip level. Exceeding this level will trigger a Neutral Resistor over load fault. NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support. Neutral Resistor Overload Delay [RNeut OvrLoadDly] Linear Number: 775 Default Value: 2.50 sec Minimum Value: 0.00 sec Maximum Value: 655.35 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This specifies the interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip level before triggering an Over load fault. NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support. Neutral Resistor Over Current Trip [RNeut OvrCurTrp] Linear Number: 776 Default Value: 10.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This specifies the neutral resistor current trip level above which the drive will trigger an over current fault. NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support. R Neutral Over Current Trip Delay [RNeut OvrCurDly] Linear Number: 777 Default Value: 0.010 sec Minimum Value: 0.000 sec Maximum Value: 65.535 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write his specifies the time interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip to trigger an over current fault. NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support.
2-116
Bus Transient Trip Factor [BusTransTrpFac] Linear Number: 673 Default Value: 2.50 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 100.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter enables and sets the Bus Transient Feature in the PF7000 drive. A value of 2.5 is the tested and default value to enable and detect bus transients for most sites. The value can be increased to 2.75 if there are nuisance warnings. Set this parameter to the maximum value to turn off this feature. Bus Transient Delay [BusTransient Dly] Linear Number: 674 Default Value: 2 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 100 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This value defines the delay in the bus transient algorithm. This parameters units are a function of the sampling rate of 4kHz, or 250 usec per unit. Normally is not changed from the default value of 2. Bus Transient Minimum Trip [BusTrans MinTrp] Linear Number: 677 Default Value: 0.30 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter defines the minimum value for the Bus Transient feature to be enabled, and should not be changed from the default value of .25pu. Bus Transient DC Current Factor [BusTrans IdcFac] Linear Number: 678 Default Value: 0.50 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 10.00 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter defines the bus transient DC Current factor in the transient protection algorithm. This should normally not be changed from the default value of 0.5. Minimum Freewheel Time [Min Freewhl Time] Linear Number: 679 Default Value: 0.016 sec Minimum Value: 0.000 sec Maximum Value: 1.000 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This is the minimum amount of time the drive will freewheel before the control starts to look for the end of the transients. This has been set to 1 cycle at 60 Hz (16ms) which should be sufficient for most transients related to capacitive switching to dampen.
2-117
Line Loss Trip [Line Loss Trip] Linear Number: 698 Default Value: 8.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 40.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum deviation in the instantaneous input frequency from the average frequency, which can be considered as a line loss condition. For determining a line loss condition, the drive looks for a sudden change in the measured line frequency in conjunction with loss of voltage magnitude. When the difference between the Line Frequency (657) and the Master Line Freq (334) is greater than this parameter, the drive detects a Line Loss and shuts down. Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay [Rec Dvc Diag Dly] Linear Number: 266 Default Value: 2 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 6 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Rectifier Device diagnostic faults. The delay allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of line cycles (SCR rectifiers) or the number of consecutive bridge firings (PWM rectifiers) set by this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is 2, and should not be changed unless directed to increase it by the factory. Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay [Inv Dvc Diag Dly] Linear Number: 268 Default Value: 2 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 6 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is a feature added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Inverter Device diagnostic faults. The delay allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of consecutive bridge firings set by this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is 2, and should not be changed unless directed to increase it by the factory. Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Warning [RecHSink TempWrn] Linear Number: 112 Default Value: 53 C Minimum Value: 0 C Maximum Value: 100 C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue a rectifier heat sink over temperature warning.
2-118
Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Trip [RecHSink TempTrp] Linear Number: 111 Default Value: 55 C Minimum Value: 0 C Maximum Value: 100 C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on a rectifier heat sink over temperature fault. Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning [InvHSink TempWrn] Linear Number: 316 Default Value: 61 C Minimum Value: 0 C Maximum Value: 100 C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue an inverter heat sink over temperature warning. Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip [InvHSink TempTrp] Linear Number: 315 Default Value: 64 C Minimum Value: 0 C Maximum Value: 100 C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on an inverter heat sink over temperature fault. Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Nominal Value [IsoTx AirFlowNom] Linear Number: 656 Default Value: 3.6 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the nominal (operating) voltage level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as that of the converter pressure sensor. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Warning [IsoTx AirFlowWrn] Linear Number: 655 Default Value: 3.0 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the warning level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY.
2-119
Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Trip [IsoTx AirFlowTrp] Linear Number: 654 Default Value: 2.5 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the trip level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. Converter Nominal Air Flow Value [Conv AirFlow Nom] Linear Number: 317 Default Value: 3.6 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the nominal value of the converter pressure sensor and indicates normal airflow in the drive. Converter Air Flow Warning [Conv AirFlow Wrn] Linear Number: 320 Default Value: 3.0 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a warning is indicated. Loss of pressure is typically associated with reduced airflow due to blocking of the air filter. Converter Air Flow Trip [Conv AirFlow Trp] Linear Number: 319 Default Value: 2.5 V Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 10.0 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a fault is indicated. Such a condition indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of fan operation.
2-120
Motor Protection Parameters

Motor Over current Trip [Mtr OvrCur Trp] Linear Number: 177 Default Value: 1.75 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the motor current must exceed before a motor over current fault is indicated. Motor Over current Delay [Mtr OvrCur Dly] Linear Number: 178 Default Value: 100 msec Minimum Value: 0 msec Maximum Value: 500 msec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor current must remain above the trip level before a motor over current fault is indicated. Motor Over voltage Trip [Mtr OvrVolt Trp] Linear Number: 181 Default Value: 1.20 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 2.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the motor voltage must exceed before a motor over voltage fault is indicated. Motor Over voltage Delay [Mtr OvrVolt Dly] Linear Number: 182 Default Value: 0.5 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor voltage must remain above the trip level before a motor over voltage fault is indicated. Motor Neutral Over voltage Trip [Mtr NeutVolt Trp] Linear Number: 189 Default Value: 0.20 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.50 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the motor neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a motor neutral over voltage fault is indicated. For line reactor drives, you may find the default setting is too low and may have to be increased to 0.80 pu for normal operation.
2-121
Motor Neutral Over voltage Delay [Mtr NeutVolt Dly] Linear Number: 190 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level before a motor neutral over voltage fault is indicated. Motor Over speed Trip [Mtr OvrSpeed Trp] Linear Number: 185 Default Value: 66.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level the motor speed must exceed before a motor over speed fault is indicated. Motor Over speed Delay [Mtr OvrSpeed Dly] Linear Number: 186 Default Value: 0.5 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 2.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time interval for which the motor speed must exceed the trip level before a motor over speed fault is indicated. Motor Overload Trip [Mtr OvrLoad Trp] Linear Number: 179 Default Value: 1.15 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum motor current which will cause the drive to trip on a motor overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Mtr OvrLoad Dly (180). Motor Overload Delay [Mtr OvrLoad Dly] Linear Number: 180 Default Value: 60.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 600.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor will operate at the overload trip level Mtr OvrLoad Trp (179) before a motor overload fault is indicated.
2-122
Motor Overload Minimum [Mtr OvrLoad Min] Linear Number: 350 Default Value: 1.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 4.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the motor current which is regarded as an overload condition. When the motor runs with a current less than the parameter setting, the overload algorithm is not activated. Motor Overload Warning [Mtr OvrLoad Wrn] Linear Number: 351 Default Value: 0.50 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.00 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies when the drive will issue a Motor overload warning. Motor Thermal Cycle [Mtr Thermal Cyc] Linear Number: 771 Default Value: 600.0 Sec Minimum Value: 0.0 Sec Maximum Value: 6000.0 Sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the motor. It is defined as the time interval after which the motor could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal ratings. The default value is 10 minutes which means that the motor can handle 1 minute of overload every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload cycle could be less than 10 minutes. Motor Stall Delay Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Mtr Stall Dly] 191 2.0 sec 0.0 sec 10.0 sec Advanced Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor must be in a stall condition before a motor stall fault is indicated. If the tachometer option is enabled, the motor is considered to be stalled if the drive is in torque limit at any speed less than 1 Hz. If the tachometer option is not enabled, the motor is considered to be stalled if the drive is at commanded speed and the motor flux is 20% of the rated flux. A stall cannot be detected until the drive reaches the commanded speed because the motor may already be rotating when the drive is started. In this case, if the motor speed is above the commanded speed, or the motor is rotating in opposite direction, a stall fault will occur.
2-123
Motor Flux Unbalance Trip [Mtr FluxUnbalTrp] Linear Number: 585 Default Value: 0.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the motor flux that will cause a motor unbalance fault. Motor Flux Unbalance Delay [Mtr FluxUnbalDly] Linear Number: 586 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor flux unbalance value must remain above trip level before a flux unbalance fault is indicated. Motor Current Unbalance Trip [Mtr CurUnbal Trp] Linear Number: 208 Default Value: 0.05 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level of motor current unbalance that will cause the drive to trip. Motor Current Unbalance Delay [Mtr CurUnbal Dly] Linear Number: 214 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 5.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time the motor current unbalance value must remain above trip level before a current unbalance fault is indicated. Motor Load Loss Level [Mtr LoadLoss Lvl] Linear Number: 246 Default Value: 0.25 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.00 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum percent of rated load at which the drive will assume that there is a loss of load. If the load drops lower than this parameter, and the speed is greater than Mtr LoadLoss Spd (259), the drive will initiate the fault after the Mtr LoadLoss Dly (231) expires. The control uses the parameter Torque Reference (P291) as the load reference.
2-124
Motor Load Loss Speed [Mtr LoadLoss Spd] Linear Number: 259 Default Value: 30.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum speed at which the loss of load condition will be detected. Generally there is lesser load at lower speeds, so this parameter helps avoid nuisance trips during operation at lower speeds. Motor Load Loss Delay [Mtr LoadLoss Dly] Linear Number: 231 Default Value: 1.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 30.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time delay between the detection of the load loss condition and the actual fault initiation. Field Current Loss Delay [Field Loss Dly] Linear Number: 559 Default Value: 30 sec Minimum Value: 0 sec Maximum Value: 60 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used to specify the time interval during which the flux regulator is in limit, before the drive trips on a field loss. Field Current is not directly measured in the control, so we look at the flux regulator, which will go into limit on loss of field current.
Tachometer Loss Trip [Tach Loss Trip] Linear Number: 235 Default Value: 2.0 Hz Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz Maximum Value: 10.0 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the level that the tachometer error must exceed before a tachometer loss fault is indicated. Tachometer Loss Delay [Tach Loss Delay] Linear Number: 236 Default Value: 0.1 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 1.0 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time that the tachometer error must be greater than the trip level before a tachometer loss fault is indicated.
2-125
Sync Xfer Option Parameters

Synchronizing Regulator Output [Sync Reg Output] Linear Number: 298 Minimum Value: -10.00 Hz Maximum Value: 10.00 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the synchronizing regulator output, which is added to the speed regulator error during a synchronous transfer from drive to bypass. Synchronizing Regulator Error [Sync Reg Error] Linear Number: 297 Minimum Value: -180.0 deg Maximum Value: 180.0 deg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the synchronizing regulator error, which is the phase angle between the measured bypass voltage and the motor voltage during a synchronous transfer from drive to bypass. Bypass Voltage [Bypass Voltage] Linear Number: 117 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 2.000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor, and is scaled in per unit with respect to the Rated Motor Voltage. Bypass Frequency [Bypass Frequency] Linear Number: 159 Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the frequency of the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor. Synchronizing Error Maximum [Sync Error Max] Linear Number: 228 Default Value: 0 deg Minimum Value: 0 deg Maximum Value: 30 deg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum allowable synchronizing phase error. The bypass contactor will be requested to close when the synchronizing phase error has remained below this maximum value for the time specified by Sync Time (229).
2-126
Synchronous Transfer Lead Angle [Sync Lead Angle] Linear Number: 226 Default Value: 0 deg Minimum Value: -90 deg Maximum Value: 90 deg Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the angle by which the motor voltage leads the drive input voltage when the motor is assumed to be synchronized. The purpose of this parameter is to compensate for any phase difference between the drive input voltage and the bypass contactor supply voltage. Synchronous Transfer Off Delay [Sync Off Delay] Linear Number: 227 Default Value: 0.100 sec Minimum Value: 0.000 sec Maximum Value: 0.500 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time delay between the bypass contactor being requested to close and the drive shutting off. It is normally set to slightly less than the bypass contactor closing time, with a minimum of 1 2 cycles desirable. Synchronizing Regulator Gain [Sync Reg Gain] Linear Number: 225 Default Value: 1.0 Minimum Value: 0.0 Maximum Value: 5.0 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the gain of the synchronizing regulator. Synchronizing Time [Sync Time] Linear Number: 229 Default Value: 10.0 sec Minimum Value: 0.0 sec Maximum Value: 10.0 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time that the synchronizing phase error must be less than Sync Error Max (228) before the bypass contactor is requested to close.
2-127
Synchronous Transfer Time [Sync Xfer Time] Linear Number: 230 Default Value: 1.0 min Minimum Value: 0.1 min Maximum Value: 57.0 min Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the time allowed for completion of a synchronous transfer. If transfer is not complete within this time, the drive will stop with a SyncXfer Failure fault. If the SyncXfer Failure fault is disabled, the transfer request will be cancelled and the drive will continue to run at the commanded speed. A SyncXfer Failure warning will be displayed. De-synchronizing Start Delay [DeSync Start Dly] Linear Number: 763 Default Value: 1 sec Minimum Value: 1 sec Maximum Value: 10 sec Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter in Sync Xfer Option group is used to control the motor filter capacitor charging interval when a drive is commanded to transfer the motor from bypass to drive. The minimum and the default value is 1 second i.e. upon starting the drive it will take 1 second to begin the transfer from the bypass to the drive. Using this parameter, the delay can be increased upto a maximum of 10 seconds and will be useful for drives with an output transformer requiring more than 1 second for charging the motor filter capacitor.
Tach Option Parameters

Tachometer Feedback [Tach Feedback] Linear Number: 349 Minimum Value: -120.00 Hz Maximum Value: 120.00 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the tachometer feedback speed indication. This reading is the signed indication of the electrical speed measured from the tachometer.
2-128
Tachometer Type Linear Number: Default Value: Access Level: Read/Write:
[Tach Type] 233 None Basic Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the type of tachometer or encoder installed. Warning: If tachometer type is set to Single, the drive cannot determine the direction of rotation when the motor is coasting. If the direction of rotation is not the same as the commanded direction, a flying start will not be successful. The following types are available: None Single Quadrature Absolute Enc Sine-Cos Inc Sine-Cos Z Sine-Cos SSI No tach installed Single output (non-directional) Quadrature outputs (directional) Absolute encoder Not active Not active Not active
Tachometer Pulses per Revolution [Tach PPR] Linear Number: 234 Default Value: 1024 PPR Minimum Value: 120 PPR Maximum Value: 4096 PPR Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the number of pulses produced by the tachometer in one revolution. This parameter is not used for absolute encoders. Encoder Offset Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Encoder Offset] 644 0 deg 0 deg 360 deg Advanced Read/Write
This parameter specifies the offset of the encoder. This parameter is required because an encoder is used for both speed and position.
Contact Factory for availability.
2-129
Control Masks Parameters

Direction Command Mask [Direction Mask] Linear Number: 244 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the forward/reverse command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Adapter 0 is the XIO board, Adapter 7 is the programming terminal, and Adapter 1 to Adapter 6 are the DPI adapters. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
(Currently unused) (Currently unused) (Currently unused) (Currently unused)
Jog Command Mask [Jog Mask] Linear Number: 245 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the jog command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the jog command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-130
Local Command Mask [Local Mask] Linear Number: 242 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the local command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the local command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the local command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Logic Command Mask [Logic Mask] Linear Number: 241 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the logic command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the logic command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the logic command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-131
Reference Command Mask [Ref Cmd Mask] Linear Number: 248 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reference command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
(Currently unused) (Currently unused) (Currently unused) Programming Terminal
Fault Reset Command Mask [Reset Mask] Linear Number: 247 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reset command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the reset command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-132
Start Command Mask [Start Mask] Linear Number: 243 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the start command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the start command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the start command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Synchronous Transfer Command Mask [Sync Xfer Mask] Linear Number: 249 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the synchronous transfer command. A one represents the adapter that can issue the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-133
Forced Fault Mask [Forced Flt Mask] Linear Number: 638 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue a forced fault. A one represents the adapter that can issue the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the forced fault. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Profile Mask [Profile Mask] Linear Number: 36 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. The adapter can select either Ramp or S-Curve profiles. A one represents an adapter that has control over the Profile, and a zero represents an adapter that does not have control over the Profile. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-134
Owners Parameters
Direction Command Owner [Direction Owner] Linear Number: 388 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the direction command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Jog Command Owner [Jog Owner] Linear Number: 389 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the jog command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the jog command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-135
Local Command Owner [Local Owner] Linear Number: 386 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the local command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the local command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the local command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Reference Command Owner [Ref Cmd Owner] Linear Number: 392 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reference command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Fault Reset Command Owner [Reset Owner] Linear Number: 391 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reset command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the reset command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-136
Start Command Owner [Start Owner] Linear Number: 387 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the start command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the start command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the start command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Stop Command Owner [Stop Owner] Linear Number: 385 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the stop command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the stop command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the stop command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Synchronous Transfer Command Owner [Sync Xfer Owner] Linear Number: 393 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the synchronous transfer command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-137
Forced Fault Owner [Forced Flt Owner] Linear Number: 639 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the forced fault. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the forced fault. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Profile Owner [Profile Owner] Linear Number: 37 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. A one represents the adapter that has control over the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile, and a zero represents the adapters not having control over the Profile. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
Logic Owner [Logic Owner] Linear Number: 94 Access Level: Monitor Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Logic command. A one represents the adapter that is issuing the Logic command, and a zero represents the adapters that are not issuing the Logic command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Adapter 0 Adapter 1 Adapter 2 Adapter 3 Adapter 4 Adapter 5 Adapter 6 Adapter 7 Description Host
2-138
Datalinks Parameters
PLC Error Flags [PLC Error Flags] Linear Number: 376 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the PLC Remote I/O error flags. A zero represents no error, a one represents an error. A link range will be indicated when the corresponding parameter is out of range. A link error will be indicated if the corresponding cannot be made, or if an attempt is made to modify a parameter that is read only, or cannot be modified while the drive is running. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text LinkA1 Range LinkA2 Range LinkB1 Range LinkB2 Range LinkC1 Range LinkC2 Range LinkD1 Range LinkD2 Range LinkA1 Error LinkA2 Error LinkB1 Error LinkB2 Error LinkC1 Error LinkC2 Error LinkD1 Error LinkD2 Error Description LinkA1 Range LinkA2 Range LinkB1 Range LinkB2 Range LinkC1 Range LinkC2 Range LinkD1 Range LinkD2 Range LinkA1 Error LinkA2 Error LinkB1 Error LinkB2 Error LinkC1 Error LinkC2 Error LinkD1 Error LinkD2 Error
PLC Input Link A1 [PLC Inp Link A1] Linear Number: 529 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A1. PLC Input Link A2 [PLC Inp Link A2] Linear Number: 530 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A2.
2-139
PLC Input Link B1 [PLC Inp Link B1] Linear Number: 531 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B1. PLC Input Link B2 [PLC Inp Link B2] Linear Number: 532 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B2. PLC Input Link C1 [PLC Inp Link C1] Linear Number: 533 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C1. PLC Input Link C2 [PLC Inp Link C2] Linear Number: 534 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C2. PLC Input Link D1 [PLC Inp Link D1] Linear Number: 535 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D1.
2-140
PLC Input Link D2 [PLC Inp Link D2] Linear Number: 536 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D2. PLC Output Link A1 [PLC Out Link A1] Linear Number: 537 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A1. PLC Output Link A2 [PLC Out Link A2] Linear Number: 538 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A2. PLC Output Link B1 [PLC Out Link B1] Linear Number: 539 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B1. PLC Output Link B2 [PLC Out Link B2] Linear Number: 540 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B2.
2-141
PLC Output Link C1 [PLC Out Link C1] Linear Number: 541 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C1. PLC Output Link C2 [PLC Out Link C2] Linear Number: 542 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C2. PLC Output Link D1 [PLC Out Link D1] Linear Number: 543 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D1. PLC Output Link D2 [PLC Out Link D2] Linear Number: 544 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D2.
2-142
Analog Inputs Parameters

Analog Input Configuration [Anlg Inp Config] Linear Number: 652 Default Value: 0000000000000001 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter configures the hardware circuitry used on the ACB for sensing the three analog inputs. The inputs can be configured to either accept 0-10V (Voltage) input or 4-20mA (Current) input. The default value configures Analog Input 1 as a 4-20mA input. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text An1 0=V 1=mA An2 0=V 1=mA An3 0=V 1=mA Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Analog Input 1 enter 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current Analog Input 2 enter 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current Analog Input 3 enter 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current
Speed Pot Minimum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmin] Linear Number: 630 Default Value: 0.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the minimum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for calibrating the speed command.
2-143
Speed Pot Maximum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmax] Linear Number: 631 Default Value: 10.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the maximum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for calibrating the speed command. Analog Input1 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmin] Linear Number: 632 Default Value: 0.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for calibrating the speed command. Analog Input1 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmax] Linear Number: 633 Default Value: 10.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for calibrating the speed command. Analog Input2 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp2 Vmin] Linear Number: 634 Default Value: 0.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 2 and is used for calibrating the speed command. Analog Input2 Maximum Voltage [Angl Inp2 Vmax] Linear Number: 635 Default Value: 10.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 2 and is used for calibrating the speed command.
2-144
Analog Input3 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp3 Vmin] Linear Number: 636 Default Value: 0.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 3 and is used for calibrating the speed command. Analog Input3 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp3 Vmax] Linear Number: 637 Default Value: 10.00 V Minimum Value: -10.00 V Maximum Value: 10.00 V Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 3 and is used for calibrating the speed command.
Analog Outputs Parameters

Analog Meter 1 [Anlg Meter1] Linear Number: 517 Default Value: 361 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 1 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter1 Scale (521). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 361 corresponds to the Motor Current parameter. Analog Meter 2 [Anlg Meter2] Linear Number: 518 Default Value: 362 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 2 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter2 Scale (522). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 362 corresponds to the Motor Voltage parameter.
2-145
Analog Meter 3 [Anlg Meter3] Linear Number: 519 Default Value: 363 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 3 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter3 Scale (523). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 363 corresponds to the Motor Speed RPM parameter. Analog Meter 4 [Anlg Meter4] Linear Number: 520 Default Value: 364 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 4 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter4 Scale (524). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 364 corresponds to the Motor Power parameter. Analog Output 1 Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Anlg Output1] 513 0 0 779 Basic Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 1 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out1 Scale (183). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Output 2 Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Anlg Output2] 514 0 0 779 Basic Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 2 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out2 Scale (184). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
2-146
Analog Output 3 Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write:
[Anlg Output3] 515 0 0 779 Basic Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 3 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out3 Scale (187). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Output 4 Linear Number: Default Value: Minimum Value: Maximum Value: Access Level: Read/Write: [Anlg Output4] 508 0 0 779 Basic Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 4 on the Analog Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out4 Scale (123). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog 4-20 mA Output [Anlg 4-20mAOut] Linear Number: 516 Default Value: 337 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog current loop transmitter on the Analog Control Board (ACB). This is an isolated 4-20 mA (programmable) output. The default value of 337 corresponds to Rotor Frequency which is the absolute value of the measured motor speed in Hz given by Speed Feedback (289). Analog Meter 1 Scale [AnlgMeter1 Scale] Linear Number: 521 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 1 parameter. Analog Meter 2 Scale [AnlgMeter2 Scale] Linear Number: 522 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 2 parameter.
2-147
Analog Meter 3 Scale [AnlgMeter3 Scale] Linear Number: 523 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 3 parameter. Analog Meter 4 Scale [AnlgMeter4 Scale] Linear Number: 524 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 4 parameter. Analog Output 1 Scale [Anlg Out1 Scale] Linear Number: 183 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 1 parameter. Analog Output 2 Scale [Anlg Out2 Scale] Linear Number: 184 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 2 parameter. Analog Output 3 Scale [Anlg Out3 Scale] Linear Number: 187 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 3 parameter.
2-148
Analog Output 4 Scale [Anlg Out4 Scale] Linear Number: 123 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 3 parameter. Analog 4-20 mA Current Scale [Anlg4-20mA Scale] Linear Number: 188 Default Value: 2.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog 4-20mA Current Loop parameter. Analog Rectifier Test Point 1 [Anlg RecTstPt1] Linear Number: 509 Default Value: 321 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP1 on the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Rectifier Test Point 2 [Anlg RecTstPt2] Linear Number: 510 Default Value: 322 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP2 on the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Rectifier Test Point 3 [Anlg RecTstPt3] Linear Number: 124 Default Value: 326 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 3 (DAC_TP3) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
2-149
Analog Rectifier Test Point 4 [Anlg RecTstPt4] Linear Number: 125 Default Value: 700 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 4 (DAC_TP4) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Inverter Test Point 1 [Anlg InvTstPt1] Linear Number: 511 Default Value: 490 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP1 on the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Inverter Test Point 2 [Anlg InvTstPt2] Linear Number: 512 Default Value: 289 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP2 on the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Inverter Test Point 3 [Anlg InvTstPt3] Linear Number: 126 Default Value: 291 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 3 (DAC_TP3) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. Analog Inverter Test Point 4 [Anlg InvTstPt4] Linear Number: 127 Default Value: 306 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 779 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 4 (DAC_TP4) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
2-150
XIO Parameters
Run Time Input [RunTime Input] Linear Number: 421 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the status of the raw data on the general XIO input before processing. A one represents a true condition into the drive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Not Stop Start Forward Reverse Jog Local Drive Reset Synch DeSynch Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Stop is not requested Start the drive Run the drive in forward direction Run the drive in reverse direction JOG command to the drive Drive is in LOCAL control mode Reset the drive Synchronize the motor to line (Bypass) Bring the motor from bypass to the drive
Standard XIO Outputs [StndXIO Output] Linear Number: 422 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter shows the state of the outputs on the standard XIO card. A 1 indicates an active output. By using 120V wiring, this output can drive a pilot light or a control relay. The first eight outputs have a fixed assignment and cannot be changed. The remaining eight outputs are configurable and can be programmed as required by the customer. Refer to parameters StndXIO ConfigX (X=1 ..8) for details. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Ready Running Forward Fault Warning Local ConvFn1Ctctr ConvFn2Ctctr Config1 Config2 Config3 Config4 Config5 Config6 Config7 Config8 Description Drive is in Ready mode. Drive is in Running mode. Drive is running the motor in Forward direction. Drive is currently in Fault state. Drive is currently in Warning state. Drive control is in Local mode. Turn Cooling Fan 1 on. Turn Redundant Cooling Fan 2 on. User Configurable Output 1 User Configurable Output 2 User Configurable Output 3 User Configurable Output 4 User Configurable Output 5 User Configurable Output 6 User Configurable Output 7 User Configurable Output 8
2-151
Standard XIO Fault Input [StndXIO FltInput] Linear Number: 431 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the state of the fault inputs on the standard XIO card. It should be noted that the faults have a fixed assignment and cannot be changed. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in this parameter will go from one to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config group. The final result is updated in either parameter Stnd XIO Fault or Stnd XIO Warning depending on the fault configuration. If a particular input is not used, it should be masked or tied high. There are a total of 6 fixed fault inputs. The text accompanying the fault cannot be changed. The ConvFan Fbk is not processed as an XIO Fault and is treated differently by the drive control software. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Input Protn1 TxReacOvrTmp DCLinkOvrTmp Motor Protn Input Protn2 AuxTrp/TxFan ConvFan Fbk Unused Description Input Protection 1 fault Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault Motor Protection fault Input Protection 2 fault Auxiliary Trip/ Isolation Transformer Fan Fault Main Cooling Fan Status Feedback
External Fault XIO [Ext Fault XIO] Linear Number: 232 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the state of the external fault inputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16 external fault inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in this parameter will go to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config group. The final result is updated in either parameter External Fault or External Warning depending of the fault configuration. If an external fault input is not used it should be masked or tied high. The text accompanying the fault can be changed and adapted to the customers requirement. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text External1 External2 External3 External4 External5 External6 External7 External8 External9 External10 External11 External12 External13 External14 External15 External16 Description External Fault Input 1 External Fault Input 2 External Fault Input 3 External Fault Input 4 External Fault Input 5 External Fault Input 6 External Fault Input 7 External Fault Input 8 External Fault Input 9 External Fault Input 10 External Fault Input 11 External Fault Input 12 External Fault Input 13 External Fault Input 14 External Fault Input 15 External Fault Input 16
2-152
Optional XIO Outputs [OptXIO Output] Linear Number: 427 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16 outputs available. They are currently not assigned and reserved for future use only. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Outbit 0 Outbit 1 Outbit 2 Outbit 3 Outbit 4 Outbit 5 Outbit 6 Outbit 7 Outbit 8 Outbit 9 Outbit 10 Outbit 11 Outbit 12 Outbit 13 Outbit 14 Outbit 15 Description
Liquid Inputs [Liquid Inputs] Linear Number: 52 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the state of the inputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System. There are 16 inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific input of the card is active, and a zero means that specific input is missing. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Pump Aux 1 Pump Aux 2 Fan Aux 1 Fan Aux 2 Fan Aux 3 Fan Aux 4 Unused DC Link Flow DisconnectSw Low Pressure Low Level Level Trip Cond High Cond Trip Pmp Select#1 Pmp Select#2 Description Pump 1 Control Relay Auxiliary Pump 2 Control Relay Auxiliary Fan 1 Control Relay Auxiliary Fan 2 Control Relay Auxiliary Fan 3 Control Relay Auxiliary Fan 4 Control Relay Auxiliary DC Link Flow Measurement Switch Feedback The Cooling System Disconnect switch feedback Cooling System Low Pressure Indication Cooling System Low Level Warning Indication Cooling System Low Level Fault Indication Cooling System Conductivity Warning Indication Cooling System Conductivity Fault Indication Pump #1 has been selected as the active Pump Pump #2 has been selected as the active Pump
2-153
Liquid Outputs [Liquid Outputs] Linear Number: 14 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System. There are 16 outputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific output of the card is closed. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Pump Ctctr 1 Pump Ctctr 2 Fan Ctctr 1 Fan Ctctr 2 Fan Ctctr 3 Fan Ctctr 4 Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Pump Contactor 1 output is active Pump Contactor 2 output is active Fan Contactor 1 output is active Fan Contactor 2 output is active Fan Contactor 3 output is active Fan Contactor 4 output is active
Logix Inputs [Logix Inputs] Linear Number: 687 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the inputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Input #1 Input #2 Input #3 Input #4 Input #5 Input #6 Input #7 Input #8 Input #9 Input #10 Input #11 Input #12 Input #13 Input #14 Input #15 Input #16 Description Input #1 Input #2 Input #3 Input #4 Input #5 Input #6 Input #7 Input #8 Input #9 Input #10 Input #11 Input #12 Input #13 Input #14 Input #15 Input #16
2-154
Logix Outputs [Logix Outputs] Linear Number: 688 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the outputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Output#1 Output#2 Output#3 Output#4 Output#5 Output#6 Output#7 Output#8 Output#9 Output#10 Output#11 Output#12 Output#13 Output#14 Output#15 Output#16 Description Output#1 Output#2 Output#3 Output#4 Output#5 Output#6 Output#7 Output#8 Output#9 Output#10 Output#11 Output#12 Output#13 Output#14 Output#15 Output#16
XIO Configuration Errors [XIO Config Errs] Linear Number: 594 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the error in the XIO configuration. A one represents an indicated error, a zero represents no error. The error results from the same slot being assigned to two or more XIO boards, or when the board is not installed in the assigned slot. The following error messages are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Stnd IO Cnfg Stnd IO Cnft Ext Flt Cnfg Ext Flt Cnft Liqd IO Cnfg Liqd IO Cnft LogixIO Cnfg LogixIO Cnft Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Standard XIO configuration error Standard XIO conflict error External/Optional XIO configuration error External/Optional XIO conflict error Liquid-Cooled XIO configuration error Liquid-Cooled XIO conflict error Logix XIO configuration error Logix XIO conflict error
2-155
XIO Standard Input/Output [XIO Standard IO] Linear Number: 592 Default Value: Card # 1 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Standard Input Output XIO. Standard Input Output XIO board comes as part of the standard drive package. Typical value of this parameter is Slot 1. Following options are available: Unassigned Card # 1 Card # 2 Card # 3 Card # 4 Card # 5 Card # 6 Card Slot # 1 Card Slot # 2 Card Slot # 3 Card Slot # 4 Card Slot # 5 Card Slot # 6
XIO External Faults [XIO Ext Faults] Linear Number: 593 Default Value: Unassigned Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the External Faults XIO. External Faults XIO board does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available: Unassigned Card # 1 Card # 2 Card # 3 Card # 4 Card # 5 Card # 6 Card Slot # 1 Card Slot # 2 Card Slot # 3 Card Slot # 4 Card Slot # 5 Card Slot # 6
XIO Liquid Cooling Inputs [XIO Liquid Cool] Linear Number: 64 Default Value: Unassigned Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Liquid Cooling System XIO board. Liquid Cooling System XIO board does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available: Unassigned Card # 1 Card # 2 Card # 3 Card # 4 Card # 5 Card # 6 Card Slot # 1 Card Slot # 2 Card Slot # 3 Card Slot # 4 Card Slot # 5 Card Slot # 6
2-156
XIO Logix Inputs/Outputs [XIO Logix IO] Linear Number: 686 Default Value: Unassigned Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Logix IO XIO. This is an option available where the drive can be programmed with basic customer-specific Logical I/O functionality using the 16 isolated inputs and 16 isolated outputs of the XIO board. The following options are available: Unassigned Card # 1 Card # 2 Card # 3 Card # 4 Card # 5 Card # 6 Card Slot # 1 Card Slot # 2 Card Slot # 3 Card Slot # 4 Card Slot # 5 Card Slot # 6
Standard XIO Configurable Output 1 [StndXIO Config1] Linear Number: 439 Default Value: Reverse Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 1 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available options. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Line Loss CtrlPwr Loss Test Mode At Speed Sync Xfer On Bypass In Trq Limit Drive Accel Drive Decel Jog Remote IsoFan1Ctctr IsoFan2Ctctr Field Enable Field Start Spd Cmd Loss Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Custom 4 Custom 5 Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
Contact Factory for availability

2-157
Standard XIO Configurable Output 2 [StndXIO Config2] Linear Number: 458 Default Value: Jog Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 2 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available options. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Line Loss CtrlPwr Loss Test Mode At Speed Sync Xfer On Bypass In Trq Limit Drive Accel Drive Decel Jog Remote IsoFan1Ctctr IsoFan2Ctctr Field Enable Field Start Spd Cmd Loss Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Custom 4 Custom 5
Contact Factory for availability
2-158
Standard XIO Configurable Output 3 [StndXIO Config3] Linear Number: 459 Default Value: Remote Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 3 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 available options. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2-159
Standard XIO Configurable Output 4 [StndXIO Config4] Linear Number: 460 Default Value: Test Mode Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 4 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available options. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2-160
Standard XIO Configurable Output 5 [StndXIO Config5] Linear Number: 461 Default Value: At Speed Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 5 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2-161
Standard XIO Configurable Output 6 [StndXIO Config6] Linear Number: 462 Default Value: Thermal Alrm Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 6 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2-162
Standard XIO Configurable Output 7 [StndXIO Config7] Linear Number: 463 Default Value: Sync Xfer Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 7 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2-163
Standard XIO Configurable Output 8 [StndXIO Config8] Linear Number: 464 Default Value: In Trq Limit Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 8 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 available options. A 1 represents that the condition in the drive is true. The list is as follows: Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Enum Text Unassigned Reverse Drv Stopping Auto Restart Drv Overload Mtr Overload Thermal Alrm Description The output is unassigned. Drive is running in Reverse direction. Drive is Stopping Drive is in Auto Restart mode. Drive is running in an overload condition Motor is running in an overload condition Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant level in liquid cool drives. Loss of line input voltage Loss of 120V AC Control Power Drive is in Test Mode Drive is at commanded Speed Synchronous transfer is enabled Drive is running on Bypass Drive is in Torque Limit Drive is accelerating Drive is decelerating Drive is in Jog Mode Drive is in Remote Mode Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) Speed Command Loss Custom 1 Output Custom 2 Output Custom 3 Output Custom 4 Output Custom 5 Output
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Logix XIO Register A [Logix Register A] Linear Number: 714 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register.
2-164
Logix XIO Register B [Logix Register B] Linear Number: 715 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register.
Metering Parameters
Motor Speed Hz [Motor Speed Hz] Linear Number: 487 Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured motor speed in Hz. Motor Speed in RPM [Motor Speed RPM] Linear Number: 363 Minimum Value: -4500 RPM Maximum Value: 4500 RPM Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured rotor speed in RPM. It is used by the programming terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. Motor Current [Motor Current] Linear Number: 361 Minimum Value: 0 A Maximum Value: 1500 A Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured RMS value of the motor current. It is used by the programming terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. Motor Voltage [Motor Voltage] Linear Number: 362 Minimum Value: 0 V Maximum Value: 8000 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured RMS motor terminal voltage (line to line). It is used by the programming terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter.
2-165
Motor Power [Motor Power] Linear Number: 364 Minimum Value: -15000 kW Maximum Value: 15000 kW Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the measured motor output power in kW. It is used by the programming terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. Line Current [Line Current] Linear Number: 500 Minimum Value: 0 A Maximum Value: 999 A Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured input line current in Amperes. Line Voltage [Line Voltage] Linear Number: 324 Minimum Value: 0 V Maximum Value: 8000 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured input line voltage in Volts. Line Frequency [Line Frequency] Linear Number: 657 Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the frequency of the line voltage. This parameter is a filtered version of Master Line Freq (334) in the Feedback group. Input Power [Input Power] Linear Number: 753 Minimum Value: -15000 kW Maximum Value: 15000 kW Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter in the Metering group displays the real power consumption by the drive. The measurement includes the line-reactor or transformer losses.
2-166
DC Link Current [DC Link Current] Linear Number: 116 Minimum Value: 0 A Maximum Value: 999 A Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured DC Link current in Amperes. Ground Fault Current [GndFault Current] Linear Number: 367 Minimum Value: 0.0 A Maximum Value: 10.0 A Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is the RMS value of the ground fault current measured from the optional ground fault Current Transformer (CT). The ground fault CT is used only for drives without an input isolation transformer and measures the zero sequence current flowing in the drive input. Common-Mode Current [ComMode Current] Linear Number: 697 Minimum Value: 0.00 A Maximum Value: 655.35 A Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays measured RMS current in the Neutral Resistor. It is calculated by using the measured voltage on the neutral of both the line and motor filter capacitors and dividing it by the programmed Neutral Resistor (680) value. Control AC#1 RMS [Control AC#1 RMS] Linear Number: 118 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 300.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power Supply#1. Control AC#2 RMS [Control AC#2 RMS] Linear Number: 77 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 300.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power Supply#2 in a multi power supply system.
2-167
Control AC#3 RMS [Control AC#3 RMS] Linear Number: 79 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 300.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power Supply#3 in a multi power supply system. Control AC#4 RMS [Control AC#4 RMS] Linear Number: 92 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 300.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power Supply#4 in a multi power supply system. Control Power 56V [Control 56V] Linear Number: 121 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 72.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply feeding the DC/DC converter. Control Power 5V [Control 5V] Linear Number: 139 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 8.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of the 5V output from the DC/DC converter to the Drive Processor Module (DPM). Control Power 15V [Control 15V] Linear Number: 142 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 24.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the 15V DC output from the DC/DC converter to the Analog Control Board (ACB).
2-168
Control Power 24V Hall Effect Current Sensor [Control HECS] Linear Number: 156 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 36.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the Current sensors (HECS). Control Power Redundant 5V [Control 5V Redn] Linear Number: 237 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 8.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of the redundant 5V output from the DC/DC converter. IGDPS 56V [IGDPS 56V] Linear Number: 101 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 72.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply to the Isolated Gate Driver Power Supply (IGDPS). When an UPS is not installed in the drive, this parameter is same as control voltage indicated by Control 56V (121). Control Power 24V XIO [Control XIO] Linear Number: 196 Minimum Value: 0.0 V Maximum Value: 36.0 V Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the measured value of the 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the XIO board.
2-169
PWM Parameters
Rectifier Pulse Number [Rec Pulse Number] Linear Number: 95 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 36 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the rectifier on PWM Rectifier drives. Inverter Pulse Number [Inv Pulse Number] Linear Number: 295 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the inverter. Inverter Pulse-Width Modulation Pattern [Inv PWM Pattern] Linear Number: 378 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the PWM firing pattern that is being used by the inverter SGCTs. Depending on the stator frequency and the switching frequency, the inverter will be firing in one of the three different PWM patterns: Synch Mod SHE Asynch Mod Pattern 3 Pattern 4 Pattern 5 Synchronous Modulation Selective Harmonic Elimination Asynchronous Modulation Not Currently Used Not Currently Used Not Currently Used
The following table illustrates typically at what speeds each pattern is utilized: Synchronous Modulation Selective Harmonic Elimination Asynchronous Modulation (Medium speed) (High speed) (Low Speed)
DC Current Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc 3 Pulse] Linear Number: 756 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 10.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5pulse firing to 3-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 5p to 3p (379), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse. This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 5p to 3p (560).
2-170
DC Current Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc 5 Pulse] Linear Number: 757 Minimum Value: 0.000 pu Maximum Value: 10.000 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7pulse firing to 5-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 7p to 5p (465), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse. This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 7p to 5p (640). DC Voltage Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Vdc Ref 5p to 3p] Linear Number: 379 Default Value: 0.10 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.50 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5-pulse firing to 3-pulse firing. If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link current is more than Idc 3 Pulse (756), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number. DC Voltage Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Vdc Ref 7p to 5p] Linear Number: 465 Default Value: 0.50 pu Minimum Value: 0.00 pu Maximum Value: 1.50 pu Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7-pulse firing to 5-pulse firing. If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link current is more than Idc 5 Pulse (757), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number. DC Current Factor 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc Fac 3p to 5p] Linear Number: 560 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 2.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch from 5 pulse to 3 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number.
2-171
DC Current Factor 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc Fac 7p to 5p] Linear Number: 640 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 2.00 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch from 7 pulse to 5 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number. Rectifier PWM Max Frequency [Rec PWM Max Freq] Linear Number: 155 Default Value: 440 Hz Minimum Value: 100 Hz Maximum Value: 1000 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is valid for PWM rectifier drives only and specifies the maximum switching frequency of the power semiconductor devices. Inverter PWM Max Frequency [Inv PWM Max Freq] Linear Number: 154 Default Value: 440 Hz Minimum Value: 100 Hz Maximum Value: 1000 Hz Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the maximum switching frequency of the power semiconductor devices used in the inverter. Rectifier Device Gating Sequence A [Rec DvcGat SeqnA] Linear Number: 620 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side. Rectifier Device Gating Sequence B [Rec DvcGat SeqnB] Linear Number: 621 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side.
2-172
Rectifier Device Gating Sequence C [Rec DvcGat SeqnC] Linear Number: 626 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side. Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Rec DvcDiag FbkA] Linear Number: 627 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side. Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Rec DvcDiag FbkB] Linear Number: 628 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side. Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Rec DvcDiag FbkC] Linear Number: 629 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side. Inverter Device Gating Sequence [Inv DvcGat Seqn] Linear Number: 584 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on the inverter side. With a drive with more than one series device, the same firing sequence is applied to all the fiber optic boards. Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Inv DvcDiag FbkA] Linear Number: 608 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the inverter side.
2-173
Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Inv DvcDiag FbkB] Linear Number: 609 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the inverter side. Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Inv DvcDiag FbkC] Linear Number: 618 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the inverter side. Power Factor Compensation Modulation Index Linear Number: 311 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 1.50 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only [PFC Mod Index]
This parameter displays the value of modulation index at which the inverter is operating while compensating for the line power factor. The value can change from 0.2 to 0.98 when drive is operating with Space Vector Modulation technique and is set to 1.03 when the drive uses Selective Harmonic Elimination technique.
Contact factory for the availability of the feature in the drive
Liquid Cooling Parameters

Coolant Temperature C [Coolant Temp C] Linear Number: 380 Minimum Value: 0C Maximum Value: 65535 C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Degree Celsius on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled drive. Coolant Temperature F [Coolant Temp F] Linear Number: 381 Minimum Value: 0F Maximum Value: 65535 F Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Fahrenheit on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled drive.
2-174
Fan Configuration for Liquid-Cooled Drive Heat Exchangers [Fan Config] Linear Number: 477 Default Value: 3 In-line Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the fan configuration for the heat exchanger used on PowerFlex Liquid-Cooled drives. This parameter lets the drive know how many fans are installed, and their configuration. The control can then properly turn the fans on and cool the system. The following are the available configurations: 3 In-line 4 Block 4 Redundant No Fans Style #5 3 fans across the heat exchanger in series 4 fans in a square configuration 4 fans in a square configuration, but one is redundant No fans (Liquid-to-Liquid heat exchanger) Reserved for Future Use
Coolant Temperature Warning [Coolant Temp Wrn] Linear Number: 478 Default Value: 49C Minimum Value: 35C Maximum Value: 85C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant Temperature warning. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system. Coolant Temperature Trip [Coolant Temp Trp] Linear Number: 483 Default Value: 54C Minimum Value: 35C Maximum Value: 85C Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the minimum value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant Temperature fault. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system. Pump Duty Cycle [Pump Duty Cycle] Linear Number: 432 Default Value: 8 hrs Minimum Value: 1 hrs Maximum Value: 720 hrs Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the pumps which circulate the liquid coolant.
2-175
Fan Duty Cycle [Fan Duty Cycle] Linear Number: 449 Default Value: 8 hrs Minimum Value: 1 hrs Maximum Value: 720 hrs Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the liquid cooled Heat exchanger fans.
Security Parameters
Port Mask Act [Port Mask Act] Linear Number: 708 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This read-only parameter provides access to the current value of the Port Mask Active attribute for diagnostic purposes. There is a bit for each port on the host, indicating whether the port is enabled or disabled. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced Security tool has set the Port Mask Active attribute. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Host DPI Port1 DPI Port2 DPI Port3 DPI Port4 DPI Port5 DPI Port6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Description
Programming Terminal I/O
2-176
Port Logic Mask [Port Logic Mask] Linear Number: 709 Default Value: 0000000001111111 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write The parameter is used to configure the value of the Logic Mask Active attribute unless the Advanced bit is set in the attribute. If the Advanced bit is already set in the Logic Mask Active attribute, the value last written to the attribute is used until a new value is written directly to the attribute. If the bit for a port is set to 0, the port will have no control functions of the drive except for stop. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Host DPI Port1 DPI Port2 DPI Port3 DPI Port4 DPI Port5 DPI Port6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Description
Programming Terminal I/O
Logic Mask Act [Logic Mask Act] Linear Number: 710 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the Logic Mask Active attribute for diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced Security tool has set the Logic Mask Active attribute. If the bit for a port is set to 0, the port will have no control functions of the drive except for stop. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Host DPI Port1 DPI Port2 DPI Port3 DPI Port4 DPI Port5 DPI Port6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Advanced Description
2-177
Write Mask Configuration [Write Mask Cfg] Linear Number: 711 Default Value: 0000000001111111 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter allows user to program the Write Mask Active attribute when power is cycled to the drive. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Host DPI Port1 DPI Port2 DPI Port3 DPI Port4 DPI Port5 DPI Port6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Advanced Description
Write Mask Act [Write Mask Act] Linear Number: 712 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the write Mask Active attribute for diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk security or some other Advanced Security tool has set the Write Mask Active attribute. Each bit in the parameter controls whether the device attached to the DPI port can write to parameters or links. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Host DPI Port1 DPI Port2 DPI Port3 DPI Port4 DPI Port5 DPI Port6 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Advanced Description
2-178
Parallel Drive Parameters

Drive ID [Drive ID] Linear Number: 716 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 7 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the identity of an individual drive in a parallel drive system. All drives in a system should have unique ID numbers. If two drives are programmed with the same ID number, the first drive to be powered up will take ownership of the ID number and the other drive will be dropped off the Drive Area Network. Drive ID numbers do not have to be consecutive, there can be gaps in the sequence (e.g. 0, 1, 3). Usually, Drive ID numbers cannot be freely assigned but are predetermined by the node addresses of the system controller (PLC). Power Up Configuration [Powerup Config] Linear Number: 717 Default Value: Single Drive Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter defines the role that the drive will assume when the control is powered up. Single Drive Master Slave Drive not part of a parallel drive system-default Master drive in a parallel drive system Slave drive in a parallel drive system
If more than one drive in a parallel drive system is programmed as Master, the first drive to be powered up will become the master and the other drives will become slaves. Master Mask [Master Mask] Linear Number: 718 Default Value: 11111111 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies which drives in a parallel drive system are allowed to become master. A value of 1 indicates that the corresponding drive can become master if required. A value of 0 indicates that the corresponding drive will refuse to take on the role of master. Eight bits are defined: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enum Text Drive 0 Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5 Drive 6 Drive 7 Description Drive 0 is selected to become master if required Drive 1 is selected to become master if required Drive 2 is selected to become master if required Drive 3 is selected to become master if required Drive 4 is selected to become master if required Drive 5 is selected to become master if required Drive 6 is selected to become master if required Drive 7 is selected to become master if required
2-179
Acting Master ID [Acting Master ID] Linear Number: 719 Default Value: 0 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 8 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the Drive ID of the drive that is currently acting as master or has been requested to become the master. For a master drive, this parameter will normally be the same as the Drive ID for that drive. Setting this parameter to the ID of another drive in the system will cause the master to attempt to transfer control to the specified drive. For a slave drive, this parameter will have a value of 8, which is an invalid value for Drive ID. Drives in System [Drives in System] Linear Number: 745 Default Value: 1 Minimum Value: 1 Maximum Value: 4 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped This parameter specifies the total number of drives in a parallel drive system. This information cannot be obtained by counting the number of drives on the Drive Area Network, because some drives in the system may not be communicating. It is important that this parameter have the correct value because it is used in calculating the rated current feedback of the drive.
1.0 per unit drive current =
Rated motor amps Service factor Drives in system
Reduced Capacity [Reduced Capacity] Linear Number: 765 Default Value: Enable Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies whether a parallel drive system is allowed to run with reduced capacity. Disable Enable System will run only if all drives are available System will run if at least half the total number of drives are available.
2-180
PD Flags [PD Flags] Linear Number: 722 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is the parallel drive flag word. Four bits are defined: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Node Reset Active Mstr Pass Mastr Pass Mstr En Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Node Reset, set to clear parallel drives faults and warnings reset automatically after faults cleared Active Master- this drive is the current master Pass Master- this drive is attempting to pass mastership Pass Master Enabled-Pass Master is allowed for this drive
PD Fault Word [PD Fault Word] Linear Number: 720 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This is the parallel drive fault word. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Comm Timeout Mstr Xfer Er Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Slave 0 Comm Slave 1 Comm Slave 2 Comm Slave 3 Comm Slave 4 Comm Slave 5 Comm Slave 6 Comm Slave 7 Comm Description Drive has lost communications with the master Master Transfer Error
Master has lost communication with Drive 0 Master has lost communication with Drive 1 Master has lost communication with Drive 2 Master has lost communication with Drive 3 Master has lost communication with Drive 4 Master has lost communication with Drive 5 Master has lost communication with Drive 6 Master has lost communication with Drive 7
2-181
PD Warning Word [PD Warning Word] Linear Number: 721 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This is the parallel drive warning word. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Enum Text Duplcte Mstr Dclnd Mstr Slv RfsdMstr Invld Mstr R Xfer Disable Unused Unused Unused Slave 0 OffL master only Slave 1 OffL Slave 2 OffL Slave 3 OffL Slave 4 OffL Slave 5 OffL Slave 6 OffL Slave 7 OffL Description Duplicate Master-master only Slave Declined Master- slave only Slave Refused Master- master only Invalid Master Request- slave only Transfer Disabled- master only
Slave 0 OfflineSlave 1 Offline- master only Slave 2 Offline- master only Slave 3 Offline- master only Slave 4 Offline- master only Slave 5 Offline- master only Slave 6 Offline- master only Slave 7 Offline- master only
PD Status [PD Status] Linear Number: 723 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable specifies the status of this drive in a parallel drive system. It is sent to the master drive where it is displayed as Drive n Status, where n is the drive ID. Eight bits are defined: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Ready Running Faulted Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Hub Comm OK Input Clsed Output Clsed Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Drive is ready Drive is running Drive has a fault condition Drive has a class 1 fault Drive has a class 2 fault Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional Drive input contactor is closed Drive output contactor is closed
2-182
Drive0 Status [Drive0 Status] Linear Number: 724 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Ready Running Faulted Class1 Fault Class2 Fault Hub Comm OK Input Clsed Output Clsed Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Status Valid Description Drive is ready Drive is running Drive has a fault condition Drive has a class 1 fault Drive has a class 2 fault Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional Drive input contactor is closed Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
2-183
2-184
2-185
2-186
Master Flux Reference [Master Flux Ref] Linear Number: 732 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the flux reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. Master Torque Reference [Master Torq Ref] Linear Number: 733 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the torque reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. Master Magnetizing Current Command [Master Isd Cmd] Linear Number: 734 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the magnetizing current command from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. Master Capacity [Master Capacity] Linear Number: 737 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the capacity factor from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units.
2-187
Master Command [Master Command] Linear Number: 735 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the command word from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. Four bits are defined: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Stop Start Reset Cmd Reverse Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Stop command from master to all slave drives Start command from master to all slave drives Reset command from master to all slave drives Reverse command from master to all slave drives
Specific Slave ID [Sp Slave ID] Linear Number: 736 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 8 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable identifies the slave drive (0-7) to which the specific commands Sp Capacity and Sp Command are directed. A value of 8 indicates that no slave drive is selected. It is valid in the master drive only, and always has a value of 8 in slave drives. Specific Command [Sp Command] Linear Number: 739 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the command word from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID. It has the same definition as Master Command. Refer parameter #735 for bits information Specific Capacity [Sp Capacity] Linear Number: 738 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the capacity factor from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units.
2-188
Parallel Drive Flux Reference [PD Flux Ref] Linear Number: 740 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the flux reference received from the master. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. Parallel Drive Torque Reference [PD Torq Ref] Linear Number: 741 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the torque reference received from the master. engineering units. Parallel Drive Magnetizing Current Command [PD Isd Cmd] Linear Number: 742 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 65535 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the magnetizing current command received from the master. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. Parallel Drive Capacity [PD Capacity] Linear Number: 746 Minimum Value: 0 Maximum Value: 32767 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the capacity factor of this drive. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. It is raw data, not converted to
2-189
Parallel Drive Command [PD Command] Linear Number: 743 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This variable is the command word received from the master. It has the same definition as Master Command. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Stop Start Reset Cmd Reverse Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description Stop command from master to all slave drives Start command from master to all slave drives Reset command from master to all slave drives Reverse command from master to all slave drives
Drv Application Parameters

Surface Voltage [ESP Surface Volt] Linear Number: 760 Minimum Value: 0 V Maximum Value: 8000 V Access Level: Basic Read/Write: Read Only This variable is used to indicate the motor filter capacitor voltage in Volts. For ESP applications this voltage will be greater than the Motor Voltage due to the drop in the cable. Cable Resistance [ESP Cable Resis] Linear Number: 750 Default Value: 0.000 ohms Minimum Value: 0.000 ohms Maximum Value: 65.535 ohms Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write If the value of Autotune Rs is greater than 2.5%, an ESP drive is assumed. In addition a parameter Cable Resistance (#750) is used to specify the cable resistance if the cable data is known. When this parameter is non zero, the R Stator parameter is updated using this value and Autotune Rs is ignored.
2-190
Drive Application Linear Number: Default Value: Access Level: Read/Write:
[Drv Application] 751 ID Fan Basic Read/Write
This parameter specifies the application in which the drive is being used and in intended for future use only. Internal Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text ID Fan Pump 1 Pump 2 Conveyor Compressor BanburyMixer Application1 Application2 Application3 Application4 Application5 Application6 TestBay Dyn1 TestBay Dyn2 TestBay Dyn3 TestBay Dyn4 Description Drive is running Induced Draft Fan Drive is running Pump type 1 Drive is running Pump type 2 Drive is running a conveyor Drive is running a compressor Drive is running a Banbury Mixer Future use Future use Future use Future use Future use Future use Drive under test is using Dyne 1 Drive under test is using Dyne 2 Drive under test is using Dyne 3 Drive under test is using Dyne 4
Process Control Parameters

PID Output [PID Output] Linear Number: 356 Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the final output of the PID controller in per unit. This is the sum of proportional, integral, derivative and previous value of the PID Output. This value corresponds to the Speed Command PID to drive. Process Variable [Process Variable] Linear Number: 357 Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter represents the feedback from process. This value is compared with Process Setpoint (360) to calculate the error.
2-191
Process Variable Eng [Process Var Eng] Linear Number: 366 Minimum Value: -3276.7 Maximum Value: 3276.7 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the feedback from the process in engineering units according to the application. PID Gain [PID Gain] Linear Number: 353 Default Value: 1.00 Minimum Value: 0.00 Maximum Value: 655.35 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the proportional gain in the PID controller when Indpndt Gain option in PID Command (313) is chosen. If not, this parameter represents controller gain. The proportional gain works only on the proportional term while the controller gain works for all three terms, proportional, integral and derivative, at the same time. Refer to the formula in the Manual to understand the difference between the independent gain and the dependent gain. PID Integral Time [PID Intgral Time] Linear Number: 354 Default Value: 1.00 sec Minimum Value: 0.00 sec Maximum Value: 655.35 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the integral time constant in seconds. This parameter represent the time for the integral term to repeat the action of the proportional term in response to a step change in error. A larger value of this parameter causes a slower integral response. PID Derivative Time [PID Deriv Time] Linear Number: 355 Default Value: 0.00 sec Minimum Value: 0.00 sec Maximum Value: 655.35 sec Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the derivative time constant in seconds. A larger value of this parameter causes a faster derivative response. If this value is set to 0, the derivative term in the PID controller is disabled. Process Setpoint [Process Setpoint] Linear Number: 360 Default Value: 0.5000 pu Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the process setpoint value.
2-192
Process Gain [Process Gain] Linear Number: 398 Default Value: 1.0 Minimum Value: 0.0 Maximum Value: 6553.5 Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the conversion rate from the customer's process sensor value to process engineering unit. This parameter is used to calculate the process feedback in engineering value Process Var Eng (366) for the display. For example, if 1 volt from sensor represents the 3000 psi, this value should be 3000. PID Minimum Limit [PID Min Limit] Linear Number: 336 Default Value: -1.0000 pu Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter sets the lower limit of the PID Output (356). PID Maximum Limit [PID Max Limit] Linear Number: 318 Default Value: 1.0000 pu Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter sets the upper limit of the PID Output (356). PID Manual Input [PID Manual Input] Linear Number: 348 Default Value: 0.0000 pu Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the manual input to the PID Output (356) when Manual option in PID Command (313) is selected. PID Dead Bandwidth [PID Dead Band] Linear Number: 352 Default Value: 0.0000 pu Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the band to restrict the corrective action of PID Controller for small deviation in the error. If the error is smaller than this value, all the proportional, integral and derivative terms are kept to zero, and PID Output (356) stays in the previous value.
2-193
PID Preload [PID Preload] Linear Number: 365 Default Value: 0.0000 pu Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu Access Level: Advanced Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the preset value of PID Output (356). PID Filter [PID Filter] Linear Number: 390 Default Value: 0.0 r/s Minimum Value: 0.0 r/s Maximum Value: 6000.0 r/s Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter used for the error between the Process Setpoint (360) and the Process Variable (357). PID Command [PID Command] Linear Number: 313 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the options for PID controller action. 1 in the corresponding bit location indicates that option is selected, and 0 indicates that the option is not selected. When no option is selected, PID controller works with the default setting, which is dependent gain with the derivative term on the error. The following is descriptions of the individual bits: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Indpndt Gain DerivProcess Manual Direct Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description PID gain is applied only to the proportional term Derivative term acts on the process variable, not on the error. PID Output is manually decided. PID Output increases when the Process variable is larger than the PID Setpoint.
2-194
Commissioning Parameters
Master Bridge Phasing [Master Phasing] Linear Number: 663 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Master rectifier bridge. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Required-ABC Required-ACB Required-BAC Required-BCA Required-CBA Required-CAB Description
Actual-ABC Actual-ACB Actual-BAC Actual-BCA Actual-CBA Actual-CAB
Slave 1 Bridge Phasing [Slave1 Phasing] Linear Number: 664 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave1 rectifier bridge on 18-pulse drives. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Required-ABC Required-ACB Required-BAC Required-BCA Required-CBA Required-CAB Description
2-195
Slave 2 Bridge Phasing [Slave2 Phasing] Linear Number: 665 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave2 rectifier bridge on 18pulse drives. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Required-ABC Required-ACB Required-BAC Required-BCA Required-CBA Required-CAB Description
Commission Status [CommissionStatus] Linear Number: 667 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read Only This parameter displays the commissioning status. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text DIM Valid Drv Isolated MV Present PhasingDone Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description DIM validated Drive is Isolated Medium voltage is present Phasing check has been done
2-196
Commission Flags [CommissionFlags] Linear Number: 668 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter displays the command for the drive during commissioning. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Unused Unused Unused DoPhasingChk Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description
Perform Phasing Check
Zero Scale Reference [Scale Zero Ref] Linear Number: 659 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the zero scale reference value for the particular input. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Speed Pot Anlg Input1 Anlg Input2 Anlg Input3 Convrter AirFlow IsoTx AirFlow Description
2-197
Full Scale Reference [Scale Full Ref] Linear Number: 660 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write his parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the full scale reference value for the particular input. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Speed Pot Anlg Input1 Anlg Input2 Anlg Input3 Convrter AirFlow IsoTx AirFlow Description
Provide Zero Reference [Provide Zero Ref] Linear Number: 661 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the zero scale reference value for the particular output. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Anlg Meter1 Anlg Meter2 Anlg Meter3 Anlg Meter4 Anlg Output1 Anlg Output2 Anlg Output3 Anlg Output4 Anlg 4-20mA Description
2-198
Provide Full Scale Reference [Provide Full Ref] Linear Number: 662 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the full scale reference value for the particular output. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Anlg Meter1 Anlg Meter2 Anlg Meter3 Anlg Meter4 Anlg Output1 Anlg Output2 Anlg Output3 Anlg Output4 Anlg 4-20mA Description
Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard] Linear Number: 13 Default Value: 0000000000000000 Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A 1 indicates that the step has been completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enum Text Path Picked Gating Test Motor Data Features Speed Ref Analog Calib Ext Faults System Test Phasing Chck Autotuning DC Test Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Description For Internal use only Perform gating checks on the drive Enter motor nameplate data Enter Feature Select parameters Enter Speed Profile parameters Calibrate analog system Configure the External Faults Perform System Test Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive Autotune drive and motor parameters Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode
2-199
Setup Wizard 2 [Setup Wizard 2] Linear Number: 666 Default Value: 0000 Hex Minimum Value: 0000 Hex Maximum Value: FFFF Hex Access Level: Service Read/Write: Read/Write This parameter is reserved for future use and will be used for Set Up wizard.
Parameters Listed by Group
2-201
Feedback Parameters Name 135 696 645 643 761 554 122 555 254 255 252 253 567 568 447 653 589 347 136 137 138 382 383 384 334 335 239 616 617 683 779 778 684 767 Line Voltage pu Rec Input Volt Rec DCLink Volt Inv DCLink Volt Inv Output Volt Motor Voltage pu Line Current pu Motor Current pu Rec HSink Temp C Rec HSink Temp F Inv HSink Temp C Inv HSink Temp F Air Filter Block Air Filter Allow Convrter AirFlow IsoTx AirFlow LineNeutral Volt Mtr Neutral Volt Master Line Volt Slave1 Line Volt Slave2 Line Volt Master Line Cur Slave1 Line Cur Slave2 Line Cur Master Line Freq Slave1 Line Freq Slave2 Line Freq Slave1 Angle Slave2 Angle Harmonic Voltage ComModeCur Peak TransientVoltMax BusTransient Trp BusTransient Lvl Min. 0.000 0.000 -2.000 -2.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 0.0 0.0 -1.0 -10.0 -2.000 -2.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -100.0 -100.0 -100.0 -360.0 -360.0 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max. 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 4.000 4.000 100.0 212.0 100.0 212.0 100.0 100.0 10.0 10.0 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 100.0 100.0 100.0 360.0 360.0 32.767 655.35 2.000 32.767 32.767 Default Units pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu C F C F % % V V pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu Hz Hz Hz deg deg pu A pu pu pu ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
2-202
Diagnostics Parameters Name 257 258 262 699 569 238 505 506 264 160 368 265 642 446 96 251 473 474 494 764 551 550 682 428 610 611 612 613 614 615 263 619 490 700 689 597 Logic Command Logic Status Drive Not Ready1 Drive Not Ready2 DrvStatus Flag1 DrvStatus Flag2 Contactor Cmd Contactor Status RecControl Flag1 RecControl Flag2 RecControl Flag3 InvControl Flag1 InvControl Flag2 InvControl Flag3 InvAnlg SelfTst1 InvAnlg SelfTst2 RecAnlg SelfTst1 RecAnlg SelfTst2 RecAnlg SelfTst3 Cur Sens FltCode Drive Overload Motor Overload RNeutral OvrLoad Bypass VoltUnbal Master VoltUnbal Slave1 VoltUnbal Slave2 VoltUnbal Master Cur Unbal Slave1 Cur Unbal Slave2 Cur Unbal Motor Cur Unbal Motor Flux Unbal Fault Output Warning Output Scope Trigger Parameter Error Min. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 Max. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 1 1 65535 Default Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Basic
2-203
Feature Select Parameters Name 4 7 749 60 3 1 10 5 99 199 590 591 13 702 300 299 491 493 11 12 38 39 Operating Mode Speed Ref Select Speed Cmd Loss Coast Speed Auto Restart Dly Input Ctctr Cfg InpCtctr OpenDly Output Ctctr Cfg Special Features Load Loss Detect Rec Gating Test Inv Gating Test Setup Wizard Extended Trend PowerFactor Comp PFC Access Code Fan1 Run Time Fan2 Run Time Passcode 0 Passcode 1 Passcode 2 Passcode 3 Min. 1.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.1 0.1 0 0 0 0 Max. 100.0 10.0 60.0 65535 60.0 60.0 65535 65535 65535 65535 Default Normal Local Fault 2.0 0.0 All Faults 0.0 Not Running 0000000000000000 Disabled Off Off 0000000000000000 Enabled Disable 0 30.0 0.1 Units ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Access Monitor Monitor Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Basic Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor
Hz sec min Hex
Hex
Days Days
2-204
Drive Hardware Parameters Name 114 625 133 128 648 649 192 176 19 17 18 153 32 15 16 624 27 28 20 21 158 157 151 149 285 284 152 150 144 143 145 146 680 681 198 197 141 274 575 DCLnk Induct pu Line Reactor pu Line Filter Cap Motor Filter Cap Drive VSB Gain Drive VSB Tap InpFilCutOffFreq Drive Model Rated Drive Amps Rated Line Freq Rated Line Volts Rectifier Type Line Cap Freq Line Cap kVAR Line Cap Volts Line Reactor DCLnk Inductance Motor Cap Freq Motor Cap kVAR Motor Cap Volts CT Burden Gndflt CT Ratio Gndflt CT Brden Line CT Ratio Line HECS Brden DCLnk HECS Ratio DCLnk HECS Brden Motor HECS Ratio Motor RecDvc CurRating InvDvc CurRating Series RecDvc Series InvDvc Neutral Resistor RNeut Pwr Rating HECS Ratio RNeut HECS Brden RNeut HardwareOptions1 HardwareOptions2 Number PwrSup Min. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 10 50 100 50 1 100 0.00 1.0 50 1 100 10 10 1.0 10 1.0 10 1.0 10 0 0 1 1 0.0 0 10 1.0 1 Max. 10.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 6553.5 100.0 1750 60 7200 60 7500 10000 50.00 500.0 90 7500 10000 10000 10000 100.0 10000 100.0 10000 100.0 10000 3500 3500 6 6 6553.5 65535 10000 100.0 4 Default B Frame 159 60 4160 6 PWM 60 400 4160 0.00 24.0 60 400 4160 1000 2000 5.0 1000 50.0 4000 50.0 4000 800 800 2 2 0.0 1500 4000 50.0 0000000010000000 0000000000000000 1 Units pu pu pu pu V/V ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
A Hz V Hz kvar V mH mH Hz kvar V ohms ohms ohms ohms A A
ohms W ohms Hex Hex
Motor Ratings Parameters Name 23 29 25 24 26 22 31 30 Rated Motor Amps Rated Motor Freq Rated Motor HP Rated Motor kW Rated Motor RPM Rated Motor Volt Service Factor Motor Type Min. 10 25 10 10 150.0 100 0.75 Max. 1500 90 20000 15000 3600.0 8000 1.25 Default 159 60 1250 933 1192.0 4000 1.00 Induction Units A Hz hp kW RPM V ReadOnly N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service
2-205
Autotuning Parameters Name 377 209 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 325 212 210 211 216 213 215 375 Autotune Warning Autotune Select Autotune L Input Autotune T DCLnk Autotune RStator Autotune LLeakge Autotune L Magn Autotune T Rotor Autotune Inertia Autotune Lmd Autotune Lmq Autotune Idc BW Autotune Idc Cmd Autotune Idc Stp Autotune Isd Stp Autotune Spd Cmd Autotune Trq Stp AutotuneComplete Min. 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 10.0 0.100 0.000 0.010 20.0 0.050 Max. 1.00 0.150 0.50 0.50 15.00 10.00 100.00 10.00 1000 100.0 0.900 0.500 0.200 60.0 0.500 Default Off 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100 50.0 0.500 0.250 0.100 30.0 0.100 0000000000000000 Units Hex pu sec pu pu pu sec sec pu pu r/s pu pu pu Hz pu Hex ReadOnly Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
Motor Model Parameters Name 340 344 448 337 343 346 345 692 339 338 485 486 342 341 701 134 131 693 694 695 129 130 132 418 296 Stator Current Stator Voltage Stator Frequency Rotor Frequency Slip Frequency Mtr AirGap Power Mtr AirGap Trq Mtr Power Factor MtrTrq Current MtrFlux Current StatFrqVoltModel StatFrqCurModel FlxFbk VoltModel FlxFbk CurModel Lm Predicted Lm Measured Lm Rated Lm Regen Lm Noload FlxMin Lm Noload FlxMax R Stator L Total Leakage T Rotor Lmd Lmq Min. 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 -2.00 -4.000 -4.000 0.00 -4.000 -4.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.0000 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 Max. 4.000 2.000 120.00 120.00 2.00 4.000 4.000 1.00 4.000 4.000 100.0 100.0 2.000 2.000 15.00 15.00 15.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.5000 0.75 10.00 10.00 10.00 Default 3.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.0000 0.25 1.50 1.00 1.00 Units pu pu Hz Hz Hz pu pu pu pu Hz Hz pu pu pu pu pu ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Access Monitor Monitor Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
pu pu sec pu pu
2-206
Speed Command Parameters Name 277 276 275 273 47 48 56 58 59 293 290 41 42 43 44 45 46 40 33 34 35 Speed Command Speed Command In Control Refernce Control Feedback SpdCmd Pot SpdCmd Anlg Inp1 SpdCmd Anlg Inp2 SpdCmd DPI SpdCmd PID Speed Cmd Min Speed Cmd Max RefCmd Pot Min RefCmd Pot Max RefCmdAnlgInpMin RefCmdAnlgInpMax RefCmd DPI Min RefCmd DPI Max Preset Jog Speed Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed 2 Preset Speed 3 Min. -120.0 -120.0 0.0 0.0 -120.0 -120.0 -120.0 -120.0 -120.0 0.0 0.0 -120.0 0.0 -120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 Max. 120.0 120.0 6553.5 6553.5 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 60.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 Default 6.0 60.0 6.0 60.0 6.0 60.0 6.0 60.0 6.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 Units Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced
Speed Control Parameters Name 278 289 472 292 294 61 62 63 82 89 81 88 Speed Reference Speed Feedback Speed Error MtrTorque CurCmd InvTorque CurCmd Total Accel Time Total Decel Time Inertia Type Total Inertia Speed Fbk Mode SpdReg Bandwidth Speed Ref Step Min. -120.0 -120.0 -10.00 -4.000 -4.000 0.0 0.0 0.10 0.1 0.0 Max. 120.0 120.0 10.00 4.000 4.000 1200.0 1200.0 50.00 15.0 2.0 Default 32.0 32.0 Low 1.00 Sensorless 1.0 0.0 Units Hz Hz Hz pu pu sec sec sec r/s Hz ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N Access Monitor Monitor Advanced Advanced Advanced Monitor Monitor Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
2-207
Speed Profile Parameters Name 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 475 481 482 479 480 53 54 55 49 50 51 80 Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 Accel Time 3 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 1 Decel Time 2 Decel Time 3 Decel Time 4 Ramp Speed 1 Ramp Speed 2 Ramp Speed 3 Ramp Speed 4 S Curve Percent S Curve Accel 1 S Curve Accel 2 S Curve Decel 1 S Curve Decel 2 Skip Speed Band1 Skip Speed Band2 Skip Speed Band3 Skip Speed 1 Skip Speed 2 Skip Speed 3 Ramp Test Step Min. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 Max. 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 30.0 Default 5.0 3.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 3.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 12.0 54.0 60.0 0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 0.0 Units sec sec sec sec sec sec sec sec Hz Hz Hz Hz % sec sec sec sec Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
Current Control Parameters Name 321 322 323 326 327 773 260 261 113 119 120 115 140 502 301 302 Idc Reference Idc Feedback Idc Error Vdc Reference Alpha Rectifier IdcRefLmt Motor IdcRefLmt DCTest IdcRefLmt Autotn CurReg Bandwidth Idc Test Command Idc Ref Step T DC Link Input Impedance Feedforward Fil PFC LeadingLimit PFC LaggingLimit Min. 0.000 -2.000 -1.000 -1.000 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 50.0 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.0000 0.0 0.00 0.00 Max. 4.000 4.000 1.000 1.000 180.0 4.000 4.000 4.000 2000.0 1.500 1.000 0.150 1.0000 12.0 1.00 1.00 Default 200.0 0.000 0.000 0.040 0.0500 2.0 0.00 0.00 Units pu pu pu deg pu pu pu r/s pu pu sec pu Hz ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service
2-208
Torque Control Parameters Name 291 147 86 87 91 90 84 85 658 747 748 641 Torque Reference Active Trq Limit TrqCmd0 SensrLss TrqCmd1 SensrLss Trq Cmd External Trq Control Mode Trq Lmt Motoring Trq Lmt Braking Trq Lmt Overload Pwr Lmt Motoring Pwr Lmt Braking TrqCmd0 Tach Min. -4.000 -4.000 0.00 0.00 -4.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Max. 4.000 4.000 4.00 4.00 4.000 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 Default 0.40 0.40 0.000 Speed Reg 1.05 0.50 1.00 1.50 1.50 0.00 Units ReadOnly Y Y N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
Flux Control Parameters Name 305 306 307 310 308 309 312 328 314 57 623 304 97 100 103 78 107 106 98 102 Flux Reference Flux Feedback Flux Error Mtr Flux CurCmd FluxCur Feedfwd FluxCurRegulator Inv Flux CurCmd Alpha Inverter Field CurCmd Field Current Flux Cmd Limit PFC Flux Command FlxReg Bandwidth FlxCmd RatedLoad FlxCmd No Load Motor Flux Time Icd Command Gain Field Bandwidth Base Speed Flux RefStep Min. 0.000 0.000 -2.000 -2.000 -2.000 -2.000 -2.000 -360.0 0.000 -2.000 0.000 -1.500 1.0 0.000 0.400 0.0 0.0 0.1 25.0 0.000 Max. 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 360.0 2.000 2.000 1.500 1.500 30.0 1.500 1.500 10.0 1.0 100.0 100.0 0.100 Default 10.0 0.900 0.700 3.0 0.5 10.0 60.0 0.000 Units pu pu pu pu pu pu pu deg pu pu pu pu r/s pu pu sec r/s Hz pu ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service
2-209
Alarm Config Parameters Name 440 441 442 443 444 445 435 651 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 564 394 395 396 562 563 8 561 397 647 423 468 707 565 104 105 175 703 420 759 InputProt1 Class TxReacOvrTmpClss DCLnkOvrTmpClass Motor Prot Class InputProt2 Class Aux Prot Class Stnd XIOFlt Mask Ext Fault Selct ExtFault1 Class ExtFault2 Class ExtFault3 Class ExtFault4 Class ExtFault5 Class ExtFault6 Class ExtFault7 Class ExtFault8 Class ExtFault9 Class ExtFault10 Class ExtFault11 Class ExtFault12 Class ExtFault13 Class ExtFault14 Class ExtFault15 Class ExtFault16 Class Ext Fault Mask Drv Fault1 Mask Drv Fault2 Mask Drv Fault3 Mask Drv Fault4 Mask Drv Fault5 Mask Drv Fault6 Mask Mtr Fault1 Mask Drv Wrn1 Mask Drv Wrn2 Mask Drv Wrn3 Mask Drv Wrn4 Mask Drv Wrn5 Mask Mtr Wrn1 Mask Ctrl Pwr FltMask Ctrl Pwr WrnMask DPI Loss Mask Liq Cool Mask DvcDiag Flt Mask PD Wrn Mask Min. Max. Default Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault 11111111 0000000000000000 Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 0000000000000000 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 Units ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service
Hex Hex
Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex
2-210
Alarms Parameters Name 433 434 372 429 279 280 281 370 371 9 369 282 646 374 467 706 373 758 287 288 93 148 596 650 358 359 Stnd XIO Fault Stnd XIO Warning External Fault External Warning Drive Fault1 Drive Fault2 Drive Fault3 Drive Fault4 Drive Fault5 Drive Fault6 Motor Fault1 Drive Warning1 Drive Warning2 Drive Warning3 Drive Warning4 Drive Warning5 Motor Warning1 PD Warning Ctrl Pwr Fault Ctrl Pwr Warning DPI Loss Fault DPI Loss Warning XIO Adaptr Loss Ext Fault PLC Liquid Cool Flt Liquid Cool Wrn Min. Max. Default 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
2-211
Drive Protection Parameters Name 169 170 161 162 165 166 173 174 193 194 271 272 108 109 167 168 270 772 163 164 269 587 588 171 172 675 676 774 775 776 777 673 674 677 678 679 698 266 268 112 111 316 315 656 655 654 317 320 319 DCLnk OvrCur Trp DCLnk OvrCur Dly Line OvrCur Trp Line OvrCur Dly Line OvrVolt Trp Line OvrVolt Dly Rec OvrVolt Trp Rec OvrVolt Dly Inv OvrVolt Trp Inv OvrVolt Dly LineVoltUnbalTrp LineVoltUnbalDly Line CurUnbalTrp Line CurUnbalDly Line UndVolt Lvl Line UndVolt Dly Drv OvrLoad Wrn Drv Thermal Cyc Drv OvrLoad Trp Drv OvrLoad Dly Drv OvrLoad Min LineNeutVoltTrp LineNeutVoltDly Gnd OvrCur Trp Gnd OvrCur Dly Harmonic VoltTrp Harmonic VoltDly RNeut OvrLoadTrp RNeut OvrLoadDly RNeut OvrCurTrp RNeut OvrCurDly BusTransTrpFac BusTransient Dly BusTrans MinTrp BusTrans IdcFac Min Freewhl Time Line Loss Trip Rec Dvc Diag Dly Inv Dvc Diag Dly RecHSink TempWrn RecHSink TempTrp InvHSink TempWrn InvHSink TempTrp IsoTx AirFlowNom IsoTx AirFlowWrn IsoTx AirFlowTrp Conv AirFlow Nom Conv AirFlow Wrn Conv AirFlow Trp Min. 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.40 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.05 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Max. 4.00 100 4.00 100 2.00 1000 2.00 100 2.00 100 1.00 10.0 1.00 10.0 1.50 100 1.00 6000.0 4.00 600.0 4.00 1.50 10.0 10.00 10.0 10.00 10.0 655.35 655.35 655.35 65.535 100.00 100 10.00 10.00 1.000 40.0 6 6 100 100 100 100 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Default 1.75 10 1.75 10 1.20 10 1.50 10 1.50 10 0.05 1.0 0.05 1.0 0.85 17 0.50 600.0 1.15 60.0 1.05 0.40 1.0 0.50 0.1 0.30 1.0 5.00 2.50 10.00 0.010 2.50 2 0.30 0.50 0.016 8.0 2 2 53 55 61 64 3.6 3.0 2.5 3.6 3.0 2.5 Units pu msec pu msec pu msec pu msec pu msec pu sec pu sec pu msec sec pu sec pu pu sec A sec pu sec sec sec pu pu pu sec Hz ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
C C C C V V V V V V
2-212
Motor Protection Parameters Name 177 178 181 182 189 190 185 186 179 180 350 351 771 191 585 586 208 214 246 259 231 559 235 236 Mtr OvrCur Trp Mtr OvrCur Dly Mtr OvrVolt Trp Mtr OvrVolt Dly Mtr NeutVolt Trp Mtr NeutVolt Dly Mtr OvrSpeed Trp Mtr OvrSpeed Dly Mtr OvrLoad Trp Mtr OvrLoad Dly Mtr OvrLoad Min Mtr OvrLoad Wrn Mtr Thermal Cyc Mtr Stall Dly Mtr FluxUnbalTrp Mtr FluxUnbalDly Mtr CurUnbal Trp Mtr CurUnbal Dly Mtr LoadLoss Lvl Mtr LoadLoss Spd Mtr LoadLoss Dly Field Loss Dly Tach Loss Trip Tach Loss Delay Min. 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Max. 4.00 500 2.00 10.0 1.50 10.0 120.0 2.0 4.00 600.0 4.00 1.00 6000.0 10.0 1.00 10.0 1.00 5.0 1.00 100.0 30.0 60 10.0 1.0 Default 1.75 100 1.20 0.5 0.20 1.0 66.0 0.5 1.15 60.0 1.05 0.50 600.0 2.0 0.05 1.0 0.05 1.0 0.25 30.0 1.0 30 2.0 0.1 Units pu msec pu sec pu sec Hz sec pu sec pu Sec sec pu sec pu sec pu Hz sec sec Hz sec ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service
Sync Xfer Option Parameters Name 298 297 117 159 228 226 227 225 229 230 763 Sync Reg Output Sync Reg Error Bypass Voltage Bypass Frequency Sync Error Max Sync Lead Angle Sync Off Delay Sync Reg Gain Sync Time Sync Xfer Time DeSync Start Dly Min. -10.00 -180.0 0.000 -100.0 0 -90 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.1 1 Max. 10.00 180.0 2.000 100.0 30 90 0.500 5.0 10.0 57.0 10 Default 0 0 0.100 1.0 10.0 1.0 1 Units Hz deg pu Hz deg deg sec sec min sec ReadOnly Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
Tach Option Parameters Name 349 233 234 644 Tach Feedback Tach Type Tach PPR Encoder Offset Min. -120.00 120 0 Max. 120.00 4096 360 Default None 1024 0 Units Hz PPR deg ReadOnly Y N N N Access Service Basic Basic Advanced
2-213
Control Masks Parameters Name 244 245 242 241 248 247 243 249 638 36 Direction Mask Jog Mask Local Mask Logic Mask Ref Cmd Mask Reset Mask Start Mask Sync Xfer Mask Forced Flt Mask Profile Mask Min. Max. Default 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic
Owners Parameters Name 388 389 386 392 391 387 385 393 639 37 94 Direction Owner Jog Owner Local Owner Ref Cmd Owner Reset Owner Start Owner Stop Owner Sync Xfer Owner Forced Flt Owner Profile Owner Logic Owner Min. Max. Default Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor
Datalinks Parameters Name 376 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 PLC Error Flags PLC Inp Link A1 PLC Inp Link A2 PLC Inp Link B1 PLC Inp Link B2 PLC Inp Link C1 PLC Inp Link C2 PLC Inp Link D1 PLC Inp Link D2 PLC Out Link A1 PLC Out Link A2 PLC Out Link B1 PLC Out Link B2 PLC Out Link C1 PLC Out Link C2 PLC Out Link D1 PLC Out Link D2 Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Units Hex ReadOnly Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic
2-214
Analog Inputs Parameters Name 652 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 Anlg Inp Config Speed Pot Vmin Speed Pot Vmax Anlg Inp1 Vmin Anlg Inp1 Vmax Anlg Inp2 Vmin Angl Inp2 Vmax Anlg Inp3 Vmin Anlg Inp3 Vmax Min. -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 Max. 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 Default 0000000000000001 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 Units Hex V V V V V V V V ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
Analog Outputs Parameters Name 517 518 519 520 513 514 515 508 516 521 522 523 524 183 184 187 123 188 509 510 124 125 511 512 126 127 Anlg Meter1 Anlg Meter2 Anlg Meter3 Anlg Meter4 Anlg Output1 Anlg Output2 Anlg Output3 Anlg Output4 Anlg 4-20mAOut AnlgMeter1 Scale AnlgMeter2 Scale AnlgMeter3 Scale AnlgMeter4 Scale Anlg Out1 Scale Anlg Out2 Scale Anlg Out3 Scale Anlg Out4 Scale Anlg4-20mA Scale Anlg RecTstPt1 Anlg RecTstPt2 Anlg RecTstPt3 Anlg RecTstPt4 Anlg InvTstPt1 Anlg InvTstPt2 Anlg InvTstPt3 Anlg InvTstPt4 Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 Default 361 362 363 364 0 0 0 0 337 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 321 322 326 700 490 289 291 306 Units ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
2-215
XIO Parameters Name 421 422 431 232 427 52 14 687 688 594 592 593 64 686 439 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 714 715 RunTime Input StndXIO Output StndXIO FltInput Ext Fault XIO OptXIO Output Liquid Inputs Liquid Outputs Logix Inputs Logix Outputs XIO Config Errs XIO Standard IO XIO Ext Faults XIO Liquid Cool XIO Logix IO StndXIO Config1 StndXIO Config2 StndXIO Config3 StndXIO Config4 StndXIO Config5 StndXIO Config6 StndXIO Config7 StndXIO Config8 Logix Register A Logix Register B Min. 0 0 Max. 65535 65535 Default Card # 1 Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Reverse Jog Remote Test Mode At Speed Thermal Alrm Sync Xfer In Trq Limit 0 0 Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service
Metering Parameters Name 487 363 361 362 364 500 324 657 753 116 367 697 118 77 79 92 121 139 142 156 237 101 196 Motor Speed Hz Motor Speed RPM Motor Current Motor Voltage Motor Power Line Current Line Voltage Line Frequency Input Power DC Link Current GndFault Current ComMode Current Control AC#1 RMS Control AC#2 RMS Control AC#3 RMS Control AC#4 RMS Control 56V Control 5V Control 15V Control HECS Control 5V Redn IGDPS 56V Control XIO Min. -120.0 -4500 0 0 -15000 0 0 -100.0 -15000 0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Max. 120.0 4500 1500 8000 15000 999 8000 100.0 15000 999 10.0 655.35 300.0 300.0 300.0 300.0 72.0 8.0 24.0 36.0 8.0 72.0 36.0 Default Units Hz RPM A V kW A V Hz kW A A A V V V V V V V V V V V ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Basic Basic Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
2-216
PWM Parameters Name 95 295 378 756 757 379 465 560 640 155 154 620 621 626 627 628 629 584 608 609 618 311 Rec Pulse Number Inv Pulse Number Inv PWM Pattern Idc 3 Pulse Idc 5 Pulse Vdc Ref 5p to 3p Vdc Ref 7p to 5p Idc Fac 3p to 5p Idc Fac 7p to 5p Rec PWM Max Freq Inv PWM Max Freq Rec DvcGat SeqnA Rec DvcGat SeqnB Rec DvcGat SeqnC Rec DvcDiag FbkA Rec DvcDiag FbkB Rec DvcDiag FbkC Inv DvcGat Seqn Inv DvcDiag FbkA Inv DvcDiag FbkB Inv DvcDiag FbkC PFC Mod Index Min. 0 0 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 Max. 36 65535 10.000 10.000 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 1000 1000 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 1.50 Default 0.10 0.50 1.00 1.00 440 440 Units ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
pu pu pu pu
Hz Hz
Liquid Cooling Parameters Name 380 381 477 478 483 432 449 Coolant Temp C Coolant Temp F Fan Config Coolant Temp Wrn Coolant Temp Trp Pump Duty Cycle Fan Duty Cycle Min. 0 0 35 35 1 1 Max. 65535 65535 85 85 720 720 Default 3 In-line 49 54 8 8 Units C F C C hrs hrs ReadOnly Y Y N N N N N Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
Security Parameters Name 708 709 710 711 712 Port Mask Act Port Logic Mask Logic Mask Act Write Mask Cfg Write Mask Act Min. Max. Default 0000000001111111 0000000001111111 Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y N Y N Y Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
2-217
Parallel Drive Parameters Name 716 717 718 719 745 765 722 720 721 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 737 735 736 739 738 740 741 742 746 743 Drive ID Powerup Config Master Mask Acting Master ID Drives in System Reduced Capacity PD Flags PD Fault Word PD Warning Word PD Status Drive0 Status Drive1 Status Drive2 Status Drive3 Status Drive4 Status Drive5 Status Drive6 Status Drive7 Status Master Flux Ref Master Torq Ref Master Isd Cmd Master Capacity Master Command Sp Slave ID Sp Command Sp Capacity PD Flux Ref PD Torq Ref PD Isd Cmd PD Capacity PD Command Min. 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. 7 8 4 65535 65535 65535 65535 8 65535 65535 65535 65535 32767 Default 0 Single Drive 11111111 0 1 Enable 0000000000000000 Units ReadOnly N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
Hex
Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex
Hex Hex
Hex
Drv Application Parameters Name 760 750 751 ESP Surface Volt ESP Cable Resis Drv Application Min. 0 0.000 Max. 8000 65.535 Default 0.000 ID Fan Units V ohms ReadOnly Y N N Access Basic Service Basic
2-218
Process Control Parameters Name 356 357 366 353 354 355 360 398 336 318 348 352 365 390 313 PID Output Process Variable Process Var Eng PID Gain PID Intgral Time PID Deriv Time Process Setpoint Process Gain PID Min Limit PID Max Limit PID Manual Input PID Dead Band PID Preload PID Filter PID Command Min. -2.0000 -2.0000 -3276.7 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.0000 0.0 -2.0000 -2.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0 Max. 2.0000 2.0000 3276.7 655.35 655.35 655.35 2.0000 6553.5 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 6000.0 Default 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.5000 1.0 -1.0000 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0 0000000000000000 Units pu pu ReadOnly Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service
sec sec pu pu pu pu pu pu r/s
Commissioning Parameters Name 663 664 665 667 668 659 660 661 662 13 666 Master Phasing Slave1 Phasing Slave2 Phasing CommissionStatus CommissionFlags Scale Zero Ref Scale Full Ref Provide Zero Ref Provide Full Ref Setup Wizard Setup Wizard 2 Min. 0000 Max. FFFF Default 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000 Units Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex ReadOnly Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N Access Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
2-219
Name 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Input Ctctr Cfg Auto Restart Dly Operating Mode Output Ctctr Cfg Speed Ref Select Drv Fault6 Mask Drive Fault6 InpCtctr OpenDly Passcode 0 Passcode 1 Setup Wizard Liquid Outputs Line Cap kVAR Line Cap Volts Rated Line Freq Rated Line Volts Rated Drive Amps Motor Cap kVAR Motor Cap Volts Rated Motor Volt Rated Motor Amps Rated Motor kW Rated Motor HP Rated Motor RPM DCLnk Inductance Motor Cap Freq Rated Motor Freq Motor Type Service Factor Line Cap Freq Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed 2 Preset Speed 3 Profile Mask Profile Owner Passcode 2 Passcode 3 Preset Jog Speed RefCmd Pot Min RefCmd Pot Max RefCmdAnlgInpMin RefCmdAnlgInpMax RefCmd DPI Min RefCmd DPI Max SpdCmd Pot SpdCmd Anlg Inp1 Skip Speed 1 Skip Speed 2 Skip Speed 3 Liquid Inputs
Min. 0.0 0.0 0 0 1 100 50 100 10 1 100 100 10 10 10 150.0 1.0 50 25 0.75 50 0.5 0.5 0.5 0 0 1.0 -120.0 0.0 -120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -120.0 -120.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -
Max. 10.0 60.0 65535 65535 7500 10000 60 7200 1750 7500 10000 8000 1500 15000 20000 3600.0 500.0 90 90 1.25 60 75.0 75.0 75.0 65535 65535 60.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 -
Default All Faults 0.0 Normal Not Running Local 1111111111111111 0.0 0000000000000000 400 4160 60 4160 159 400 4160 4000 159 933 1250 1192.0 24.0 60 60 Induction 1.00 60 30.0 35.0 40.0 11111111 6.0 6.0 60.0 6.0 60.0 6.0 60.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 -
Units
ReadOnly N N N N N N Y N Y Y N Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N N Y Y N N N Y
Access Basic Basic Monitor Basic Monitor Service Service Advanced Monitor Monitor Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service Basic Service Basic Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Monitor Monitor Monitor Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
sec
min
kvar V Hz V A kvar V V A kW hp RPM mH Hz Hz
Hz Hz Hz Hz
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
2-220
Name 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Skip Speed Band1 Skip Speed Band2 Skip Speed Band3 SpdCmd Anlg Inp2 Field Current SpdCmd DPI SpdCmd PID Coast Speed Total Accel Time Total Decel Time Inertia Type XIO Liquid Cool Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 Accel Time 3 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 1 Decel Time 2 Decel Time 3 Decel Time 4 Ramp Speed 1 Ramp Speed 2 Ramp Speed 3 Ramp Speed 4 Control AC#2 RMS Motor Flux Time Control AC#3 RMS Ramp Test Step SpdReg Bandwidth Total Inertia Trq Lmt Motoring Trq Lmt Braking TrqCmd0 SensrLss TrqCmd1 SensrLss Speed Ref Step Speed Fbk Mode Trq Control Mode Trq Cmd External Control AC#4 RMS DPI Loss Fault Logic Owner Rec Pulse Number InvAnlg SelfTst1 FlxReg Bandwidth Base Speed Special Features FlxCmd RatedLoad IGDPS 56V Flux RefStep FlxCmd No Load Ctrl Pwr FltMask Ctrl Pwr WrnMask Field Bandwidth Icd Command Gain Line CurUnbalTrp Line CurUnbalDly
Min. 0.0 0.0 0.0 -120.0 -2.000 -120.0 -120.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 -4.000 0.0 0 1.0 25.0 0.000 0.0 0.000 0.400 0.1 0.0 0.00 0.0
Max. 5.0 5.0 5.0 120.0 2.000 120.0 120.0 100.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 300.0 10.0 300.0 30.0 15.0 50.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.0 4.000 300.0 36 30.0 100.0 1.500 72.0 0.100 1.500 100.0 1.0 1.00 10.0
Default 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 32.0 32.0 Low Unassigned 5.0 3.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 3.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 12.0 54.0 60.0 3.0 0.0 1.0 1.00 1.05 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.0 Sensorless Speed Reg 0.000 10.0 60.0 0000000000000000 0.900 0.000 0.700 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 10.0 0.5 0.05 1.0
Units Hz Hz Hz Hz pu Hz Hz Hz sec sec
ReadOnly N N N Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y N Y N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Y N N N N N N N N
Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Service Basic Basic Basic Monitor Monitor Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Monitor Service Service Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
sec sec sec sec sec sec sec sec Hz Hz Hz Hz V sec V Hz r/s sec
Hz
r/s Hz pu V pu pu
r/s pu sec
2-221
Name 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 RecHSink TempTrp RecHSink TempWrn CurReg Bandwidth DCLnk Induct pu T DC Link DC Link Current Bypass Voltage Control AC#1 RMS Idc Test Command Idc Ref Step Control 56V Line Current pu Anlg Out4 Scale Anlg RecTstPt3 Anlg RecTstPt4 Anlg InvTstPt3 Anlg InvTstPt4 Motor Filter Cap R Stator L Total Leakage Lm Rated T Rotor Line Filter Cap Lm Measured Line Voltage pu Master Line Volt Slave1 Line Volt Slave2 Line Volt Control 5V Input Impedance HardwareOptions1 Control 15V InvDvc CurRating RecDvc CurRating Series RecDvc Series InvDvc Active Trq Limit DPI Loss Warning CT Ratio Line HECS Ratio Motor CT Brden Line HECS Brden Motor Rectifier Type Inv PWM Max Freq Rec PWM Max Freq Control HECS CT Ratio Gndflt CT Burden Gndflt Bypass Frequency RecControl Flag2 Line OvrCur Trp Line OvrCur Dly Drv OvrLoad Trp Drv OvrLoad Dly Line OvrVolt Trp Line OvrVolt Dly
Min. 0 0 50.0 0.00 0.015 0 0.000 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.000 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.0000 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0000 0.0 0 0 1 1 -4.000 10 10 1.0 1.0 100 100 0.0 10 10 -100.0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0
Max. 100 100 2000.0 10.00 0.150 999 2.000 300.0 1.500 1.000 72.0 4.000 655.35 779 779 779 779 2.00 0.5000 0.75 15.00 10.00 2.00 15.00 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 8.0 1.0000 24.0 3500 3500 6 6 4.000 10000 10000 100.0 100.0 1000 1000 36.0 10000 10000 100.0 4.00 100 4.00 600.0 2.00 1000
Default 55 53 200.0 0.040 0.000 0.000 1.00 326 700 291 306 0.0000 0.25 3.50 1.50 0.0500 0000000010000000 800 800 2 2 1000 4000 5.0 50.0 6 PWM 440 440 2000 1000 1.75 10 1.15 60.0 1.20 10
Units C C r/s pu sec A pu V pu pu V pu
ReadOnly N N N Y N Y Y Y N N Y Y N N N N N Y N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N N N N Y Y N N N N N N N Y N N Y Y N N N N N N
Access Service Service Advanced Service Advanced Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Basic Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Advanced Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
pu pu pu pu sec pu pu pu pu pu pu V pu V A A
ohms ohms Hz Hz V ohms Hz pu msec pu sec pu msec
2-222
Name 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 Line UndVolt Lvl Line UndVolt Dly DCLnk OvrCur Trp DCLnk OvrCur Dly Gnd OvrCur Trp Gnd OvrCur Dly Rec OvrVolt Trp Rec OvrVolt Dly DPI Loss Mask Drive Model Mtr OvrCur Trp Mtr OvrCur Dly Mtr OvrLoad Trp Mtr OvrLoad Dly Mtr OvrVolt Trp Mtr OvrVolt Dly Anlg Out1 Scale Anlg Out2 Scale Mtr OvrSpeed Trp Mtr OvrSpeed Dly Anlg Out3 Scale Anlg4-20mA Scale Mtr NeutVolt Trp Mtr NeutVolt Dly Mtr Stall Dly InpFilCutOffFreq Inv OvrVolt Trp Inv OvrVolt Dly Control XIO HECS Brden RNeut HECS Ratio RNeut Load Loss Detect ExtFault1 Class ExtFault2 Class ExtFault3 Class ExtFault4 Class ExtFault5 Class ExtFault6 Class ExtFault7 Class ExtFault8 Class Mtr CurUnbal Trp Autotune Select Autotune Idc Cmd Autotune Idc Stp Autotune Idc BW Autotune Spd Cmd Mtr CurUnbal Dly Autotune Trq Stp Autotune Isd Stp Autotune L Input Autotune T DCLnk Autotune RStator Autotune LLeakge Autotune L Magn Autotune T Rotor Autotune Inertia
Min. 0.40 0 0.00 0 0.05 0.0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0 0.0 1.0 10 0.00 0.100 0.000 10.0 20.0 0.0 0.050 0.010 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Max. 1.50 100 4.00 100 10.00 10.0 2.00 100 4.00 500 4.00 600.0 2.00 10.0 655.35 655.35 120.0 2.0 655.35 655.35 1.50 10.0 10.0 100.0 2.00 100 36.0 100.0 10000 1.00 0.900 0.500 100.0 60.0 5.0 0.500 0.200 1.00 0.150 0.50 0.50 15.00 10.00 100.00
Default 0.85 17 1.75 10 0.50 0.1 1.50 10 0000000000000000 B Frame 1.75 100 1.15 60.0 1.20 0.5 1.00 1.00 66.0 0.5 1.00 2.00 0.20 1.0 2.0 1.50 10 50.0 4000 Disabled Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault 0.05 Off 0.500 0.250 50.0 30.0 1.0 0.100 0.100 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Units pu msec pu msec A sec pu msec
ReadOnly N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y N N Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Advanced Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
pu msec pu sec pu sec
Hz sec
pu sec sec pu msec V ohms
pu pu pu r/s Hz sec pu pu pu sec pu pu pu sec sec
2-223
Name 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 251 252 253 254 255 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 284 Autotune Lmd Sync Reg Gain Sync Lead Angle Sync Off Delay Sync Error Max Sync Time Sync Xfer Time Mtr LoadLoss Dly Ext Fault XIO Tach Type Tach PPR Tach Loss Trip Tach Loss Delay Control 5V Redn DrvStatus Flag2 Slave2 Line Freq Logic Mask Local Mask Start Mask Direction Mask Jog Mask Mtr LoadLoss Lvl Reset Mask Ref Cmd Mask Sync Xfer Mask InvAnlg SelfTst2 Inv HSink Temp C Inv HSink Temp F Rec HSink Temp C Rec HSink Temp F Logic Command Logic Status Mtr LoadLoss Spd IdcRefLmt DCTest IdcRefLmt Autotn Drive Not Ready1 Motor Cur Unbal RecControl Flag1 InvControl Flag1 Rec Dvc Diag Dly Inv Dvc Diag Dly Drv OvrLoad Min Drv OvrLoad Wrn LineVoltUnbalTrp LineVoltUnbalDly Control Feedback HardwareOptions2 Control Refernce Speed Command In Speed Command Speed Reference Drive Fault1 Drive Fault2 Drive Fault3 Drive Warning1 HECS Ratio DCLnk
Min. 0.00 0.0 -90 0.000 0 0.0 0.1 0.0 120 0.0 0.0 0.0 -100.0 0.00 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 -120.0 -120.0 -120.0 10
Max. 10.00 5.0 90 0.500 30 10.0 57.0 30.0 4096 10.0 1.0 8.0 100.0 1.00 100.0 212.0 100.0 212.0 100.0 4.000 4.000 1.00 6 6 4.00 1.00 1.00 10.0 6553.5 6553.5 120.0 120.0 120.0 10000
Default 0.00 1.0 0 0.100 0 10.0 1.0 1.0 None 1024 2.0 0.1 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 0.25 11111111 11111111 11111111 30.0 2 2 1.05 0.50 0.05 1.0 0000000000000000 4000
Units pu deg sec deg sec min sec
ReadOnly N N N N N N N N Y N N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Access Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Basic Service Service Advanced Service Service Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Basic Basic Basic Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Advanced Service Service Monitor Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Service Basic Basic Basic Monitor Service Service Service Service Service
PPR Hz sec V Hz
pu
C F C F
Hz pu pu
pu pu sec Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
2-224
Name 285 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 HECS Brden DCLnk Ctrl Pwr Fault Ctrl Pwr Warning Speed Feedback Speed Cmd Max Torque Reference MtrTorque CurCmd Speed Cmd Min InvTorque CurCmd Inv Pulse Number Lmq Sync Reg Error Sync Reg Output PFC Access Code PowerFactor Comp PFC LeadingLimit PFC LaggingLimit PFC Flux Command Flux Reference Flux Feedback Flux Error FluxCur Feedfwd FluxCurRegulator Mtr Flux CurCmd PFC Mod Index Inv Flux CurCmd PID Command Field CurCmd InvHSink TempTrp InvHSink TempWrn Conv AirFlow Nom PID Max Limit Conv AirFlow Trp Conv AirFlow Wrn Idc Reference Idc Feedback Idc Error Line Voltage Autotune Lmq Vdc Reference Alpha Rectifier Alpha Inverter Master Line Freq Slave1 Line Freq PID Min Limit Rotor Frequency MtrFlux Current MtrTrq Current Stator Current FlxFbk CurModel FlxFbk VoltModel Slip Frequency Stator Voltage Mtr AirGap Trq Mtr AirGap Power Mtr Neutral Volt
Min. 1.0 -120.0 0.0 -4.000 -4.000 0.0 -4.000 0 0.10 -180.0 -10.00 0 0.00 0.00 -1.500 0.000 0.000 -2.000 -2.000 -2.000 -2.000 0.00 -2.000 0.000 0 0 0.0 -2.0000 0.0 0.0 0.000 -2.000 -1.000 0 0 -1.000 0.0 -360.0 -100.0 -100.0 -2.0000 0.00 -4.000 -4.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -2.00 0.000 -4.000 -4.000 -2.000
Max. 100.0 120.0 120.0 4.000 4.000 120.0 4.000 65535 10.00 180.0 10.00 65535 1.00 1.00 1.500 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 1.50 2.000 2.000 100 100 10.0 2.0000 10.0 10.0 4.000 4.000 1.000 8000 1000 1.000 180.0 360.0 100.0 100.0 2.0000 120.00 4.000 4.000 4.000 2.000 2.000 2.00 2.000 4.000 4.000 2.000
Default 50.0 60.0 6.0 1.00 0 Disable 0.00 0.00 0000000000000000 64 61 3.6 1.0000 2.5 3.0 100 -1.0000 -
Units ohms
ReadOnly N Y Y Y N Y Y N Y Y N Y Y N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Access Service Service Service Monitor Basic Advanced Advanced Basic Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Advanced Service Advanced Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Advanced Monitor Service Service Monitor Service Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Basic
Hz Hz pu Hz pu pu deg Hz
pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu C C V pu V V pu pu pu V pu deg deg Hz Hz pu Hz pu pu pu pu pu Hz pu pu pu pu
2-225
Name 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 410 411 412 413 414 PID Manual Input Tach Feedback Mtr OvrLoad Min Mtr OvrLoad Wrn PID Dead Band PID Gain PID Intgral Time PID Deriv Time PID Output Process Variable Liquid Cool Flt Liquid Cool Wrn Process Setpoint Motor Current Motor Voltage Motor Speed RPM Motor Power PID Preload Process Var Eng GndFault Current RecControl Flag3 Motor Fault1 Drive Fault4 Drive Fault5 External Fault Motor Warning1 Drive Warning3 AutotuneComplete PLC Error Flags Autotune Warning Inv PWM Pattern Vdc Ref 5p to 3p Coolant Temp C Coolant Temp F Master Line Cur Slave1 Line Cur Slave2 Line Cur Stop Owner Local Owner Start Owner Direction Owner Jog Owner PID Filter Reset Owner Ref Cmd Owner Sync Xfer Owner Drv Fault1 Mask Drv Fault2 Mask Drv Fault3 Mask Drv Wrn1 Mask Process Gain ExtFault9 Class ExtFault10 Class ExtFault11 Class ExtFault12 Class ExtFault13 Class
Min. 0.0000 -120.00 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.0000 -2.0000 -2.0000 0 0 -4500 -15000 0.0000 -3276.7 0.0 0.00 0 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 -
Max. 2.0000 120.00 4.00 1.00 2.0000 655.35 655.35 655.35 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 1500 8000 4500 15000 2.0000 3276.7 10.0 1.50 65535 65535 4.000 4.000 4.000 6000.0 6553.5 -
Default 0.0000 1.05 0.50 0.0000 1.00 1.00 0.00 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0.5000 0.0000 0000000000000000 0.10 0.0 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1.0 Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault
Units pu Hz pu pu sec sec pu pu
ReadOnly N Y N N N N N N Y Y N N N Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N
Access Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Advanced Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Advanced Basic Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Basic Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor Service Monitor Monitor Monitor Basic Basic Basic Basic Advanced Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic
pu A V RPM kW pu A
pu C F pu pu pu
r/s
2-226
Name 415 416 417 418 420 421 422 423 427 428 429 431 432 433 434 435 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 467 468 472 473 474 475 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 485 486 487 490 491 493 494 500 ExtFault14 Class ExtFault15 Class ExtFault16 Class Lmd DvcDiag Flt Mask RunTime Input StndXIO Output Drv Wrn3 Mask OptXIO Output Bypass VoltUnbal External Warning StndXIO FltInput Pump Duty Cycle Stnd XIO Fault Stnd XIO Warning Stnd XIOFlt Mask StndXIO Config1 InputProt1 Class TxReacOvrTmpClss DCLnkOvrTmpClass Motor Prot Class InputProt2 Class Aux Prot Class InvControl Flag3 Convrter AirFlow Stator Frequency Fan Duty Cycle StndXIO Config2 StndXIO Config3 StndXIO Config4 StndXIO Config5 StndXIO Config6 StndXIO Config7 StndXIO Config8 Vdc Ref 7p to 5p Drive Warning4 Drv Wrn4 Mask Speed Error RecAnlg SelfTst1 RecAnlg SelfTst2 S Curve Percent Fan Config Coolant Temp Wrn S Curve Decel 1 S Curve Decel 2 S Curve Accel 1 S Curve Accel 2 Coolant Temp Trp StatFrqVoltModel StatFrqCurModel Motor Speed Hz Fault Output Fan1 Run Time Fan2 Run Time RecAnlg SelfTst3 Line Current
Min. 0.10 0.00 1 -1.0 0.00 1 0.00 -10.00 0 35 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 35 0.0 0.0 -120.0 0 0.1 0.1 0
Max. 10.00 1.00 720 10.0 120.00 720 1.50 10.00 100 85 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 1200.0 85 100.0 100.0 120.0 1 60.0 60.0 999
Default Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault 1.00 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 8 11111111 Reverse Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault Class2 Fault 8 Jog Remote Test Mode At Speed Thermal Alrm Sync Xfer In Trq Limit 0.50 1111111111111111 0 3 In-line 49 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 54 30.0 0.1 -
Units
ReadOnly N N N N N Y Y N Y Y Y Y N Y Y N N N N N N N N Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
Access Basic Basic Basic Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Basic Advanced Service Service Advanced Service Service Service Basic Advanced Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Basic Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Basic Advanced Service Service Advanced Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Basic Service Service Service Service Basic
pu
hrs
V Hz hrs
pu
Hz
% C sec sec sec sec C Hz Hz Hz Days Days A
2-227
Name 502 505 506 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 550 551 554 555 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 567 568 569 575 584 585 586 587 588 Feedforward Fil Contactor Cmd Contactor Status Anlg Output4 Anlg RecTstPt1 Anlg RecTstPt2 Anlg InvTstPt1 Anlg InvTstPt2 Anlg Output1 Anlg Output2 Anlg Output3 Anlg 4-20mAOut Anlg Meter1 Anlg Meter2 Anlg Meter3 Anlg Meter4 AnlgMeter1 Scale AnlgMeter2 Scale AnlgMeter3 Scale AnlgMeter4 Scale PLC Inp Link A1 PLC Inp Link A2 PLC Inp Link B1 PLC Inp Link B2 PLC Inp Link C1 PLC Inp Link C2 PLC Inp Link D1 PLC Inp Link D2 PLC Out Link A1 PLC Out Link A2 PLC Out Link B1 PLC Out Link B2 PLC Out Link C1 PLC Out Link C2 PLC Out Link D1 PLC Out Link D2 Motor Overload Drive Overload Motor Voltage pu Motor Current pu Field Loss Dly Idc Fac 3p to 5p Mtr Fault1 Mask Drv Fault4 Mask Drv Fault5 Mask Ext Fault Mask Mtr Wrn1 Mask Air Filter Block Air Filter Allow DrvStatus Flag1 Number PwrSup Inv DvcGat Seqn Mtr FluxUnbalTrp Mtr FluxUnbalDly LineNeutVoltTrp LineNeutVoltDly
Min. 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.000 0 0.00 0.0 0.0 1 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0
Max. 12.0 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 655.35 655.35 655.35 655.35 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 779 1.00 1.00 2.000 4.000 60 2.00 100.0 100.0 4 65535 1.00 10.0 1.50 10.0
Default 2.0 0 321 322 490 289 0 0 0 337 361 362 363 364 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 1.00 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 1 0.05 1.0 0.40 1.0
Units Hz
ReadOnly N Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N Y Y Y N Y N N N N
Access Service Service Service Basic Service Service Service Service Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service Service Service Service Service Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced
pu pu sec
% %
pu sec pu sec
2-228
Name 589 590 591 592 593 594 596 597 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 LineNeutral Volt Rec Gating Test Inv Gating Test XIO Standard IO XIO Ext Faults XIO Config Errs XIO Adaptr Loss Parameter Error Inv DvcDiag FbkA Inv DvcDiag FbkB Master VoltUnbal Slave1 VoltUnbal Slave2 VoltUnbal Master Cur Unbal Slave1 Cur Unbal Slave2 Cur Unbal Slave1 Angle Slave2 Angle Inv DvcDiag FbkC Motor Flux Unbal Rec DvcGat SeqnA Rec DvcGat SeqnB Flux Cmd Limit Line Reactor Line Reactor pu Rec DvcGat SeqnC Rec DvcDiag FbkA Rec DvcDiag FbkB Rec DvcDiag FbkC Speed Pot Vmin Speed Pot Vmax Anlg Inp1 Vmin Anlg Inp1 Vmax Anlg Inp2 Vmin Angl Inp2 Vmax Anlg Inp3 Vmin Anlg Inp3 Vmax Forced Flt Mask Forced Flt Owner Idc Fac 7p to 5p TrqCmd0 Tach InvControl Flag2 Inv DCLink Volt Encoder Offset Rec DCLink Volt Drive Warning2 Drv Wrn2 Mask Drive VSB Gain Drive VSB Tap Ext Fault PLC Ext Fault Selct Anlg Inp Config IsoTx AirFlow IsoTx AirFlowTrp IsoTx AirFlowWrn IsoTx AirFlowNom
Min. -2.000 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -360.0 -360.0 0 0.00 0 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00 0.00 0.00 -2.000 0 -2.000 0.0 -10.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Max. 2.000 65535 65535 65535 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 360.0 360.0 65535 1.00 65535 65535 1.500 50.00 1.00 65535 65535 65535 65535 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 2.00 4.00 2.000 360 2.000 6553.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Default Off Off Card # 1 Unassigned 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 10.00 11111111 1.00 0.00 0 1111111111111111 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000001 2.5 3.0 3.6
Units pu
ReadOnly Y N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Y N N Y Y N Y Y N Y Y N N N Y N N N
Access Basic Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Basic Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Basic Monitor Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Basic Service Service Service Basic Service Basic Service Service Service
deg deg
pu mH pu
V V V V V V V V
pu deg pu
V/V
V V V V
2-229
Name 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 686 687 688 689 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 Line Frequency Trq Lmt Overload Scale Zero Ref Scale Full Ref Provide Zero Ref Provide Full Ref Master Phasing Slave1 Phasing Slave2 Phasing Setup Wizard 2 CommissionStatus CommissionFlags BusTransTrpFac BusTransient Dly Harmonic VoltTrp Harmonic VoltDly BusTrans MinTrp BusTrans IdcFac Min Freewhl Time Neutral Resistor RNeut Pwr Rating RNeutral OvrLoad Harmonic Voltage BusTransient Trp XIO Logix IO Logix Inputs Logix Outputs Scope Trigger Mtr Power Factor Lm Regen Lm Noload FlxMin Lm Noload FlxMax Rec Input Volt ComMode Current Line Loss Trip Drive Not Ready2 Warning Output Lm Predicted Extended Trend Liq Cool Mask Drive Warning5 Drv Wrn5 Mask Port Mask Act Port Logic Mask Logic Mask Act Write Mask Cfg Write Mask Act Logix Register A Logix Register B Drive ID Powerup Config Master Mask Acting Master ID PD Fault Word PD Warning Word PD Flags
Min. -100.0 0.00 0000 0.00 0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.0 0 0.00 0.000 0.000 0 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.000 0.00 0.0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 -
Max. 100.0 4.00 FFFF 100.00 100 10.00 10.0 10.00 10.00 1.000 6553.5 65535 1.00 32.767 32.767 1 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.000 655.35 40.0 1 15.00 65535 65535 7 8 -
Default 1.00 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000 0000000000000000 2.50 2 0.30 1.0 0.30 0.50 0.016 0.0 1500 Unassigned 1.00 1.00 1.00 8.0 Enabled 1111111111111111 1111111111111111 0000000001111111 0000000001111111 0 0 0 Single Drive 11111111 0 0000000000000000
Units Hz
ReadOnly Y N N N N N Y Y Y N Y N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y N Y Y Y N N Y N Y N Y N Y N N N N N N Y Y N
Access Basic Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Monitor Service Service Service Basic Service Basic Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service
Hex
pu pu sec pu pu sec ohms W pu pu
pu A Hz
pu
2-230
Name 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 753 756 757 758 759 760 761 763 764 765 767 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 PD Status Drive0 Status Drive1 Status Drive2 Status Drive3 Status Drive4 Status Drive5 Status Drive6 Status Drive7 Status Master Flux Ref Master Torq Ref Master Isd Cmd Master Command Sp Slave ID Master Capacity Sp Capacity Sp Command PD Flux Ref PD Torq Ref PD Isd Cmd PD Command Drives in System PD Capacity Pwr Lmt Motoring Pwr Lmt Braking Speed Cmd Loss ESP Cable Resis Drv Application Input Power Idc 3 Pulse Idc 5 Pulse PD Warning PD Wrn Mask ESP Surface Volt Inv Output Volt DeSync Start Dly Cur Sens FltCode Reduced Capacity BusTransient Lvl Mtr Thermal Cyc Drv Thermal Cyc IdcRefLmt Motor RNeut OvrLoadTrp RNeut OvrLoadDly RNeut OvrCurTrp RNeut OvrCurDly TransientVoltMax ComModeCur Peak
Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.00 0.00 0.000 -15000 0.000 0.000 0 0.000 1 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.00
Max. 65535 65535 65535 8 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 4 32767 4.00 4.00 65.535 15000 10.000 10.000 8000 2.000 10 32.767 6000.0 6000.0 4.000 655.35 655.35 655.35 65.535 2.000 655.35
Default 1 1.50 1.50 Fault 0.000 ID Fan 1111111111111111 1 Enable 600.0 600.0 5.00 2.50 10.00 0.010 -
Units
ReadOnly Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N N N N N Y Y Y Y N Y Y N Y N Y N N Y N N N N Y Y
Access Service Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Service Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Basic Service Basic Service Service Service Service Service Basic Service Service Service Advanced Service Advanced Advanced Service Service Service Service Service Service Service
ohms kW pu pu
V pu sec
pu Sec sec pu sec sec pu A
Alphabetical Index
2-231
Alphabetical Index
No. ParameterName Page No. 220 224 325 219 209 213 218 222 215 377 375 445 ParameterName Autotune LLeakge ..................... Autotune Lmd ............................ Autotune Lmq ............................ Autotune RStator ....................... Autotune Select ......................... Autotune Spd Cmd .................... Autotune T DCLnk..................... Autotune T Rotor ....................... Autotune Trq Stp ....................... Autotune Warning...................... AutotuneComplete..................... Aux Prot Class........................... Page 45 46 47 45 44 48 45 46 48 44 49 81
A
65 66 67 68 719 147 568 567 328 327 635 516 652 633 632 634 637 636 511 512 126 127 517 518 519 520 183 184 187 123 513 514 515 508 509 510 124 125 188 521 522 523 524 3 212 210 211 223 216 217 221 Accel Time 1 .............................. Accel Time 2 .............................. Accel Time 3 .............................. Accel Time 4 .............................. Acting Master ID ........................ Active Trq Limit .......................... Air Filter Allow............................ Air Filter Block............................ Alpha Inverter ............................ Alpha Rectifier ........................... Angl Inp2 Vmax ......................... Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................ Anlg Inp Config .......................... Anlg Inp1 Vmax ......................... Anlg Inp1 Vmin .......................... Anlg Inp2 Vmin .......................... Anlg Inp3 Vmax ......................... Anlg Inp3 Vmin .......................... Anlg InvTstPt1 ........................... Anlg InvTstPt2 ........................... Anlg InvTstPt3 ........................... Anlg InvTstPt4 ........................... Anlg Meter1 ............................... Anlg Meter2 ............................... Anlg Meter3 ............................... Anlg Meter4 ............................... Anlg Out1 Scale......................... Anlg Out2 Scale......................... Anlg Out3 Scale......................... Anlg Out4 Scale......................... Anlg Output1.............................. Anlg Output2.............................. Anlg Output3.............................. Anlg Output4.............................. Anlg RecTstPt1.......................... Anlg RecTstPt2.......................... Anlg RecTstPt3.......................... Anlg RecTstPt4.......................... Anlg4-20mA Scale ..................... AnlgMeter1 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter2 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter3 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter4 Scale ...................... Auto Restart Dly......................... Autotune Idc BW........................ Autotune Idc Cmd ...................... Autotune Idc Stp ........................ Autotune Inertia ......................... Autotune Isd Stp ........................ Autotune L Input ........................ Autotune L Magn ....................... 63 63 63 63 179 71 5 5 76 68 143 146 142 143 143 143 144 144 149 149 149 149 144 144 145 145 147 147 147 148 145 145 146 146 148 148 148 149 148 146 146 147 147 26 47 47 47 46 48 45 46
B
98 678 677 673 674 767 684 159 428 117 Base Speed ............................... BusTrans IdcFac ....................... BusTrans MinTrp....................... BusTransTrpFac........................ BusTransient Dly ....................... BusTransient Lvl........................ BusTransient Trp....................... Bypass Frequency..................... Bypass VoltUnbal ...................... Bypass Voltage ......................... 79 116 116 116 116 10 9 125 21 125
C
151 158 157 149 60 697 779 668 667 505 506 142 121 139 237 118 77 79 92 273 156 275 196 317 319 320 CT Brden Line ........................... CT Burden Gndflt ...................... CT Ratio Gndflt.......................... CT Ratio Line............................. Coast Speed.............................. ComMode Current..................... ComModeCur Peak................... CommissionFlags...................... CommissionStatus .................... Contactor Cmd .......................... Contactor Status........................ Control 15V................................ Control 56V................................ Control 5V.................................. Control 5V Redn........................ Control AC#1 RMS.................... Control AC#2 RMS.................... Control AC#3 RMS.................... Control AC#4 RMS.................... Control Feedback ...................... Control HECS ............................ Control Refernce ....................... Control XIO................................ Conv AirFlow Nom .................... Conv AirFlow Trp....................... Conv AirFlow Wrn ..................... 37 36 37 37 26 166 9 196 195 13 14 167 167 167 168 166 166 167 167 56 168 55 168 119 119 119
2-232
Alphabetical Index
No. 447 380 381 483 478 287 104 288 105 764 113
ParameterName Convrter AirFlow ........................ Coolant Temp C......................... Coolant Temp F ......................... Coolant Temp Trp...................... Coolant Temp Wrn..................... Ctrl Pwr Fault ............................. Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................ Ctrl Pwr Warning........................ Ctrl Pwr WrnMask...................... Cur Sens FltCode ...................... CurReg Bandwidth.....................
Page 6 173 173 174 174 105 93 106 94 20 69
No. 394 395 396 562 563 8 164 269 163 270 772 397 647 423 468 707 569 238 420
ParameterName Drv Fault1 Mask ........................ Drv Fault2 Mask ........................ Drv Fault3 Mask ........................ Drv Fault4 Mask ........................ Drv Fault5 Mask ........................ Drv Fault6 Mask ........................ Drv OvrLoad Dly........................ Drv OvrLoad Min ....................... Drv OvrLoad Trp........................ Drv OvrLoad Wrn ...................... Drv Thermal Cyc ....................... Drv Wrn1 Mask.......................... Drv Wrn2 Mask.......................... Drv Wrn3 Mask.......................... Drv Wrn4 Mask.......................... Drv Wrn5 Mask.......................... DrvStatus Flag1......................... DrvStatus Flag2......................... DvcDiag Flt Mask ......................
Page 87 87 88 88 89 89 113 113 113 112 113 90 91 91 92 92 12 13 95
D
116 114 27 170 169 442 93 175 148 763 69 70 71 72 244 388 279 280 281 370 371 9 716 176 262 699 551 648 649 282 646 374 467 706 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 745 751 DC Link Current ......................... DCLnk Induct pu ........................ DCLnk Inductance ..................... DCLnk OvrCur Dly ..................... DCLnk OvrCur Trp..................... DCLnkOvrTmpClass.................. DPI Loss Fault ........................... DPI Loss Mask........................... DPI Loss Warning...................... DeSync Start Dly ....................... Decel Time 1.............................. Decel Time 2.............................. Decel Time 3.............................. Decel Time 4.............................. Direction Mask ........................... Direction Owner ......................... Drive Fault1 ............................... Drive Fault2 ............................... Drive Fault3 ............................... Drive Fault4 ............................... Drive Fault5 ............................... Drive Fault6 ............................... Drive ID ...................................... Drive Model................................ Drive Not Ready1 ...................... Drive Not Ready2 ...................... Drive Overload........................... Drive VSB Gain.......................... Drive VSB Tap ........................... Drive Warning1 .......................... Drive Warning2 .......................... Drive Warning3 .......................... Drive Warning4 .......................... Drive Warning5 .......................... Drive0 Status ............................. Drive1 Status ............................. Drive2 Status ............................. Drive3 Status ............................. Drive4 Status ............................. Drive5 Status ............................. Drive6 Status ............................. Drive7 Status ............................. Drives in System........................ Drv Application........................... 166 32 36 109 109 80 106 94 107 127 64 64 64 64 129 134 98 99 99 100 100 101 178 33 11 12 21 33 33 102 102 103 103 104 182 182 183 183 184 184 185 185 179 190
E
750 760 644 564 650 651 232 200 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 410 702 372 429 ESP Cable Resis....................... ESP Surface Volt....................... Encoder Offset .......................... Ext Fault Mask........................... Ext Fault PLC ............................ Ext Fault Selct ........................... Ext Fault XIO ............................. ExtFault1 Class ......................... ExtFault10 Class ....................... ExtFault11 Class ....................... ExtFault12 Class ....................... ExtFault13 Class ....................... ExtFault14 Class ....................... ExtFault15 Class ....................... ExtFault16 Class ....................... ExtFault2 Class ......................... ExtFault3 Class ......................... ExtFault4 Class ......................... ExtFault5 Class ......................... ExtFault6 Class ......................... ExtFault7 Class ......................... ExtFault8 Class ......................... ExtFault9 Class ......................... Extended Trend ......................... External Fault ............................ External Warning....................... 189 189 128 86 108 82 151 82 84 85 85 85 85 86 86 82 83 83 83 83 84 84 84 29 97 98
F
477 449 491 493 490 502 106 314 Fan Config ................................. Fan Duty Cycle .......................... Fan1 Run Time.......................... Fan2 Run Time.......................... Fault Output............................... Feedforward Fil ......................... Field Bandwidth ......................... Field CurCmd ............................ 174 175 30 30 23 70 79 77
Alphabetical Index
2-233
No. 57 559 623 307 306 102 305 308 309 103 100 341 342 97 638 639
ParameterName Field Current .............................. Field Loss Dly ............................ Flux Cmd Limit........................... Flux Error ................................... Flux Feedback ........................... Flux RefStep .............................. Flux Reference .......................... FluxCur Feedfwd ....................... FluxCurRegulator....................... FlxCmd No Load........................ FlxCmd RatedLoad.................... FlxFbk CurModel ....................... FlxFbk VoltModel ....................... FlxReg Bandwidth...................... Forced Flt Mask ......................... Forced Flt Owner .......................
Page 77 124 77 75 75 79 75 76 76 78 78 52 52 78 133 137
No. 444 643 268 608 609 618 584 312 591 252 253 761 194 193 154 378 295 96 251 265 642 446 143 315 316 294 653 656 654 655
ParameterName InputProt2 Class........................ Inv DCLink Volt.......................... Inv Dvc Diag Dly ........................ Inv DvcDiag FbkA...................... Inv DvcDiag FbkB...................... Inv DvcDiag FbkC ..................... Inv DvcGat Seqn ....................... Inv Flux CurCmd ....................... Inv Gating Test .......................... Inv HSink Temp C ..................... Inv HSink Temp F...................... Inv Output Volt........................... Inv OvrVolt Dly........................... Inv OvrVolt Trp .......................... Inv PWM Max Freq.................... Inv PWM Pattern ....................... Inv Pulse Number...................... InvAnlg SelfTst1 ........................ InvAnlg SelfTst2 ........................ InvControl Flag1 ........................ InvControl Flag2 ........................ InvControl Flag3 ........................ InvDvc CurRating ...................... InvHSink TempTrp .................... InvHSink TempWrn ................... InvTorque CurCmd.................... IsoTx AirFlow............................. IsoTx AirFlowNom ..................... IsoTx AirFlowTrp ....................... IsoTx AirFlowWrn ......................
Page 81 3 117 172 173 173 172 76 28 5 5 4 111 111 171 169 169 17 18 16 16 17 38 118 118 60 6 118 119 118
G
172 171 367 Gnd OvrCur Dly ......................... Gnd OvrCur Trp ......................... GndFault Current ....................... 114 114 166
H
285 152 197 284 150 198 141 274 676 675 683 HECS Brden DCLnk .................. HECS Brden Motor .................... HECS Brden RNeut ................... HECS Ratio DCLnk ................... HECS Ratio Motor ..................... HECS Ratio RNeut .................... HardwareOptions1..................... HardwareOptions2..................... Harmonic VoltDly ....................... Harmonic VoltTrp....................... Harmonic Voltage ...................... 37 38 40 37 38 39 40 41 114 114 9
J
245 389 Jog Mask ................................... Jog Owner ................................. 129 134
I
101 107 756 757 323 560 640 322 120 321 119 261 260 773 63 10 192 1 140 753 440 IGDPS 56V ................................ Icd Command Gain.................... Idc 3 Pulse ................................. Idc 5 Pulse ................................. Idc Error ..................................... Idc Fac 3p to 5p ......................... Idc Fac 7p to 5p ......................... Idc Feedback ............................. Idc Ref Step ............................... Idc Reference ............................ Idc Test Command .................... IdcRefLmt Autotn ....................... IdcRefLmt DCTest ..................... IdcRefLmt Motor ........................ Inertia Type................................ InpCtctr OpenDly ....................... InpFilCutOffFreq ........................ Input Ctctr Cfg............................ Input Impedance ........................ Input Power................................ InputProt1 Class ........................ 168 79 169 170 68 170 171 68 70 68 69 69 69 69 61 26 33 26 70 165 80
L
130 32 16 15 109 108 500 122 133 657 698 162 161 166 165 624 625 168 167 324 135 L Total Leakage......................... Line Cap Freq............................ Line Cap Volts ........................... Line Cap kVAR .......................... Line CurUnbalDly ...................... Line CurUnbalTrp ...................... Line Current............................... Line Current pu.......................... Line Filter Cap ........................... Line Frequency.......................... Line Loss Trip ............................ Line OvrCur Dly......................... Line OvrCur Trp......................... Line OvrVolt Dly......................... Line OvrVolt Trp ........................ Line Reactor .............................. Line Reactor pu ......................... Line UndVolt Dly........................ Line UndVolt Lvl ........................ Line Voltage............................... Line Voltage pu ......................... 54 35 35 35 112 112 165 4 32 165 117 110 110 110 110 35 32 112 112 165 3
2-234
Alphabetical Index
No. 588 587 589 272 271 703 358 359 52 14 134 695 694 701 131 693 418 296 199 242 386 257 241 710 94 258 687 688 714 715
ParameterName LineNeutVoltDly ......................... LineNeutVoltTrp......................... LineNeutral Volt ......................... LineVoltUnbalDly ....................... LineVoltUnbalTrp ....................... Liq Cool Mask ............................ Liquid Cool Flt............................ Liquid Cool Wrn ......................... Liquid Inputs .............................. Liquid Outputs............................ Lm Measured............................. Lm Noload FlxMax..................... Lm Noload FlxMin...................... Lm Predicted.............................. Lm Rated ................................... Lm Regen .................................. Lmd ............................................ Lmq ............................................ Load Loss Detect....................... Local Mask................................. Local Owner............................... Logic Command......................... Logic Mask................................. Logic Mask Act .......................... Logic Owner............................... Logic Status ............................... Logix Inputs ............................... Logix Outputs............................. Logix Register A ........................ Logix Register B ........................
Page 114 113 6 111 111 95 108 109 152 153 52 53 53 52 52 53 55 55 27 130 135 10 130 176 137 11 153 154 163 164
No. 443 487 363 30 362 554 373 346 345 214 208 561 310 586 585 231 246 259 190 189 347 178 177 180 350 179 351 186 185 182 181 692 191 771 565 338 292 339
ParameterName Motor Prot Class........................ Motor Speed Hz ........................ Motor Speed RPM..................... Motor Type ................................ Motor Voltage ............................ Motor Voltage pu ....................... Motor Warning1......................... Mtr AirGap Power...................... Mtr AirGap Trq........................... Mtr CurUnbal Dly....................... Mtr CurUnbal Trp....................... Mtr Fault1 Mask......................... Mtr Flux CurCmd ....................... Mtr FluxUnbalDly....................... Mtr FluxUnbalTrp....................... Mtr LoadLoss Dly ...................... Mtr LoadLoss Lvl ....................... Mtr LoadLoss Spd ..................... Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................ Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................ Mtr Neutral Volt.......................... Mtr OvrCur Dly........................... Mtr OvrCur Trp .......................... Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................ Mtr OvrLoad Min........................ Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................ Mtr OvrLoad Wrn....................... Mtr OvrSpeed Dly...................... Mtr OvrSpeed Trp...................... Mtr OvrVolt Dly .......................... Mtr OvrVolt Trp .......................... Mtr Power Factor....................... Mtr Stall Dly ............................... Mtr Thermal Cyc ........................ Mtr Wrn1 Mask .......................... MtrFlux Current ......................... MtrTorque CurCmd ................... MtrTrq Current...........................
Page 81 164 164 43 164 4 104 50 50 123 123 90 75 123 123 124 123 124 121 120 6 120 120 121 122 121 122 121 121 120 120 51 122 122 93 51 60 51
M
737 735 613 732 734 382 334 136 718 663 733 610 679 28 21 20 263 361 555 369 128 78 619 550 364 Master Capacity......................... Master Command ...................... Master Cur Unbal....................... Master Flux Ref ......................... Master Isd Cmd ......................... Master Line Cur ......................... Master Line Freq........................ Master Line Volt......................... Master Mask .............................. Master Phasing.......................... Master Torq Ref......................... Master VoltUnbal ....................... Min Freewhl Time ...................... Motor Cap Freq.......................... Motor Cap Volts ......................... Motor Cap kVAR........................ Motor Cur Unbal ........................ Motor Current............................. Motor Current pu........................ Motor Fault1............................... Motor Filter Cap ......................... Motor Flux Time......................... Motor Flux Unbal ....................... Motor Overload .......................... Motor Power .............................. 186 187 22 186 186 7 8 7 178 194 186 21 116 36 36 36 23 164 4 101 32 78 23 21 165
N
680 575 Neutral Resistor......................... Number PwrSup ........................ 39 41
O
4 427 5 Operating Mode......................... OptXIO Output........................... Output Ctctr Cfg ........................ 24 152 27
P
746 743 720 722 740 742 723 741 PD Capacity............................... PD Command ............................ PD Fault Word ........................... PD Flags.................................... PD Flux Ref ............................... PD Isd Cmd ............................... PD Status .................................. PD Torq Ref............................... 188 189 180 180 188 188 181 188
Alphabetical Index
2-235
No. 758 721 759 299 304 302 301 311 313 352 355 390 353 354 348 318 336 356 365 376 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 597 11 12 38 39 709 708 300 717 40 33 34 35 398 360 366 357 36 37 662 661
ParameterName PD Warning ............................... PD Warning Word...................... PD Wrn Mask............................. PFC Access Code ..................... PFC Flux Command .................. PFC LaggingLimit ...................... PFC LeadingLimit ...................... PFC Mod Index.......................... PID Command ........................... PID Dead Band.......................... PID Deriv Time .......................... PID Filter .................................... PID Gain .................................... PID Intgral Time......................... PID Manual Input ....................... PID Max Limit ............................ PID Min Limit ............................. PID Output ................................. PID Preload ............................... PLC Error Flags ......................... PLC Inp Link A1......................... PLC Inp Link A2......................... PLC Inp Link B1......................... PLC Inp Link B2......................... PLC Inp Link C1......................... PLC Inp Link C2......................... PLC Inp Link D1......................... PLC Inp Link D2......................... PLC Out Link A1 ........................ PLC Out Link A2 ........................ PLC Out Link B1 ........................ PLC Out Link B2 ........................ PLC Out Link C1........................ PLC Out Link C2........................ PLC Out Link D1........................ PLC Out Link D2........................ Parameter Error ......................... Passcode 0 ................................ Passcode 1 ................................ Passcode 2 ................................ Passcode 3 ................................ Port Logic Mask ......................... Port Mask Act ............................ PowerFactor Comp.................... Powerup Config ......................... Preset Jog Speed ...................... Preset Speed 1 .......................... Preset Speed 2 .......................... Preset Speed 3 .......................... Process Gain ............................. Process Setpoint........................ Process Var Eng........................ Process Variable........................ Profile Mask ............................... Profile Owner ............................. Provide Full Ref ......................... Provide Zero Ref........................
Page 105 181 96 30 77 71 71 173 193 192 191 193 191 191 192 192 192 190 193 138 138 138 139 139 139 139 139 140 140 140 140 140 141 141 141 141 24 31 31 31 31 176 175 30 178 59 59 59 59 192 191 191 190 133 137 198 197
No. 432 748 747
ParameterName Pump Duty Cycle....................... Pwr Lmt Braking ........................ Pwr Lmt Motoring ......................
Page 174 74 74
R
129 777 776 775 774 681 682 73 74 75 76 80 19 17 18 23 29 25 26 22 24 645 266 627 628 629 620 621 626 590 254 255 696 174 173 155 95 473 474 494 264 160 368 144 111 112 153 765 248 392 46 45 R Stator ..................................... RNeut OvrCurDly ...................... RNeut OvrCurTrp ...................... RNeut OvrLoadDly .................... RNeut OvrLoadTrp .................... RNeut Pwr Rating...................... RNeutral OvrLoad ..................... Ramp Speed 1 .......................... Ramp Speed 2 .......................... Ramp Speed 3 .......................... Ramp Speed 4 .......................... Ramp Test Step ........................ Rated Drive Amps ..................... Rated Line Freq......................... Rated Line Volts ........................ Rated Motor Amps .................... Rated Motor Freq ...................... Rated Motor HP......................... Rated Motor RPM...................... Rated Motor Volt ....................... Rated Motor kW ........................ Rec DCLink Volt ........................ Rec Dvc Diag Dly ...................... Rec DvcDiag FbkA .................... Rec DvcDiag FbkB .................... Rec DvcDiag FbkC.................... Rec DvcGat SeqnA ................... Rec DvcGat SeqnB ................... Rec DvcGat SeqnC ................... Rec Gating Test ........................ Rec HSink Temp C.................... Rec HSink Temp F .................... Rec Input Volt ............................ Rec OvrVolt Dly ......................... Rec OvrVolt Trp......................... Rec PWM Max Freq .................. Rec Pulse Number .................... RecAnlg SelfTst1....................... RecAnlg SelfTst2....................... RecAnlg SelfTst3....................... RecControl Flag1 ...................... RecControl Flag2 ...................... RecControl Flag3 ...................... RecDvc CurRating..................... RecHSink TempTrp................... RecHSink TempWrn.................. Rectifier Type ............................ Reduced Capacity ..................... Ref Cmd Mask........................... Ref Cmd Owner......................... RefCmd DPI Max ...................... RefCmd DPI Min ....................... 54 115 115 115 115 39 21 64 65 65 65 67 34 34 34 41 42 42 42 43 42 3 117 172 172 172 171 171 172 28 4 5 3 111 110 171 169 18 19 19 14 15 15 38 118 117 34 179 131 135 58 58
2-236
Alphabetical Index
No. 42 41 44 43 247 391 337 421
ParameterName RefCmd Pot Max ....................... RefCmd Pot Min ........................ RefCmdAnlgInpMax................... RefCmdAnlgInpMin.................... Reset Mask................................ Reset Owner.............................. Rotor Frequency ........................ RunTime Input ...........................
Page 57 57 58 58 131 135 50 150
No. 293 277 276 472 89 289 631 630 7 88 278 243 387 486 485 340 448 344 433 434 435 439 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 431 422 385 228 226 227 297 225 298 229 249 393 230
ParameterName Speed Cmd Min......................... Speed Command ...................... Speed Command In .................. Speed Error ............................... Speed Fbk Mode ....................... Speed Feedback ....................... Speed Pot Vmax........................ Speed Pot Vmin......................... Speed Ref Select ...................... Speed Ref Step ......................... Speed Reference ...................... Start Mask ................................. Start Owner ............................... StatFrqCurModel ....................... StatFrqVoltModel....................... Stator Current ............................ Stator Frequency....................... Stator Voltage............................ Stnd XIO Fault ........................... Stnd XIO Warning ..................... Stnd XIOFlt Mask ...................... StndXIO Config1 ....................... StndXIO Config2 ....................... StndXIO Config3 ....................... StndXIO Config4 ....................... StndXIO Config5 ....................... StndXIO Config6 ....................... StndXIO Config7 ....................... StndXIO Config8 ....................... StndXIO FltInput ........................ StndXIO Output ......................... Stop Owner................................ Sync Error Max.......................... Sync Lead Angle ....................... Sync Off Delay........................... Sync Reg Error .......................... Sync Reg Gain .......................... Sync Reg Output ....................... Sync Time.................................. Sync Xfer Mask ......................... Sync Xfer Owner ....................... Sync Xfer Time ..........................
Page 57 55 55 60 62 60 143 142 25 62 60 132 136 51 51 49 50 49 96 97 82 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 151 150 136 125 126 126 125 126 125 126 132 136 127
S
481 482 479 480 475 660 659 689 146 145 31 13 13 666 49 50 51 53 54 55 616 614 383 335 137 664 611 617 615 384 239 138 665 612 343 738 739 736 48 56 58 59 47 81 99 749 290 S Curve Accel 1 ......................... S Curve Accel 2 ......................... S Curve Decel 1......................... S Curve Decel 2......................... S Curve Percent ........................ Scale Full Ref ............................ Scale Zero Ref........................... Scope Trigger ............................ Series InvDvc............................. Series RecDvc ........................... Service Factor............................ Setup Wizard ............................. Setup Wizard ............................. Setup Wizard 2 .......................... Skip Speed 1 ............................. Skip Speed 2 ............................. Skip Speed 3 ............................. Skip Speed Band1 ..................... Skip Speed Band2 ..................... Skip Speed Band3 ..................... Slave1 Angle.............................. Slave1 Cur Unbal....................... Slave1 Line Cur ......................... Slave1 Line Freq........................ Slave1 Line Volt......................... Slave1 Phasing.......................... Slave1 VoltUnbal ....................... Slave2 Angle.............................. Slave2 Cur Unbal....................... Slave2 Line Cur ......................... Slave2 Line Freq........................ Slave2 Line Volt......................... Slave2 Phasing.......................... Slave2 VoltUnbal ....................... Slip Frequency........................... Sp Capacity ............................... Sp Command............................. Sp Slave ID ................................ SpdCmd Anlg Inp1..................... SpdCmd Anlg Inp2..................... SpdCmd DPI.............................. SpdCmd PID.............................. SpdCmd Pot .............................. SpdReg Bandwidth .................... Special Features........................ Speed Cmd Loss ....................... Speed Cmd Max ........................ 65 66 66 66 65 197 196 23 39 39 43 29 198 199 67 67 67 66 66 67 8 22 7 8 7 194 22 9 22 8 8 7 195 22 50 187 187 187 56 56 56 56 56 62 27 25 57
T
115 132 349 236 235 234 233 291 61 62 82 778 91 T DC Link................................... T Rotor....................................... Tach Feedback.......................... Tach Loss Delay........................ Tach Loss Trip........................... Tach PPR .................................. Tach Type.................................. Torque Reference ..................... Total Accel Time........................ Total Decel Time ....................... Total Inertia................................ TransientVoltMax ...................... Trq Cmd External ...................... 70 54 127 124 124 128 128 71 61 61 62 9 72
Alphabetical Index
2-237
No. 90 85 84 658 86 641 87 441
ParameterName Trq Control Mode....................... Trq Lmt Braking ......................... Trq Lmt Motoring ....................... Trq Lmt Overload....................... TrqCmd0 SensrLss.................... TrqCmd0 Tach........................... TrqCmd1 SensrLss.................... TxReacOvrTmpClss ..................
Page 73 73 73 74 72 74 72 80
No.
ParameterName
Page
W
700 712 711 Warning Output ......................... Write Mask Act .......................... Write Mask Cfg .......................... 23 177 177
X
596 594 593 64 686 592 XIO Adaptr Loss ........................ XIO Config Errs ......................... XIO Ext Faults ........................... XIO Liquid Cool ......................... XIO Logix IO .............................. XIO Standard IO ........................ 107 154 155 155 156 155
V
379 465 326 Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................ Vdc Ref 7p to 5p ........................ Vdc Reference ........................... 170 170 68
2-238
Alphabetical Index
(This page is intentionally left blank)
Linear Number Index
2-239
Linear Number Index

No. 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 ParameterName Input Ctctr Cfg............................ Auto Restart Dly......................... Operating Mode ......................... Output Ctctr Cfg......................... Speed Ref Select....................... Drv Fault6 Mask......................... Drive Fault6 ............................... InpCtctr OpenDly ....................... Passcode 0 ................................ Passcode 1 ................................ Setup Wizard ............................. Setup Wizard ............................. Liquid Outputs............................ Line Cap kVAR .......................... Line Cap Volts ........................... Rated Line Freq ......................... Rated Line Volts ........................ Rated Drive Amps...................... Motor Cap kVAR........................ Motor Cap Volts ......................... Rated Motor Volt........................ Rated Motor Amps..................... Rated Motor kW......................... Rated Motor HP ......................... Rated Motor RPM ...................... DCLnk Inductance ..................... Motor Cap Freq.......................... Rated Motor Freq....................... Motor Type................................. Service Factor............................ Line Cap Freq ............................ Preset Speed 1 .......................... Preset Speed 2 .......................... Preset Speed 3 .......................... Profile Mask ............................... Profile Owner ............................. Passcode 2 ................................ Passcode 3 ................................ Preset Jog Speed ...................... RefCmd Pot Min ........................ RefCmd Pot Max ....................... RefCmdAnlgInpMin.................... RefCmdAnlgInpMax................... RefCmd DPI Min........................ RefCmd DPI Max....................... SpdCmd Pot .............................. SpdCmd Anlg Inp1..................... Skip Speed 1 ............................. Skip Speed 2 ............................. Skip Speed 3 ............................. Liquid Inputs .............................. Skip Speed Band1 ..................... Page 26 26 24 27 25 89 101 26 31 31 29 198 153 35 35 34 34 34 36 36 43 41 42 42 42 36 36 42 43 43 35 59 59 59 133 137 31 31 59 57 57 58 58 58 58 56 56 67 67 67 152 66 No. 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 ParameterName Skip Speed Band2..................... Skip Speed Band3..................... SpdCmd Anlg Inp2 .................... Field Current.............................. SpdCmd DPI.............................. SpdCmd PID.............................. Coast Speed.............................. Total Accel Time........................ Total Decel Time ....................... Inertia Type................................ XIO Liquid Cool ......................... Accel Time 1.............................. Accel Time 2.............................. Accel Time 3.............................. Accel Time 4.............................. Decel Time 1 ............................. Decel Time 2 ............................. Decel Time 3 ............................. Decel Time 4 ............................. Ramp Speed 1 .......................... Ramp Speed 2 .......................... Ramp Speed 3 .......................... Ramp Speed 4 .......................... Control AC#2 RMS.................... Motor Flux Time......................... Control AC#3 RMS.................... Ramp Test Step ........................ SpdReg Bandwidth.................... Total Inertia................................ Trq Lmt Motoring ....................... Trq Lmt Braking ......................... TrqCmd0 SensrLss ................... TrqCmd1 SensrLss ................... Speed Ref Step ......................... Speed Fbk Mode ....................... Trq Control Mode ...................... Trq Cmd External ...................... Control AC#4 RMS.................... DPI Loss Fault ........................... Logic Owner .............................. Rec Pulse Number .................... InvAnlg SelfTst1 ........................ FlxReg Bandwidth ..................... Base Speed ............................... Special Features ....................... FlxCmd RatedLoad ................... IGDPS 56V ................................ Flux RefStep.............................. FlxCmd No Load ....................... Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................ Ctrl Pwr WrnMask ..................... Field Bandwidth ......................... Page 66 67 56 77 56 56 26 61 61 61 155 63 63 63 63 64 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 166 78 167 67 62 62 73 73 72 72 62 62 73 72 167 106 137 169 17 78 79 27 78 168 79 78 93 94 79
240
Linear Number Index
No. 107 108 109 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164
ParameterName Icd Command Gain.................... Line CurUnbalTrp ...................... Line CurUnbalDly....................... RecHSink TempTrp ................... RecHSink TempWrn .................. CurReg Bandwidth..................... DCLnk Induct pu ........................ T DC Link................................... DC Link Current ......................... Bypass Voltage.......................... Control AC#1 RMS .................... Idc Test Command .................... Idc Ref Step ............................... Control 56V................................ Line Current pu .......................... Anlg Out4 Scale......................... Anlg RecTstPt3.......................... Anlg RecTstPt4.......................... Anlg InvTstPt3 ........................... Anlg InvTstPt4 ........................... Motor Filter Cap ......................... R Stator...................................... L Total Leakage ......................... Lm Rated ................................... T Rotor ....................................... Line Filter Cap ........................... Lm Measured............................. Line Voltage pu.......................... Master Line Volt......................... Slave1 Line Volt......................... Slave2 Line Volt......................... Control 5V.................................. Input Impedance ........................ HardwareOptions1..................... Control 15V................................ InvDvc CurRating....................... RecDvc CurRating ..................... Series RecDvc ........................... Series InvDvc............................. Active Trq Limit .......................... DPI Loss Warning...................... CT Ratio Line............................. HECS Ratio Motor ..................... CT Brden Line............................ HECS Brden Motor .................... Rectifier Type............................. Inv PWM Max Freq .................... Rec PWM Max Freq .................. Control HECS ............................ CT Ratio Gndflt .......................... CT Burden Gndflt....................... Bypass Frequency ..................... RecControl Flag2....................... Line OvrCur Trp ......................... Line OvrCur Dly ......................... Drv OvrLoad Trp ........................ Drv OvrLoad Dly ........................
Page 79 112 112 118 117 69 32 70 166 125 166 69 70 167 4 148 148 149 149 149 32 54 54 52 54 32 52 3 7 7 7 167 70 40 167 38 38 39 39 71 107 37 38 37 38 34 171 171 168 37 36 125 15 110 110 113 113
No. 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222
ParameterName Line OvrVolt Trp ........................ Line OvrVolt Dly......................... Line UndVolt Lvl ........................ Line UndVolt Dly........................ DCLnk OvrCur Trp .................... DCLnk OvrCur Dly..................... Gnd OvrCur Trp......................... Gnd OvrCur Dly......................... Rec OvrVolt Trp......................... Rec OvrVolt Dly ......................... DPI Loss Mask .......................... Drive Model ............................... Mtr OvrCur Trp .......................... Mtr OvrCur Dly........................... Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................ Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................ Mtr OvrVolt Trp .......................... Mtr OvrVolt Dly .......................... Anlg Out1 Scale ........................ Anlg Out2 Scale ........................ Mtr OvrSpeed Trp...................... Mtr OvrSpeed Dly...................... Anlg Out3 Scale ........................ Anlg4-20mA Scale..................... Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................ Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................ Mtr Stall Dly ............................... InpFilCutOffFreq ........................ Inv OvrVolt Trp .......................... Inv OvrVolt Dly........................... Control XIO................................ HECS Brden RNeut................... HECS Ratio RNeut.................... Load Loss Detect ...................... ExtFault1 Class ......................... ExtFault2 Class ......................... ExtFault3 Class ......................... ExtFault4 Class ......................... ExtFault5 Class ......................... ExtFault6 Class ......................... ExtFault7 Class ......................... ExtFault8 Class ......................... Mtr CurUnbal Trp....................... Autotune Select ......................... Autotune Idc Cmd...................... Autotune Idc Stp ........................ Autotune Idc BW ....................... Autotune Spd Cmd .................... Mtr CurUnbal Dly....................... Autotune Trq Stp ....................... Autotune Isd Stp ........................ Autotune L Input ........................ Autotune T DCLnk..................... Autotune RStator ....................... Autotune LLeakge ..................... Autotune L Magn ....................... Autotune T Rotor .......................
Page 110 110 112 112 109 109 114 114 110 111 94 33 120 120 121 121 120 120 147 147 121 121 147 148 120 121 122 33 111 111 168 40 39 27 82 82 83 83 83 83 84 84 123 44 47 47 47 48 123 48 48 45 45 45 45 46 46
Linear Number Index
241
No. 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 251 252 253 254 255 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 284
ParameterName Autotune Inertia ......................... Autotune Lmd ............................ Sync Reg Gain........................... Sync Lead Angle........................ Sync Off Delay........................... Sync Error Max .......................... Sync Time .................................. Sync Xfer Time .......................... Mtr LoadLoss Dly....................... Ext Fault XIO ............................. Tach Type.................................. Tach PPR .................................. Tach Loss Trip ........................... Tach Loss Delay ........................ Control 5V Redn ........................ DrvStatus Flag2 ......................... Slave2 Line Freq........................ Logic Mask................................. Local Mask................................. Start Mask.................................. Direction Mask ........................... Jog Mask ................................... Mtr LoadLoss Lvl ....................... Reset Mask................................ Ref Cmd Mask ........................... Sync Xfer Mask.......................... InvAnlg SelfTst2......................... Inv HSink Temp C...................... Inv HSink Temp F ...................... Rec HSink Temp C .................... Rec HSink Temp F .................... Logic Command......................... Logic Status ............................... Mtr LoadLoss Spd...................... IdcRefLmt DCTest ..................... IdcRefLmt Autotn ....................... Drive Not Ready1 ...................... Motor Cur Unbal ........................ RecControl Flag1....................... InvControl Flag1 ........................ Rec Dvc Diag Dly....................... Inv Dvc Diag Dly ........................ Drv OvrLoad Min........................ Drv OvrLoad Wrn....................... LineVoltUnbalTrp ....................... LineVoltUnbalDly ....................... Control Feedback ...................... HardwareOptions2..................... Control Refernce........................ Speed Command In................... Speed Command....................... Speed Reference....................... Drive Fault1 ............................... Drive Fault2 ............................... Drive Fault3 ............................... Drive Warning1 .......................... HECS Ratio DCLnk ...................
Page 46 46 126 126 126 125 126 127 124 151 128 128 124 124 168 13 8 130 130 132 129 129 123 131 131 132 18 5 5 4 5 10 11 124 69 69 11 23 14 16 117 117 113 112 111 111 56 41 55 55 55 60 98 99 99 102 37
No. 285 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348
ParameterName HECS Brden DCLnk.................. Ctrl Pwr Fault............................. Ctrl Pwr Warning ....................... Speed Feedback ....................... Speed Cmd Max........................ Torque Reference ..................... MtrTorque CurCmd ................... Speed Cmd Min......................... InvTorque CurCmd.................... Inv Pulse Number...................... Lmq............................................ Sync Reg Error .......................... Sync Reg Output ....................... PFC Access Code ..................... PowerFactor Comp ................... PFC LeadingLimit...................... PFC LaggingLimit...................... PFC Flux Command.................. Flux Reference .......................... Flux Feedback ........................... Flux Error................................... FluxCur Feedfwd ....................... FluxCurRegulator ...................... Mtr Flux CurCmd ....................... PFC Mod Index.......................... Inv Flux CurCmd ....................... PID Command ........................... Field CurCmd ............................ InvHSink TempTrp .................... InvHSink TempWrn ................... Conv AirFlow Nom .................... PID Max Limit ............................ Conv AirFlow Trp....................... Conv AirFlow Wrn ..................... Idc Reference ............................ Idc Feedback ............................. Idc Error..................................... Line Voltage............................... Autotune Lmq ............................ Vdc Reference........................... Alpha Rectifier ........................... Alpha Inverter ............................ Master Line Freq ....................... Slave1 Line Freq ....................... PID Min Limit ............................. Rotor Frequency........................ MtrFlux Current ......................... MtrTrq Current........................... Stator Current ............................ FlxFbk CurModel ....................... FlxFbk VoltModel....................... Slip Frequency .......................... Stator Voltage............................ Mtr AirGap Trq........................... Mtr AirGap Power...................... Mtr Neutral Volt.......................... PID Manual Input.......................
Page 37 105 106 60 57 71 60 57 60 169 55 125 125 30 30 71 71 77 75 75 75 76 76 75 173 76 193 77 118 118 119 192 119 119 68 68 68 165 47 68 68 76 8 8 192 50 51 51 49 52 52 50 49 50 50 6 192
242
Linear Number Index
No. 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 410 411 412 413 414 415 416
ParameterName Tach Feedback .......................... Mtr OvrLoad Min ........................ Mtr OvrLoad Wrn ....................... PID Dead Band.......................... PID Gain .................................... PID Intgral Time......................... PID Deriv Time .......................... PID Output ................................. Process Variable........................ Liquid Cool Flt............................ Liquid Cool Wrn ......................... Process Setpoint........................ Motor Current............................. Motor Voltage ............................ Motor Speed RPM ..................... Motor Power .............................. PID Preload ............................... Process Var Eng........................ GndFault Current ....................... RecControl Flag3....................... Motor Fault1............................... Drive Fault4 ............................... Drive Fault5 ............................... External Fault............................. Motor Warning1 ......................... Drive Warning3 .......................... AutotuneComplete ..................... PLC Error Flags ......................... Autotune Warning ...................... Inv PWM Pattern........................ Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................ Coolant Temp C......................... Coolant Temp F ......................... Master Line Cur ......................... Slave1 Line Cur ......................... Slave2 Line Cur ......................... Stop Owner................................ Local Owner............................... Start Owner................................ Direction Owner ......................... Jog Owner ................................. PID Filter .................................... Reset Owner.............................. Ref Cmd Owner ......................... Sync Xfer Owner........................ Drv Fault1 Mask......................... Drv Fault2 Mask......................... Drv Fault3 Mask......................... Drv Wrn1 Mask .......................... Process Gain ............................. ExtFault9 Class.......................... ExtFault10 Class........................ ExtFault11 Class........................ ExtFault12 Class........................ ExtFault13 Class........................ ExtFault14 Class........................ ExtFault15 Class........................
Page 127 122 122 192 191 191 191 190 190 108 109 191 164 164 164 165 193 191 166 15 101 100 100 97 104 103 49 138 44 169 170 173 173 7 7 8 136 135 136 134 134 193 135 135 136 87 87 88 90 192 84 84 85 85 85 85 86
No. 417 418 420 421 422 423 427 428 429 431 432 433 434 435 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 467 468 472 473 474 475 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 485 486 487 490 491 493 494 500 502 505 506
ParameterName ExtFault16 Class ....................... Lmd............................................ DvcDiag Flt Mask ...................... RunTime Input ........................... StndXIO Output ......................... Drv Wrn3 Mask.......................... OptXIO Output........................... Bypass VoltUnbal ...................... External Warning....................... StndXIO FltInput ........................ Pump Duty Cycle....................... Stnd XIO Fault ........................... Stnd XIO Warning ..................... Stnd XIOFlt Mask ...................... StndXIO Config1 ....................... InputProt1 Class........................ TxReacOvrTmpClss .................. DCLnkOvrTmpClass ................. Motor Prot Class........................ InputProt2 Class........................ Aux Prot Class........................... InvControl Flag3 ........................ Convrter AirFlow........................ Stator Frequency....................... Fan Duty Cycle .......................... StndXIO Config2 ....................... StndXIO Config3 ....................... StndXIO Config4 ....................... StndXIO Config5 ....................... StndXIO Config6 ....................... StndXIO Config7 ....................... StndXIO Config8 ....................... Vdc Ref 7p to 5p........................ Drive Warning4.......................... Drv Wrn4 Mask.......................... Speed Error ............................... RecAnlg SelfTst1....................... RecAnlg SelfTst2....................... S Curve Percent ........................ Fan Config ................................. Coolant Temp Wrn .................... S Curve Decel 1 ........................ S Curve Decel 2 ........................ S Curve Accel 1......................... S Curve Accel 2......................... Coolant Temp Trp ..................... StatFrqVoltModel....................... StatFrqCurModel ....................... Motor Speed Hz ........................ Fault Output............................... Fan1 Run Time.......................... Fan2 Run Time.......................... RecAnlg SelfTst3....................... Line Current............................... Feedforward Fil ......................... Contactor Cmd .......................... Contactor Status........................
Page 86 55 95 150 150 91 152 21 98 151 174 96 97 82 156 80 80 80 81 81 81 17 6 50 175 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 170 103 92 60 18 19 65 174 174 66 66 65 66 174 51 51 164 23 30 30 19 165 70 13 14
Linear Number Index
243
No. 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 550 551 554 555 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 567 568 569 575 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592
ParameterName Anlg Output4.............................. Anlg RecTstPt1.......................... Anlg RecTstPt2.......................... Anlg InvTstPt1 ........................... Anlg InvTstPt2 ........................... Anlg Output1.............................. Anlg Output2.............................. Anlg Output3.............................. Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................ Anlg Meter1 ............................... Anlg Meter2 ............................... Anlg Meter3 ............................... Anlg Meter4 ............................... AnlgMeter1 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter2 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter3 Scale ...................... AnlgMeter4 Scale ...................... PLC Inp Link A1......................... PLC Inp Link A2......................... PLC Inp Link B1......................... PLC Inp Link B2......................... PLC Inp Link C1......................... PLC Inp Link C2......................... PLC Inp Link D1......................... PLC Inp Link D2......................... PLC Out Link A1 ........................ PLC Out Link A2 ........................ PLC Out Link B1 ........................ PLC Out Link B2 ........................ PLC Out Link C1........................ PLC Out Link C2........................ PLC Out Link D1........................ PLC Out Link D2........................ Motor Overload .......................... Drive Overload........................... Motor Voltage pu ....................... Motor Current pu........................ Field Loss Dly ............................ Idc Fac 3p to 5p ......................... Mtr Fault1 Mask ......................... Drv Fault4 Mask......................... Drv Fault5 Mask......................... Ext Fault Mask ........................... Mtr Wrn1 Mask .......................... Air Filter Block............................ Air Filter Allow............................ DrvStatus Flag1 ......................... Number PwrSup ........................ Inv DvcGat Seqn........................ Mtr FluxUnbalTrp ....................... Mtr FluxUnbalDly ....................... LineNeutVoltTrp......................... LineNeutVoltDly ......................... LineNeutral Volt ......................... Rec Gating Test......................... Inv Gating Test .......................... XIO Standard IO ........................
Page 146 148 148 149 149 145 145 146 146 144 144 145 145 146 146 147 147 138 138 139 139 139 139 139 140 140 140 140 140 141 141 141 141 21 21 4 4 124 170 90 88 89 86 93 5 5 12 41 172 123 123 113 114 6 28 28 155
No. 593 594 596 597 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661
ParameterName XIO Ext Faults ........................... XIO Config Errs ......................... XIO Adaptr Loss ........................ Parameter Error......................... Inv DvcDiag FbkA...................... Inv DvcDiag FbkB...................... Master VoltUnbal....................... Slave1 VoltUnbal ....................... Slave2 VoltUnbal ....................... Master Cur Unbal ...................... Slave1 Cur Unbal ...................... Slave2 Cur Unbal ...................... Slave1 Angle ............................. Slave2 Angle ............................. Inv DvcDiag FbkC ..................... Motor Flux Unbal ....................... Rec DvcGat SeqnA ................... Rec DvcGat SeqnB ................... Flux Cmd Limit........................... Line Reactor .............................. Line Reactor pu ......................... Rec DvcGat SeqnC ................... Rec DvcDiag FbkA .................... Rec DvcDiag FbkB .................... Rec DvcDiag FbkC.................... Speed Pot Vmin......................... Speed Pot Vmax........................ Anlg Inp1 Vmin .......................... Anlg Inp1 Vmax ......................... Anlg Inp2 Vmin .......................... Angl Inp2 Vmax ......................... Anlg Inp3 Vmin .......................... Anlg Inp3 Vmax ......................... Forced Flt Mask......................... Forced Flt Owner....................... Idc Fac 7p to 5p......................... TrqCmd0 Tach .......................... InvControl Flag2 ........................ Inv DCLink Volt.......................... Encoder Offset .......................... Rec DCLink Volt ........................ Drive Warning2.......................... Drv Wrn2 Mask.......................... Drive VSB Gain ......................... Drive VSB Tap........................... Ext Fault PLC ............................ Ext Fault Selct ........................... Anlg Inp Config .......................... IsoTx AirFlow............................. IsoTx AirFlowTrp ....................... IsoTx AirFlowWrn ...................... IsoTx AirFlowNom ..................... Line Frequency.......................... Trq Lmt Overload ...................... Scale Zero Ref .......................... Scale Full Ref ............................ Provide Zero Ref .......................
Page 155 154 107 24 172 173 21 22 22 22 22 22 8 9 173 23 171 171 77 35 32 172 172 172 172 142 143 143 143 143 143 144 144 133 137 171 74 16 3 128 3 102 91 33 33 108 82 142 6 119 118 118 165 74 196 197 197
244
Linear Number Index
No. 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 686 687 688 689 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721
ParameterName Provide Full Ref ......................... Master Phasing.......................... Slave1 Phasing.......................... Slave2 Phasing.......................... Setup Wizard 2 .......................... CommissionStatus..................... CommissionFlags ...................... BusTransTrpFac ........................ BusTransient Dly ....................... Harmonic VoltTrp....................... Harmonic VoltDly ....................... BusTrans MinTrp ....................... BusTrans IdcFac........................ Min Freewhl Time ...................... Neutral Resistor ......................... RNeut Pwr Rating ...................... RNeutral OvrLoad...................... Harmonic Voltage ...................... BusTransient Trp ....................... XIO Logix IO .............................. Logix Inputs ............................... Logix Outputs............................. Scope Trigger ............................ Mtr Power Factor ....................... Lm Regen .................................. Lm Noload FlxMin...................... Lm Noload FlxMax..................... Rec Input Volt ............................ ComMode Current ..................... Line Loss Trip ............................ Drive Not Ready2 ...................... Warning Output.......................... Lm Predicted.............................. Extended Trend ......................... Liq Cool Mask ............................ Drive Warning5 .......................... Drv Wrn5 Mask .......................... Port Mask Act ............................ Port Logic Mask ......................... Logic Mask Act .......................... Write Mask Cfg .......................... Write Mask Act........................... Logix Register A ........................ Logix Register B ........................ Drive ID ...................................... Powerup Config ......................... Master Mask .............................. Acting Master ID ........................ PD Fault Word ........................... PD Warning Word......................
Page 198 194 194 195 199 195 196 116 116 114 114 116 116 116 39 39 21 9 9 156 153 154 23 51 53 53 53 3 166 117 12 23 52 29 95 104 92 175 176 176 177 177 163 164 178 178 178 179 180 181
No. 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 753 756 757 758 759 760 761 763 764 765 767 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779
ParameterName PD Flags.................................... PD Status .................................. Drive0 Status ............................. Drive1 Status ............................. Drive2 Status ............................. Drive3 Status ............................. Drive4 Status ............................. Drive5 Status ............................. Drive6 Status ............................. Drive7 Status ............................. Master Flux Ref ......................... Master Torq Ref ........................ Master Isd Cmd ......................... Master Command...................... Sp Slave ID................................ Master Capacity ........................ Sp Capacity ............................... Sp Command............................. PD Flux Ref ............................... PD Torq Ref............................... PD Isd Cmd ............................... PD Command ............................ Drives in System ....................... PD Capacity............................... Pwr Lmt Motoring ...................... Pwr Lmt Braking ........................ Speed Cmd Loss....................... ESP Cable Resis....................... Drv Application .......................... Input Power ............................... Idc 3 Pulse................................. Idc 5 Pulse................................. PD Warning ............................... PD Wrn Mask ............................ ESP Surface Volt....................... Inv Output Volt........................... DeSync Start Dly ....................... Cur Sens FltCode...................... Reduced Capacity ..................... BusTransient Lvl........................ Mtr Thermal Cyc ........................ Drv Thermal Cyc ....................... IdcRefLmt Motor ........................ RNeut OvrLoadTrp .................... RNeut OvrLoadDly .................... RNeut OvrCurTrp ...................... RNeut OvrCurDly ...................... TransientVoltMax ...................... ComModeCur Peak...................
Page 180 181 182 182 183 183 184 184 185 185 186 186 186 187 187 186 187 187 188 188 188 189 179 188 74 74 25 189 190 165 169 170 105 96 189 4 127 20 179 10 122 113 69 115 115 115 115 9 9
Chapter
Troubleshooting
(Firmware 7.xxx)
Documenting Shutdowns
All faults, warnings, or messages displayed on the Operator Interface should be thoroughly documented by the user prior to resetting those messages. This will assist maintenance personnel in correcting problems and ensuring they do not recur.
3-2
Troubleshooting
Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual

Acronym/ Abbreviation
A/D AC ADC Cap Ch Chn CIB Cmd CT Ctctr Cur DAC DC DCB DD DIM DO DPI DrvIn ED Fbk Flt Fltr FO FOB FOI FPGA GND Gnrl HCS Hi HW I Init Inv IO Isoltn Sw L L LED Liq
Description
Analog/Digital Alternating Current Analog to Digital Converter Capacitor Channel Channel Customer Interface Board Command Current Transformer Contactor Current Digital to Analog Converter Direct Current Drive Control Board Dimensional Drawings Drive Identity Module Drive Output Drive Peripheral Interface Drive Input Electrical Drawings Feedback Fault Filter Fiber-Optic Fiber-Optic Interface Board Fiber-Optic Interface Field-Programmable Gate Array Ground General Hall Effect Current Sensor High Hardware Current Initialize Inverter Input/Output Isolation Switch Inductance Line Light-emitting diode Liquid
Acronym/ Abbreviation
Lo LV M Magntz Max Min Mstr MTR NVRAM OC OL OP OT OV PLL PS Pu PWM Rect Rotn SCB SCR SGCT Slv Spd SPGD SW Sync Tach TFB Trp TSN UB UPS USART V VSB Wrn Xfer XIO
Description
Low Low Voltage Machine Magnetizing Maximum Minimum Master Motor Non-Volatile Random Access Memory Overcurrent Overload Output Overtemperature Overvoltage Phase Lock Loop Power Supply Per Unit Pulse-Width Modulation Rectifier Rotation Signal Conditioning Board Silicon-Controlled Rectifier Symmetrical-Gate Commutated Thyristor Slave Speed Self-Powered Gate Driver Software Synchronous Tachometer Temperature Feedback Board Trip Transient Suppression Network Unbalance Uninterrupted Power Supply Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Transmitter/Receiver Volt Volt Sensing Board Warning Transfer External Input/Output
Troubleshooting
3-3
FAULT MESSAGES
FAULT MESSAGE AC/DC#1 AC Fail AC/DC#2 AC Fail AC/DC#3 AC Fail AC/DC#4 AC Fail AC/DC#1 DC Fail AC/DC#2 DC Fail AC/DC#3 DC Fail AC/DC#4 DC Fail FAULT CODE 58 59 60 61 48 49 50 51 DESCRIPTION There has been a loss of the AC power to this AC/DC converter and the power supply connector J14 is not plugged in. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the input ac voltage and ensure that the dc-dc power supply monitor is plugged in. Check alarm signal connections Replace PS if necessary Measure the input voltage and verify it is within limits Measure the output voltage and confirm whether the output level indeed falls below the trip level Verify fault detection wiring is per the drawings, and measure the voltage on the trip signals Verify the PS internal cooling fan is operational Replace the Power Supply if required Cycle control power to the drive Change the Adapter and/or DPM if all attempts to restore communication fail
The 56VDC output voltage of this AC/DC converter has dropped below 49V. Check the connections and verify the input voltage and the output DC voltage. Ensure that the fault detection wiring is connected to J19 on the ACB. Replace the power supply if required.
Adapter 1 Loss Adapter 2 Loss Adapter 3 Loss Adapter 4 Loss Adapter 5 Loss Adapter 6 Loss Adaptr1 ForceFlt Adaptr2 ForceFlt Adaptr3 ForceFlt Adaptr4 ForceFlt Adaptr5 ForceFlt Adaptr6 ForceFlt
17 18 19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29 30 31
There has been a loss of communication between the DPM and the DPI Adapter 1-6. Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle power to the drive if necessary.
There has been a loss of communication between the identified DPI adapter and the customers communication network. The communication between the drive and the DPI adapter may still be active. This is a requirement for DPI communications. If the loss of communication from the network to the adapter is required to be a warning, this must be set in the adapter itself, not within the drive. NOT ACTIVE NOT ACTIVE NOT ACTIVE NOT ACTIVE
Verify the customer network is properly communicated with the device Check DPM status and compare to the information in the Users Manual Change the Adapter if all attempts to restore communication fail
Ambient OvrTemp Ambient LowTemp Ambient FbrOptic Ambient Sensor
182 183 184 185
3-4
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Auxiliary Protn
FAULT CODE 37
DESCRIPTION Standard External Fault/Warning Input included to allow the end-user to install a protective relay/system status contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of Aux Prot Class (P445). The message means drive has detected a fault triggered by the input wired in the auxillary input of the XIO card. Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card. The bypass contactor was opened without a command from the drive. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check device responsible for the auxiliary contact to this input, and investigate cause of the open contact status Check the 120V signal through the external device Check the XIO board inputs and parameter status bits The drive system needs to have complete control over all contactors, so investigation of the specific contactor fault is required Verify contactor feedback Verify the control power circuit for the contactor Check permissive string to the contactor control relay (refer to drawing) -Check contactor/breaker for physical malfunction (auxiliaries) Check ACB inputs and outputs at J1. Depending on the mode of operation (Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop), there are specific states for all the possible system isolation switches (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position. Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION Identify which switch has opened, and focus on that cabinet Check for proper air flow within the identified section Verify muffin fans are operating correctly Verify ambient temperature is within tolerances Ensure that the power source is active and investigate the reliability of the source. Check control power input to ACB
Bypass CtctrOpen
168
Bypass IsoSwClsd
175
Bypass IsoSwOpen
172
CabinetTemp High (C-Frame Only)
70
The bypass isolation switch is closed when it was expected to be open. Verify the isolation switch mechanical set up and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the switch is in the proper position. The bypass isolation switch is open when it was expected to be closed. Verify the isolation switch mechanical set up and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the switch is in the proper position. The drive has a temperature switch in several cabinets, and all the N/C switches are connected in series and fed back to the XIO input. The levels are set differently for different cabinets.
Control Pwr Loss
57
There has been a loss or dip in the control power feeding the drive for more than 5cycles.
Troubleshooting
3-5
FAULT MESSAGE Convrtr Air Flow
FAULT CODE 176
DESCRIPTION The Pressure drop at the input to the converter section sensed by the pressure transducer (as a voltage) has dropped below the value set in Pressure Value Trip (P319). This is dependent on the operation of the Main Cooling Fan.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify fan rotation Check for blocked airflow in the filters/ heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) Clean as required Improper Trip settings Verify Pressure Value voltage level when running with clear air flow, and compare to expected values for that specific drive type Check that the pressure sensor is working and is connected to the ACB at J9. Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure was completed adequately and adjust as necessary Verify for drives with external ducting that there is sufficient air to the drive input Verify supply voltage to differential pressure transducer, and confirm output is stable Verify that no foreign debris has entered the system (iron piping, non-deionized water, etc.) Wash the mesh filters Change the de-ionizing cartridge and run the system, verifying that the conductivity is decreasing Check connections, test the rail voltage level and test for short circuits. Replace the DC/DC converter if this problem remains. Check connections, test the rail voltage level and test for short circuits. Replace the DC/DC converter if this problem remains. Check the connections, feedback wiring on J14 of the ACB, the DC output of the AC/DC converter and the input voltage to the DC/DC converter. Replace the power supply if required.
ConductivityHigh (C-Frame Only)
68
The measured coolant conductivity is greater than 2 S/cm3.
Control 5V Loss
54
There has been a loss of the 5 volt DC rail from the DC/DC Converter. There has been a loss of the 15 volt DC rail from the DC/DC Converter. The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc voltage feeding the DC/DC converter.
Control 15V Loss
55
Control 56V Loss
52
3-6
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE CoolantLevel Low (C-Frame Only)
FAULT CODE 69
DESCRIPTION The measured coolant level within the reservoir has dropped below the second (lowest) level sensor and the drive has faulted. This sensor is set for the minimum level required to ensure there will be no air drawn into the system through the reservoir. The measured coolant temperature has exceeded 54C (129F). The drive detected that the coolant temperature has exceeded the trip setting in P#483. Ensure that the heat exchanger fans are working properly and the room ambient is adequate for the drive operation. The measured coolant temperature has dropped below 4C (40F). It will not clear until the coolant temperature reaches 10C (50F). This fault will only occur if the drive is not running, to stop you from starting with a low coolant temperature. If you are already running when the coolant level drops, you will only get a warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify that the drive cooling system does not have any coolant leaks repair if found Add the proper amount of de-ionized water to get the level above the warning sensor (de-ionized water will evaporate, not the glycol) Verify the heat exchanger fans are operating Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully opened Check that all valves are in the normal operating position Verify that the drive is operating within specified load and ambient conditions Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve (V10) was not left open Verify that the ambient temperature within the drive control room is not below specification Warm up the control room ambient to get the drive to an operational level
CoolantTemp High (C-Frame Only)
67
CoolantTemp Low (C-Frame Only)
66
Troubleshooting
3-7
FAULT MESSAGE Current Sensor
FAULT CODE 155
DESCRIPTION This fault is detected in either DC Test Mode or Open Loop test mode or during auto tune. This indicates that there is a problem with the current feedback in the drive. There are three different current sensors: Line side CT, DC Link HECS and Motor HECS. To ascertain the cause of the fault check Cur Sens FltCode (P764) under Diagnostic group. Corresponding bit and its troubleshooting guide should be followed.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS If you have the Line HECS/CT code, the line current measurement is not what is expected at this level of dc current. Either of the CT DC HECS and there burden resistors may be damaged or programmed incorrectly. For example, the DC HECS may actually be 2500:1, the drawings and parameters indicate 4000:1. Another cause would be an unplugged DC HECS. If you have the CT Phs Seqn code, the CTs are likely swapped. For example the CT/wiring for 2U has been switched with 2W. If you have the CT Phs/Alpha code, the rectifier is firing with the wrong firing angle relative to the angle measured from the line current. This can occur when the CTs on an 18-pulse rectifier are switched between master and slaves. If you have the Cap/CT Error code, this only occurs for PWM rectifiers when energized and not running. The line current measured by the CTs does not match the expected line current based on the capacitor parameters and measured voltage. Possible causes are incorrect capacitor, CT or burden resistor parameters, and in some cases, blown TSN fuses. If you have the Motor HECS code, this only occurs when running on the motor in open loop mode. The drive compares the motor current to the dc current, and flags this fault if there is a significant difference. If there were no Line HECS/CT codes, then the likely cause of this fault in an incorrectly programmed motor HECS value or burden resistor. Other causes could be a defective or unplugged motor HECS. Make sure hardware parameters are correct and do not exceed the range.
3-8
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE DAN Comm Loss
FAULT CODE 456
DESCRIPTION Drive Area network communication fault. This is applicable to parallel drive only This fault is for parallel drives only and indicates a loss of the Drive Area Network (DAN) link for a drive acting as a Slave. This would result in the slave drive stopping. The flow switch in the DC Link coolant path has detected the flow is less than optimal, indicating a problem with the flow path. This is not designed to specifically measure flow. This is a switch that differentiates between flow and no flow.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check RS485/RS232 converter. Red LED should be steady, and green and yellow transmit and receive LEDs should be flashing. Check RS485 cable between drives Check RS232 cable between ACB Board and serial converter Verify pressure values in the cooling system are nominal Verify the cooling path is not restricted because of tube crimping Check flow switch for proper operation It may be required to disconnect cooling path and complete a check on the DC Link for blockages Verify that the parameters for drive and device ratings, and installed current sensing components are set accordingly Verify that the DC Link HECS is wired properly and properly powered Verify the Burden Resistor value Complete a DC Current Test to verify the feedback corresponds to the IDC Command Setup trending to capture DC Link current Feedback and other related readonly parameters (Contact factory if you require assistance) Check Alpha Line, and verify that the value is not too low (15) and the current regulator is not in limit; Decrease Flux Command Base Speed or increase incoming Line Voltage Restart the drive to allow the start up diagnostics to detect any shorted thyristors, but only attempt this once if shorted SCRs are detected
DC Link Flow Low (C-Frame Only)
72
DClnk OvrCurrent
113
The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback (P322) has exceeded the DC Link current trip settings(P169). Verify the parameter settings of the drive. Check the HECS and burden resistor. Confirm stable operation of the drive and any sudden load transients.
Troubleshooting
3-9
FAULT MESSAGE DCLnk OvrTemp
FAULT CODE 34
DESCRIPTION The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor has detected an over temperature condition and opened the AC input to the standard XIO. Ensure that the converter cooling fan is working and that the air flow is not obstructed. Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card. There is a thermal switch in each DC Link winding, and they are connected in series.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify operating conditions (ambient/ altitude/ load levels/ ventilation and fans) and verify that the DC Link Reactor is within ratings Check the 120V signal through the thermal switch Verify the drive cooling circuit is operating correctly Check the XIO board inputs and parameter status bits Determine through elimination whether there is a faulty switch and replace if necessary Check connector J25. Verify connection from VSB to ACB. Transient Loading Check torque limit and overload settings and compare loading to torque settings and trip settings Open Burden Resistor Check Current feedback and check the burden resistors Verify the drive sizing and that the overload parameters to meet the load requirements. NOT USED NOT USED Review XIO Board Drawing: Identify source of Input from External Fault XIO Board print and investigate the cause of the fault Verify voltage signals from external sources Review the inputs to the drive Liquid Cooling XIO and determine the source of the missing signals Investigate the Heat Exchanger fans and control for a cause Check the liquid cool XIO card.
DC Neutral VSB
461
Drive OvrLoad
144
This fault indicates that the voltage sensing board associated with the dc and neutral voltages is not plugged in. Drive Overload Trip (P163) as the absolute trip level, Drive Overload Delay (P164) as the base trip delay, and Drive Overload Min (P269) as initial detection level. The drive has detected an overload condition in the dc link indicated by Drive Overload (P551).
DvcAnodCath/Snub Drv Output Open External 1-16
154 161 1-16
Ext Cooling Loss (C-Frame only)
65
Device Anode-Cathode or Snubber fault NOT USED These are the optional additional External Faults available when there is an additional XIO board installed. This is configured with XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message will appear if the specific input (1-16) is configured in Fault Config as a Class 1 or Class 2 fault. The drive has detected the loss of the ability to provide cooling for the drive. This is detected through feedback from the Heat Exchanger Cooling fans contactors and overloads.
3-10
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Gnd OvrCurrent
FAULT CODE 114
DESCRIPTION The Ground Current (P367) measured on the Ground Fault CT has exceeded the value in Ground Overcurrent Trip (P171) for the duration set in Ground Overcurrent Delay (P172). The GFCT (Zero-Sequence CT) is not installed in all drives. The power supplied to the Motor Hall-Effect Current Sensors (24VDC) is monitored on the control board and will fault the drive if the voltage is out of tolerance.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the Burden resistor has not opened Verify parameters are set properly Megger the drive and motor and input transformer/AC line reactor to search for a ground fault in the system Check for any imbalance. Verify the DC voltage on the DC/DC supply, at the ACB board, and at the Current Sensors[HECS] Check the Current Sensor wiring and ensure all connections are per the Electrical Drawing Turn off the control power and verify that connector and the interlock are in place Check connections, the DC output of the AC/DC converter and the input voltage to the IGDPS. Replace the power supply if required. Investigate the cause of the over-current condition. Fault can only be reset after 5 minutes. Check the rectifier devices for short It is likely that there is line to line short condition due to shorted SCR devices. Investigate the cause of the over-current condition. If nothing found short, Cycle control power to reset the fault.
HECS Power Loss
56
IdcHECSConnector
191
The drive has detected that the Idc HECS connector (J7) is not connected properly. The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc voltage feeding the IGDPS. This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and prevents damage to the isolation transformer. The input contactor has been locked out for 5 minutes due to a Line OverCurrent condition. This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and prevents damage to the isolation transformer. The input contactor has been locked indefinitely due to a Line OverCurrent condition.
IGDPS 56V Loss
53
InputLockOut 5Min
462
InputLockOut Indef
463
Troubleshooting
3-11
FAULT MESSAGE InvFbrOpt Config
FAULT CODE 187
DESCRIPTION The drive has detected that the number of fiber optic boards does not match the number of devices in the inverter section. While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the parameter settings and check that the board in plugged properly on the OIBB Check TFB and FOI board for power Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly seated in the transmitters and receivers Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, bends, breaks that could be blocking the signal This can occur if the sensor is not connected to the TFB Verify that the ambient in the control room is not below 2C (35.6 F) Verify power to the TFB There could be a mechanical problem with the temperature sensor or with the cable feeding the signal back to the TFB Swap with the rectifier hardware to identify the bad component Confirm actual temperature in parameters is not higher than the trip value If so, investigate the conditions of the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation / ventilation/ filter status /heatsink clogging) Check the sensor and temperature offline (ambient) for accuracy Check for any harmonic and capture DC current waveforms on ACB board Ensure that the fan is working properly and that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Replace if necessary.
InvHSnk FbrOptic
180
InvHSnk LowTemp 179 If the measured temperature IHeatsink Temp C (P#252) is less than 2C, and the drive is not running, the drive will display this fault.
InvHSnk OvrTemp 178 The temperature detection on the Inverter Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip (P315).
InvHSnk Sensor
181
While Not Running, The drive has detected a missing temperature sensor connected to the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values.
3-12
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Input CtctrOpen
FAULT CODE 166
DESCRIPTION The input contactor has opened without a command from the drive. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS The drive system needs to have complete control over all contactors, so investigation of the specific contactor fault is required Verify contactor feedback Verify the control power circuit for the contactor Check permissive string to the contactor control relay (refer to drawing) -Check contactor/breaker for physical malfunction (auxiliaries) Check ACB board inputs and outputs Depending on the mode of operation (Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop), there are specific states for all the possible system isolation switches (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 (Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position. Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION Depending on the mode of operation (Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop), there are specific states for all the possible system isolation switches (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 (Hardware Options1) Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION
Input IsoSwClsd
173
The input contactor isolation switch is closed when it was expected to be open. Verify the isolation switch mechanical set up and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the switch is in the proper position.
Input IsoSwOpen
170
The input isolation switch is open when it was expected to be closed. Verify the isolation switch mechanical set up and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the switch is in the proper position.
Troubleshooting
3-13
FAULT MESSAGE Input Protn #1
FAULT CODE 32
DESCRIPTION Standard External Fault/Warning Input included allowing the end-user to install a protective relay (i.e Input Feed Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of InputProt1 Class (P440). Standard External Fault/Warning Input included allowing the end-user to install a protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of InputProt2 Class (P444). On power up the drive has detected that dc offset on some analog feedback channels is high. The offending channels are indicated by parameters InvAnlg SelfTst1 and InvAnlg SelfTst2 in Diagnostic group.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check device responsible for the auxiliary contact to this input and investigate the fault indicated by the devices fault message Investigate internal and external causes for this fault code Check the 120V signal through the external device Check the XIO board inputs and parameter status bits
InputProtn #2
36
InvAnlg SelfTest
186
InvA2D Convrsion
189
Inv Heartbeat
132
Inv OvrVoltage
160
This fault indicates that the analog to digital converters on the ACB were not able to completely transmit the data to the slave processor using the DMA within the sampling period. The master processor has detected that the slave DSP software has either over-run or failed to initialize. The inverter output voltage given by Inv Output Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip settings. This is detected by the hardware circuit in the ACB.
Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault remains, and Replace ACB if necessary Check with multimter the DC offset on the circuit when this fault is present. The feedbacks that cause this fault can be determined by looking at parameter (P96 and P251) under Diagnostic Group Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault remains, and Replace ACB or DPM
Verify DC Control voltages on ACB Recycle power and replace DPM board if necessary This is drive output Voltage [ESP Surface volt (P760) terminology used in ESP application]. The protection uses P#193 setting but drive calculates the motor filter cap voltage In ESP application Inverter voltage may be different from motor voltage due to long cable drop. Check the voltage sensing board for any resistor failure Check for any open circuit at the drive output. Check the devices at the inverter.
3-14
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE IsoTx Air Flow (A-Frame Only)
FAULT CODE 177
DESCRIPTION The Pressure sensed by the pressure transducer in the Integral Isolation Transformer section (as a voltage) has dropped below the value set in Pressure Value Transformer Trip (P654).
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify fan rotation Check for blocked airflow in the filters / ducting (if installed) Clean as required Improper Trip settings Verify Pressure Value voltage level when running with clear air flow Check that the pressure sensor is working and is connected to the ACB. Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure was completed adequately and adjust as necessary, and compare with expected values for that specific drive type Verify for drives with external ducting that there is sufficient air to the drive input Verify supply voltage to pressure transducer, and confirm output is stable Verify operating conditions (ambient/ altitude/ current levels/ ventilation and fans/ cooling oil) and verify that the Rectifier Transformer/Reactor is within ratings Check the 120V signal through the thermal switch Verify that it is not a faulty switch Check the XIO board inputs and parameter status bits Determine through elimination whether there is a faulty switch and replace if necessary Measure the voltage between pins 1 and 2 on connector P3 on the DC/DC power supply. Ensure that the ribbon cable between P2 (at DC/DC PS) and J14 (at ACB) is securely fastened. Verify waveforms show excessive harmonics using oscilloscope on ACB unfiltered voltage testpoints Investigate sources for excessive harmonics on customer power system Contact factory for possible re-tuning of input filter
IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp
33
The thermal switch in the drive input Isolation Transformer or the Line Reactor has detected an over temperature condition and opened the AC input to the standard XIO.
Isolator 24V Loss
63
The 24V isolator power supply has malfunctioned.
Line Harmonic OV
119
The drive has detected a steady-state resonance-induced overvoltage on the line (P683). This is defined at the level set in Harmonic OV Trip (P675) for the delay Harmonic OV Delay (P676) (on top of normal line voltage) for 1 second. The drive only detects the 5th harmonic to eliminate nuisance faults from capacitor charging events.
Troubleshooting
3-15
FAULT MESSAGE LineNeut OvrVolt
FAULT CODE 118
DESCRIPTION The line side neutral voltage (calculated from line to ground voltages for SCR rectifiers and measured from the capacitor neutral point for PWM rectifiers) displayed in LineNeutral Volt (P589) has exceeded the trip settings. Verify parameter settings. Check the system grounding and megger the input cables to ground.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Insulation Failure Megger the motor insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to ground If the grounding network is NOT connected to to the line cap neutral then the trip level can be increased from default 0.4p.u to higher. NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip setting MUST not be increased with out consulting with MV Tech Support. Verify the integrity of the input grounding network if applicable Megger the input Isolation Transformer Secondary/Input Cables to ground Verify Parameter settings are appropriate for AC Line Reactor or Isolation Transformer drives Verify the integrity of Line Filter Capacitors (for PWM rectifier drives), looking for short circuits or signs of physical damage. Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. CHECK FOR SHORTED SCRs DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET THIS FAULT UNTIL YOU HAVE VERIFIED THE SCRS ARE NOT SHORTED Investigate Possible damage to the input isolation transformer if there have been several aborted starts with Line OC faults Verify that the drive sizing is not too small for the Rated Motor Current Verify Parameters are set properly Verify the Burden resistors are not opened and there are no loose grounds Verify the parameters are set properly Verify VSB connections and tap settings, resistor values, and grounds Verify that the parameter Input Impedance (P140) was tuned properly. If voltage is too high, change tap settings on the input source to lower voltage to an acceptable level Check connector J27 at ACB. Verify connection from VSB to ACB.
Line OvrCurrent
112
The measured Line Current (P122) has exceeded Line Overcurrent Trip (P161) for the duration set in Line Overcurrent Delay (P162).
Line OvrVoltage
116
The calculated Line Voltage has exceeded Line Overvoltage Trip (P165) for the duration set in Line Overvoltage Delay (P166). This is calculated by looking at the compensated individual bridge voltages Master, Slave1 and Slave2 line volt (P136138), and comparing them to 1/3 of Line Overvoltage Trip. This fault indicates that the voltage sensing board associated with the motor and line voltages is not plugged in.
Main VSB
459
3-16
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Master CurUnbal
FAULT CODE 123
DESCRIPTION The measured and calculated phase currents in the Master Bridge have exceeded the value set in Line Current Unbalance Trip (P108) for the duration set in Line Current Unbalance Delay (P109). The unbalance value can be seen in Parameter 613.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify that all Current Transformer connections are connected properly and that no wires are reversed Ring-out wires to verify connections Check grounding on CTs Ensure that all plugs are firmly connected in the ACB Check that all input voltages are balanced Verify Parameter settings Check the burden resistors Verify the Input Capacitor values if installed Verity that there are no open sharing resistors. Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in Gating Test Mode Check the Line Filter Capacitors (for PWM rectifier drives). Refer to Chap. 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. CHECK TSN FUSING Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check actual voltage values on the Operator Interface terminal for each bridge and the total line voltage Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive voltage test points Verify the current sensor wiring and Burden Resistors from the Motor current sensors Verify the HCS power Check Motor Filter Capacitors for balanced loading of all 3 phases. Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. Investigate the possibility of Motor winding or cabling problems Verify the parameter settings Ensure that the load should not normally be in an unloaded condition This is designed for applications likely to lose the load (downhole pump hollowshaft motor) and we do not want to run with the loss of load
Master VoltUnbal
120
The measured phase voltages (610) in the Master Bridge have exceeded the value set in Line Voltage Unbalance Trip (P271) for the duration set in Line Voltage Unbalance Delay (P272).
Motor Current UB
100
The measured current unbalance on the drive output has exceeded Mtr current UnBalance Trip (P208) for the duration set in Mtr current UnBalance Delay (P214).
Motor Load Loss
104
The drive has detected a loss of load condition. This is activated as a fault using the parameter Mtr Load Loss Detect (P199), and the necessary setpoints are Mtr Load Loss Level (P246), Mtr Load Loss Delay (P231), and Mtr Load Loss Speed (P259).
Troubleshooting
3-17
FAULT MESSAGE MotorNeut OvrVolt
FAULT CODE 98
DESCRIPTION The measured motor voltage neutral voltage Mtr Neutral Volt (#P347) has exceeded the Mtr NeutVolt Trp (P189) setting.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip setting MUST not be increased with out consulting with MV Tech Support. Insulation Failure Megger the motor insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to ground Verify the integrity of the output grounding network if applicable Megger the input Isolation Transformer Secondaries/Input Cables to ground Verify Parameter settings are appropriate for AC Line Reactor or Isolation Transformer drives Verify the integrity of Motor Filter Capacitors, looking for short circuits or signs of physical damage. Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. Possible Causes: Real OC/Transients Bad Burden resistor/Current Sensor Circuit Failure Check components Parameter settings too low compared to torque limit. Verify Parameter settings Current regulator in limit (check line voltage and Alpha line while running) Transient Loading - Check torque limit motoring, Torque limit Overload and motor overload settings and Compare loading to torque settings and trip settings Burden Resistor Check HECS feedback and Check the burden resistors Check for unbalance on the motor and line feedback voltages Improper Settings Check parameter settings for Reference Command Maximum and Ensure it is not too close to Overspeed Trip increase Adjust Speed Regulator Bandwidth to control overshoot, and ensure acceleration rate near maximum speed is not too great Check for load transients For Tachometers, ensure the ppr is set properly and the feedback is valid Check tachometer pulse train with an oscilloscope
Motor OvrCurrent
96
The measured motor current Stator Current (P340) has exceeded the Mtr OvrCur Trip (P177) setting.
Motor OvrLoad
101
Motor Ovrspeed
102
A Motor Overload condition has been detected, where the overload condition is calculated using I Stator (P340) and an algorithm based on Motor Overload Trip (P179) as the absolute trip level, Motor Overload Delay (P180) as the base trip delay, and Motor Overload Min (P351) as the point where the overload calculation begins. The speed of the motor has exceeded the Motor Overspeed Trip (P185). Verify that parameter meets the load requirements. Check for load transients
3-18
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Motor OvrVoltage
FAULT CODE 97
DESCRIPTION The measured motor voltage Stator Voltage (#P344) has exceeded the Mtr OvrVolt Trip (P181) setting.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Parameter setting incorrect (flux command/trip values) VSB damage Check VSB resistors, grounds, and verify tap settings are correct Self-Excitation Check for flying start/induced motor rotation Make sure motor is not started in open circuit. Make sure drive is not started in open circuit. Verify Motor is connected. Check device responsible for the auxiliary contact to this input and investigate the fault indicated by the devices fault message Investigate internal and external causes for this fault code Check the 120V signal through the external device. Check the XIO board inputs and parameter status bits This fault can not be reset until correct slip is programmed. If the motor nameplate shows synchronous rpm, then verify what the rated slip rpm is, subtract the slip rpm from synchronous rpm. Possible Causes: Insufficient torque on starting Increase Torque Command 0 and 1 to avoid motor stalls when starting if Speed Feedback Mode is Sensorless Insufficient torque Increase Torque Limit Motoring to avoid motor stalls while running Reverse Load Rotation Ensure the load is not rotating in the opposite direction Capture flux feedback voltModel (P342) parameter Ensure Tachometer Feedback is functional where applicable Ensure the motor is not spinning forward at a speed greater than Reference Command While running make sure there is no sudden increase of the load.
Motor Protection
35
Standard External Fault/Warning Input included allowing the end-user to install a protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443).
Motor Slip Range
106
Incorrect motor RPM has been entered for an induction motor. Check the name plate data. Motor RPM cannot be the synchronous RPM. Enter the correct data and cycle control power. The drive has detected a motor stall condition, with a delay set by Motor Stall Delay (P191). The different methods of Motor Stall detection depend on whether a tachometer/encoder is installed or not. Sensorless faults involve the motor not building up enough flux feedback to be detected by the drive, while tachometer feedback methods look at the difference between the tachometer/encoder feedback and the speed command.
Motor Stall
103
Troubleshooting
3-19
FAULT MESSAGE Motor Flux UB
FAULT CODE 99
DESCRIPTION The measured Motor Flux has exceeded Motor Flux Unbalance Trip (P585) for the duration set in Motor Flux Unbalance Delay (P586).
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the VSB resistors are not open and that they are balanced Check for the shorted Motor Filter Capacitors. Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. Check for a grounded phase on the drive system using a megger test The master drive cannot find a slave drive able to take over as master Possible causes are: slave drive not ready, or slave drive masked off Check input contactor control and Status Ensure that the isolation switch is in the open position and locked out Confirm with hot-stick and status parameters Check input contactor control and Status Ensure that the isolation switch is in the open position and locked out Confirm with hot-stick and status parameters If there truly is no Output Contactor in the system, then you can mask the fault. Then there will be a No DO/OP Ctctr warning, and you can continue with the open circuit test after disconnecting MOTOR cables
Mstr Transfr Err
457
Master transfer Error This is applicable to parallel drive only
MV in Gate Test
165
MV in System Test
164
No Output Ctctr
169
Process Var Loss
464
The drive has Medium voltage applied and the user attempted to program the drive in Gate Test. Isolate medium voltage from the drive and then proceed with the test. The drive has Medium voltage applied and the user attempted to program the drive in System Test. Isolate medium voltage from the drive and then proceed with the test. This fault is specifically used for Open Circuit Test Mode, which demands that an Output Contactor be specified in IsoSw/Ctctr Cfg (P192). If the contactor is not specified, you will get this fault in Open Circuit Test Mode. This is to help avoid inexperienced people putting the drive in open circuit test mode without actually open circuiting the output with either a contactor or by disconnecting the motor cables. Feedback from the process is not valid.
PD Capcity Low
458
Pressure Loss (C-Frame Only)
64
This fault is for parallel drives only and indicates that the available drive capacity is less than 50% of the motor rated current. The drive cannot run. The measured system pressure has dropped below a preset trip level. The standard operating pressure is around 50psi. The pressure switch is not designed to be an accurate measure of pressure, but is designed as a Pressure/No Pressure indication. Typically anything less than 20psi will activate this switch.
Check the process sensor, 4-20mA or 0-10V input to the drive at IFM board Check the wiring at IFM board and connection between IFM and ACB. The available drive capacity is less than 50% of the motor rated current. The drive cannot run. Check that the pumps are operating Verify that there are no leaks in the system Verify that there is no blockage in the system
3-20
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Pump/Fan Pwr Off (C-Frame Only)
FAULT CODE 71
DESCRIPTION The control power to the pumping system and the heat exchanger fans is not present. The drive detected that the Pump/Fan power is off.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the disconnect switch is closed and that there are no blown fuses Measure the voltage at the pump and fan inputs to ensure voltage is present Trace the feedback to the drive from the circuit, looking for loose wiring or incorrect auxiliaries Check the neutral R for open Check devices on rectifier and inverter for short circuits. Check the Line and Motor Filter Capacitors for short circuits between Phase-to-Neutral or Phase-to-Phase. Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. Check the line and motor neutral voltage Verify the neutral R parameters. Investigate the cause of neutral shift between the input and output filter capacitors which could be due to severe line transients or insulation failure. Megger the drive if necessary. Check with multimter the DC offset on the circuit when this fault is present. The feedbacks that cause this fault can be determined by looking at parameter (P473, P474 and P494) under Diagnostic Group. Cycle Control Power, to see if the Fault condition remains and Replace ACB if necessary Cycle power to the drive. If the problem persists replace DPM or ACB. Check TFB and FOI board for power Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly seated in the transmitters and receivers Check the fiber optic cable for kinks/bends/breaks that could be blocking the signal
RNeut OvrCurrent
115
This fault is valid only for common mode choke drives (D2D) and indicates that the current through the neutral resistor has exceeded the trip settings The current is displayed by ComMode Current (P697).
RecAnlg SelfTest
128
On power up the drive has detected that dc offset on some analog feedback channels is high. The offending channels are indicated by parameters RecAnlg SelfTst1, RecAnlg SelfTst2 and RecAnlg SelfTst3 in Diagnostic group
RecA2D Convrsion
131
RecChB FbrOptic
152
RecHSnk FbrOptic
148
This fault indicates that the analog to digital converters on the ACB were not able to completely transmit the data to the master processor using the DMA within the sampling period. Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning. While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning.
Troubleshooting
3-21
FAULT MESSAGE RecHSnk LowTemp
FAULT CODE 147
DESCRIPTION The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink temperature is less than 2 degrees C. Ensure the room ambient is higher than 0 degrees C (32F) before starting the drive. This is not enabled on most drives, and the parameter is a high-level parameter. The drive has detected that the temperature feedback from the optional temperature board is less than 2 degrees C. The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink temperature has reached the trip setting. Ensure that the fan is working properly and that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. Not Normally Used The drive has detected that the temperature feedback from the optional temperature board has reached the trip setting. The drive has detected while not running a missing temperature sensor connected to the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values. Not normally used: The drive while not running has detected a missing temperature sensor connected to the optional temperature feedback channel. Ensure that the sensor in plugged in. The drive has detected that the number of fiber optic boards does not match the number of devices. The slave processor drive has detected that the master DSP software has either over-run or failed to initialize.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify that the ambient in the control room is not below 2C (35.6F) Verify power to the TFB There could be a mechanical problem with the temperature sensor or with the cable feeding the signal back to the TFB Swap with the inverter hardware to identify the bad component Confirm actual temperature in parameters is not higher than the trip value If so, investigate the conditions of the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation / ventilation/ filter status /heatsink clogging) Check TFB and FOI board for power and fiber optic integrity Check the sensor and temperature offline (ambient) for accuracy Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Replace if necessary.
RecChB LowTemp
151
RecHSnk OvrTemp
146
RecChB OvrTemp
150
RecHSnk Sensor
149
RecChB Sensor
153
RecFbrOpt Config Rec Heartbeat
129
190
Rec OvrVoltage
117
The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings (P#173). This is detected by the hardware circuit in the ACB.
Verify the parameter settings Check that the boards are plugged properly on the OIBB Verify DC Control voltages to both ACB/DPM Possible Failed ACB board Recycle power and replace DPM board if necessary Verify the parameters are set properly Verify VSB connections and tap settings, resistor values, and grounds This is less likely to be caused by a true Line Overvoltage and more likely to be due to the effects of capacitive leading VARs on a high-impedance system Tap down the input if possible Investigate occurrences of bus transients.
3-22
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE RNeutral OvrLoad
FAULT CODE 145
DESCRIPTION The neutral resistor required for Direct-toDrive technology has reached an overload condition. This is determined from parameters Neutral Resistor (P680), R Neutral power Rating (P681). The current through the neutral resistor is calculated by measuring the voltage across the resistor and knowing the resistance. Common Mode current (P697) displays that current, and R Neutral OL (P682) shows the overload accumulator. The resistor is allowed 500% for 10 seconds every 5 minutes, and P682 is normalized to fault whenever the value reaches 1.00. The level of unbalance in the input current of the Slave1 Bridge displayed in Slave1 Cur Unbal (P614) has exceeded the value of the trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs, burden resistors and connections on the ACB. Investigate the incoming source voltage for unbalance.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the resistor ratings Verify that the drive Voltage Feedback Splitter board is operating properly Investigate the possibility of voltage unbalances on the input or output of the drive that would create a voltage differential across the resistor Contact the factory for further instructions Verify the resistor parameters. Investigate the cause of neutral shift between the input and output filter capacitors which could be due to severe line transients or insulation failure. Megger the drive if necessary. Verify that all Current Transformer connections are connected properly and that no wires are reversed Ring-out wires to verify connections Check grounding on CTs Ensure that all plugs are firmly connected in the ACB Check that all input voltages are balanced Verify Parameter settings Check the burden resistors Verify the Input Capacitor values if installed Verify that there are no open sharing resistors Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in Gating Test Mode Verify cables are terminated correctly Verify the feedback wires from the terminals to the VSB is terminated correctly The faults can be masked, and then the voltages and phasing can be checked using the test points on the ACB, being aware that there will be phase differences between the master and secondary bridges depending on the drive configuration. Refer to Commissioning chapter of the Manual.
Slave1 CurUnbal
124
Slave2 CurUnbal
125
The level of unbalance in the input voltage of the Slave 2 Bridge displayed in Slave2 Cur Unbal (P615) has exceeded the value of the trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs, burden resistors and connections on the ACB. Investigate the incoming source voltage for unbalance. The drive has detected that the phasing in the Slave1 bridge is incorrect. Verify the cables are terminated correctly.
Slave1 Phasing
126
Slave2 Phasing
127
The drive has detected that the phasing in the Slave2 bridge is incorrect. Verify the cables are terminated correctly.
Troubleshooting
3-23
FAULT MESSAGE Slave1 VoltUnbal
FAULT CODE 121
DESCRIPTION The level of unbalance in the input voltage of the Slave 1 Bridge displayed in Slave1 VoltUnbal (P611) has exceeded the value of the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid only for 18-pulse rectifier. The level of unbalance in the input voltage of the Slave 2 Bridge displayed in Slave2 VoltUnbal (P610) has exceeded the value of the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid only for 18-pulse rectifier. The drive has lost communication with the device responsible for providing the speed command to the drive. This has been set to annunciate as a fault. The drive will configure the Speed Command Loss as a fault when the associated bit in DPI Loss Mask (P175) is set to a 1. Setting the bit to 0 will cause the drive to indicate a warning and run at the last commanded speed. The fault could be the DPI adapter or the 420mA signal wired to the analog input (IFM board). Ensure that all connections are secure, device is powered and operating correctly. This fault indicates that the voltage sensing board associated with the synchronous transfer voltages is not plugged in. A Synchronous Transfer was not completed in the time specified in Synchronous Transfer Time (P230) and the drive has faulted. This fault will only occur if the parameter Sync Xfer Option is configured as Enable Fault. If the parameter is set as Enable Warn, the drive will go back to last speed command and issue a warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS CHECK TSN FUSING Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check actual voltage values on the Operator Interface terminal for each bridge and the total line voltage Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive voltage test points Ensure that the communication device is powered Verify the light status and ensure the communicating device is operating properly Verify the customer network is properly communicated with the device Check ACB LED status Cycle control power to the drive Change the Adapter and/or ACB if all attempts to restore communication fail Ensure that all connections at IFM are secure, device is powered and operating correctly. Check connector J25 at ACB Verify the ribbon cable connection from Sync VSB to ACB board. Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check for stability of the synchronous transfer process/ speed regulator Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed due to heavy load Check load conditions for torque limit or low alpha line (low line voltage) Consult factory for review of synchronous transfer parameters This fault indicates that the drive failed to synchronize the motor to the bypass within the specified time. Adjust the Sync Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max (P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a smooth transfer.
Slave2 VoltUnbal
122
Speed Cmd Loss
23
Sync VSB
460
Sync Xfer Failure
162
3-24
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE Tach Loss
FAULT CODE 163
DESCRIPTION This fault is for parallel drives. The signal from the encoder (tachometer) was lost. Ensure that the encoder is powered and connected properly This fault occurs only if the drive is not running. The drive has detected missing temperature feedback from the cooling system. A missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values, so it is considered a Feedback Loss. The drive has detected that either the UPS is running on low battery or there is an internal problem with the UPS and the dc output voltage of the dc/dc converter fed by the UPS has dropped below 52V. INVERTER SGCT FAULT This fault will only occur during the initial contactor closure and the diagnostic sequence after a start command. The inverter monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so the feedback may indicate short before firing, and if the pulse is received and the device is really shorted, the diagnostic will toggle the feedback to let you know the problem is with the device, or the power supply for that device. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check the tach feedback Check if there is any loss of tach feedback signals. Check the PS for Tach signal on ACB Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Verify Fiber Optics are properly seated on TFB Verify the TFB has power Replace if necessary. Check the UPS and the AC/DC power supply. Investigate what is causing PS dip. Replace UPS or PS if the problem still persists. Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly
TempFeedback Loss (C-Frame only)
73
UPS Fault
62
U1A Offline U1B Offline U1C Offline U4A Offline U4B Offline U4C Offline V3A Offline V3B Offline V3C Offline V6A Offline V6B Offline V6C Offline W2A Offline W2B Offline W2C Offline W5A Offline W5B Offline W5C Offline
246 252 258 249 255 261 248 254 260 251 257 263 247 253 259 250 256 262
Troubleshooting
3-25
FAULT MESSAGE U1A DiagFbkLoss U1B DiagFbkLoss U1C DiagFbkLoss U4A DiagFbkLoss U4B DiagFbkLoss U4C DiagFbkLoss V3A DiagFbkLoss V3B DiagFbkLoss V3C DiagFbkLoss V6A DiagFbkLoss V6B DiagFbkLoss V6C DiagFbkLoss W2A DiagFbkLoss W2B DiagFbkLoss W2C DiagFbkLoss W5A DiagFbkLoss W5B DiagFbkLoss W5C DiagFbkLoss U1A Gating Loss U1B Gating Loss U1C Gating Loss U4A Gating Loss U4B Gating Loss U4C Gating Loss V3A Gating Loss V3B Gating Loss V3C Gating Loss V6A Gating Loss V6B Gating Loss V6C Gating Loss W2A Gating Loss W2B Gating Loss W2C Gating Loss W5A Gating Loss W5B Gating Loss W5C Gating Loss
FAULT CODE 210 216 222 213 219 225 212 218 224 215 221 227 211 217 223 214 220 226 228 234 240 231 237 243 230 236 242 233 239 245 229 235 241 232 238 244
DESCRIPTION INVERTER SGCT FAULT (Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss) This fault will only occur during the initial contactor closure and the diagnostic sequence after a start command. The inverter monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. This fault occurs when the feedback was low from the device before gating, and is still low from the device after gating. The drive then assumes the feedback must be the problem. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action INVERTER SGCT FAULT (Gating Fiber-Optic Loss) This fault will only occur during the initial contactor closure and the diagnostic sequence after a start command. The inverter monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. This fault occurs when the feedback was high from the device before gating, and is still high from the device after gating. The drive then assumes the gating pulse must not have reached the device. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check that the fiber optic cables are seated properly in the Optical Interface Board and the SCGT firing card Check that the fiber optic cable is not pinched or damaged Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly Check that the fiber optic cables are seated properly in the Optical Interface Board and the SCGT firing card Check that the fiber optic cable is not pinched or damaged Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly
3-26
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE U1A Online U1B Online U1C Online U4A Online U4B Online U4C Online V3A Online V3B Online V3C Online V6A Online V6B Online V6C Online W2A Online W2B Online W2C Online W5A Online W5B Online W5C Online
FAULT CODE 192 198 204 195 201 207 194 200 206 197 203 209 193 199 205 196 202 208
DESCRIPTION INVERTER SGCT FAULT This fault will occur during running operation of the drive. The drive has detected that the feedback from the device was not correct, and does not wait to determine the exact problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3 times before and 3 times after each gating command. All 6 of these readings for each device must be consistent for the fault to occur. There is also a parameter called Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay (P268), which allows you to change the number of consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance faults. It will still poll 3 times before and after each firing, but will now require the condition to exist for the number of consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic Delay parameter for a fault to occur. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action. The drive detected that the diagnostic feedback from this device did not match the gating pattern. PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT This fault will occur during the initial contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence after a start command, or the diagnostic sequence after a stop command. The rectifier monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so the feedback may indicate short before firing, and if the pulse is received and the device is really shorted, the diagnostic will toggle the feedback to let you know the problem is with the device, or the power supply for that device. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action. The main example of this is closing the input contactor on a shorted bridge.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay
2U1A Offline 2U1B Offline 2U1C Offline 2U4A Offline 2U4B Offline 2U4C Offline 2V3A Offline 2V3B Offline 2V3C Offline 2V6A Offline 2V6B Offline 2V6C Offline 2W2A Offline 2W2B Offline 2W2C Offline 2W5A Offline 2W5B Offline 2W5C Offline
318 324 330 321 327 333 320 326 332 323 329 335 319 325 331 322 328 334
Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly
Troubleshooting
3-27
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A DiagFbkLoss 2U1B DiagFbkLoss 2U1C DiagFbkLoss 2U4A DiagFbkLoss 2U4B DiagFbkLoss 2U4C DiagFbkLoss 2V3A DiagFbkLoss 2V3B DiagFbkLoss 2V3C DiagFbkLoss 2V6A DiagFbkLoss 2V6B DiagFbkLoss 2V6C DiagFbkLoss 2W2A DiagFbkLoss 2W2B DiagFbkLoss 2W2C DiagFbkLoss 2W5A DiagFbkLoss 2W5B DiagFbkLoss 2W5C DiagFbkLoss
FAULT CODE 282 288 294 285 291 297 284 290 296 287 293 299 283 289 295 286 292 298
DESCRIPTION PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT (Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss) This fault will occur during the initial contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence after a start command, or the diagnostic sequence after a stop command. The rectifier monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. This fault occurs when the feedback was low from the device before gating, and is still low from the device after gating. The drive then assumes the feedback must be the problem. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT (Gating Fiber-Optic Loss) This fault will occur during the initial contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence after a start command, or the diagnostic sequence after a stop command. The rectifier monitors the state of the feedback before a gate pulse is given, and monitors the feedback after a gate pulse has been sent. This fault occurs when the feedback was high from the device before gating, and is still high from the device after gating. The drive then assumes the gating pulse must not have reached the device. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify that the Feedback Fiber-Optic from the SCGT to the FOI board is not damaged or disconnected Verify that the Gate Pulse has been received by the SGCT board using Gating Test Mode Complete a resistance check described in Chapter 4, checking the devices, sharing resistors, and snubber circuitry Replace all faulty components It is likely that the feedback fiber optic cable is not plugged in or has been damaged
2U1A Gating Loss 2U1B Gating Loss 2U1C Gating Loss 2U4A Gating Loss 2U4B Gating Loss 2U4C Gating Loss 2V3A Gating Loss 2V3B Gating Loss 2V3C Gating Loss 2V6A Gating Loss 2V6B Gating Loss 2V6C Gating Loss 2W2A Gating Loss 2W2B Gating Loss 2W2C Gating Loss 2W5A Gating Loss 2W5B Gating Loss 2W5C Gating Loss
300 306 312 303 309 315 302 308 314 305 311 317 301 307 313 304 310 316
Check that the fiber optic cables are seated properly in the Optical Interface Board and the SCGT firing card Check that the fiber optic cable is not pinched or damaged Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly
3-28
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A Online 2U1B Online 2U1C Online 2U4A Online 2U4B Online 2U4C Online 2V3A Online 2V3B Online 2V3C Online 2V6A Online 2V6B Online 2V6C Online 2W2A Online 2W2B Online 2W2C Online 2W5A Online 2W5B Online 2W5C Online
FAULT CODE 264 270 276 267 273 279 266 272 278 269 275 281 265 271 277 268 274 280
DESCRIPTION PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT This fault will occur during operation of the drive. The drive has detected that the feedback from the device was not correct, and does not wait to determine the exact problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3 times before and 3 times after each gating command. All 6 of these readings for each device must be consistent for the fault to occur. There is also a parameter called Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay (P266), which allows you to change the number of consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance faults. It will still poll 3 times before and after each firing, but will now require the condition to exist for the number of consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic Delay parameter for a fault to occur. The firmware now completes a diagnostics sequence immediately after any drive reset, with the goal of detecting faults before any destructive action is taken from the next action
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly Reset the drive and let the offline diagnostics further define the problem For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay
Troubleshooting
3-29
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A OfflineOpen 2U1B OfflineOpen 2U1C OfflineOpen 2U4A OfflineOpen 2U4B OfflineOpen 2U4C OfflineOpen 2V3A OfflineOpen 2V3B OfflineOpen 2V3C OfflineOpen 2V6A OfflineOpen 2V6B OfflineOpen 2V6C OfflineOpen 2W2A OfflineOpen 2W2B OfflineOpen 2W2C OfflineOpen 2W5A OfflineOpen 2W5B OfflineOpen 2W5C OfflineOpen 3U1B OfflineOpen 3U4B OfflineOpen 3V3B OfflineOpen 3V6B OfflineOpen 3W2B OfflineOpen 3W5B OfflineOpen 4U1C OfflineOpen 4U4C OfflineOpen 4V3C OfflineOpen 4V6C OfflineOpen 4W2C OfflineOpen 4W5C OfflineOpen
FAULT CODE 372 378 384 375 381 387 374 380 386 377 383 389 373 379 385 376 282 388 432 435 434 437 433 436 438 441 440 443 439 442
DESCRIPTION 6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT (Offline Open-Circuit) For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after the initial contact closure, or during the diagnostic sequence after a start command. After the Short-Circuit test described below, the drive fires each device, and verifies that the feedback from that device went low. If the feedback does not go low, the drive assumes the SCR must be Open-Circuited.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board transmitter to SCRGD board receiver Replace all faulty components
3-30
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A OfflineShrt 2U1B OfflineShrt 2U1C OfflineShrt 2U4A OfflineShrt 2U4B OfflineShrt 2U4C OfflineShrt 2V3A OfflineShrt 2V3B OfflineShrt 2V3C OfflineShrt 2V6A OfflineShrt 2V6B OfflineShrt 2V6C OfflineShrt 2W2A OfflineShrt 2W2B OfflineShrt 2W2C OfflineShrt 2W5A OfflineShrt 2W5B OfflineShrt 2W5C OfflineShrt 3U1B OfflineShrt 3U4B OfflineShrt 3V3B OfflineShrt 3V6B OfflineShrt 3W2B OfflineShrt 3W5B OfflineShrt 4U1C OfflineShrt 4U4C OfflineShrt 4V3C OfflineShrt 4V6C OfflineShrt 4W2C OfflineShrt 4W5C OfflineShrt
FAULT CODE 390 396 402 393 399 405 392 398 404 395 401 407 391 397 403 394 400 406 444 447 446 449 445 448 450 453 452 455 451 454
DESCRIPTION 6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT (Offline Short-Circuit) For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after the initial contact closure or during the diagnostic sequence after a start command. This is the first test on the rectifier. When all devices blocking, the feedback from the devices should toggle from open to short to open every time the line voltage sine wave passes through zero. If this is consistently showing short (no feedback), then the drive assumes that the device is Short-Circuited.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD board transmitter to FOI board receiver Replace all faulty components
Troubleshooting
3-31
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A OnlineOpen 2U1B OnlineOpen 2U1C OnlineOpen 2U4A OnlineOpen 2U4B OnlineOpen 2U4C OnlineOpen 2V3A OnlineOpen 2V3B OnlineOpen 2V3C OnlineOpen 2V6A OnlineOpen 2V6B OnlineOpen 2V6C OnlineOpen 2W2A OnlineOpen 2W2B OnlineOpen 2W2C OnlineOpen 2W5A OnlineOpen 2W5B OnlineOpen 2W5C OnlineOpen 3U1B OnlineOpen 3U4B OnlineOpen 3V3B OnlineOpen 3V6B OnlineOpen 3W2B OnlineOpen 3W5B OnlineOpen 4U1C OnlineOpen 4U4C OnlineOpen 4V3C OnlineOpen 4V6C OnlineOpen 4W2C OnlineOpen 4W5C OnlineOpen
FAULT CODE 336 342 348 339 345 351 338 344 350 341 347 353 337 343 349 340 346 352 408 411 410 413 409 412 414 417 416 419 415 418
DESCRIPTION 6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT (Online Open-Circuit) For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during operation. After a firing signal is sent to a device, the drive monitors the feedback status to ensure the voltage drops to zero across that device, indicating it has been turned on. If the feedback does not drop to zero before approximately 30-50 sec, the drive will assume the device is open and a fault will occur. There is a 6 cycle fixed delay, which means that this has to occur for 6 consecutive firings before the fault is instigated.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board transmitter to SCRGD board receiver Replace all faulty components
3-32
Troubleshooting
FAULT MESSAGE 2U1A OnlineShrt 2U1B OnlineShrt 2U1C OnlineShrt 2U4A OnlineShrt 2U4B OnlineShrt 2U4C OnlineShrt 2V3A OnlineShrt 2V3B OnlineShrt 2V3C OnlineShrt 2V6A OnlineShrt 2V6B OnlineShrt 2V6C OnlineShrt 2W2A OnlineShrt 2W2B OnlineShrt 2W2C OnlineShrt 2W5A OnlineShrt 2W5B OnlineShrt 2W5C OnlineShrt 3U1B OnlineShrt 3U4B OnlineShrt 3V3B OnlineShrt 3V6B OnlineShrt 3W2B OnlineShrt 3W5B OnlineShrt 4U1C OnlineShrt 4U4C OnlineShrt 4V3C OnlineShrt 4V6C OnlineShrt 4W2C OnlineShrt 4W5C OnlineShrt
FAULT CODE 354 360 366 357 363 369 356 362 368 359 365 371 355 361 367 358 364 370 420 423 422 425 421 424 426 429 428 431 427 430
DESCRIPTION 6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT (Online Short-Circuit) For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during operation. Before an individual leg is fired, the drive takes 5 samples of the voltage across that device. This is because the notching on the line could cause individual readings to be low. If they are all low, the device is assumed to be short-circuited and a fault occurs. There is also a parameter called Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay (P266), which allows you to change the number of consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance faults. It will still check 5 times before each firing, but will now require the condition to exist for the number of consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic Delay parameter for a fault to occur.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS For multiple device faults, the risk of a line to line short exists, so tests with MV isolated should be attempted Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD board transmitter to FOI board receiver Replace all faulty components For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay
Troubleshooting
3-33
WARNING MESSAGES
WARNING MESSAGE AC/DC#1 AC Fail AC/DC#2 AC Fail AC/DC#3 AC Fail AC/DC#4 AC Fail AC/DC#1Redundant AC/DC#2Redundant AC/DC#3Redundant AC/DC#4Redundant Adapter 1 Loss Adapter 2 Loss Adapter 3 Loss Adapter 4 Loss Adapter 5 Loss Adapter 6 Loss WARNING CODE 108 109 110 111 104 105 106 107 49 50 51 52 53 54 DESCRIPTION There has been a loss or dip in the control power feeding the drive. Ensure that the power source is active and investigate the reliability of the source. Redundant AC/DC Power Supply#1-4 has failed. Verify electrical connections. There has been a loss of communication between the DPM and the Adapter 1-6. Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle power to the drive if necessary. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Investigate possibility of loss of input voltage to the AC/DC Power Supply Verify output voltage Check alarm signal connections Replace Power Supply if necessary Replace PS if necessary.
AIn1 Calib Error AIn2 Calib Error AIn3 Calib Error Ambient FbrOptic
224 225 226 221
Ambient OvrTemp Ambient Sensor
217 219
Autotune TimeLmt
62
The analog input supplied was outside of the allowable range of 4-20 mA during calibration. Recalibrate with the proper range. The drive has detected a missing temperature sensor to the Temperature Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the sensor in plugged in Drive detected high ambienttemperature. The drive has detected a missing temperature sensor to the Temperature Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the sensor in plugged in Autotune test failed to complete in 2 minutes. Perform test manually.
Ensure that the remote communication device is powered Verify the light status and ensure the communication device is operating properly Verify the customer network is properly communicated with the device Check LED status Cycle control power to the drive Change the adapter if all attempts to restore communication fail Verify the calibration of Analog inputs
NOT USED
NOT USED NOT USED
Auxiliary Protn
79
Standard External Fault/Warning Input included to allow the end-user to install a protective relay/system status contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of Aux Prot Class (P445)
REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 DRIVE USER MANUAL (CHAPTER COMMISSIONING) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS See associated Fault Description The drive has detected an alarm triggered by the input wired in the auxillary input of the XIO card. The alarm is user configurable by parameters in Alarm Config. Investigate the cause of the alarm. Check the 120V wiring and the XIO card.
3-34
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE BlkBox NVRAM Clr Bus Transient
WARNING CODE 176 164
DESCRIPTION Black Box NVRAM has been cleared. This warning indicates a line side switching transient has occurred. The drive puts both bridges in freewheel mode till the event is cleared and resumes normal operation. Check system for capacitative switching events. The bypass contactor is open even though it has been commanded to close. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB. The bypass contactor is closed even though it has been commanded to open. Verify normal mode of starter the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS NOT USED Check system for capacitive switching events Check the drive if it is unstable. Check Alph line is it is stable. Contact factory for detailed actions Ensure the associated starter unit is set to Normal mode Verify the feedback from the contactor status (normally control relay auxiliary and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is wired properly and powered Verify that there is control power to the contactor Verify the associated ACB I/O Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing Coil is not shorted Review Contactor control wiring These warnings may also occur during the autorestart feature, as the loss of power may also result in the inability to hold in the contactor during the outage In DC Current test modes, the isolation switches are expected to be closed for DC Current test; although only the input contactor is required the test will run with warnings if the switches are open Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position for the specific operating mode (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 Hardware Option1 in the parameters manual) Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup
Bypass CtctrOpen
188
Bypass CtctrClsd
189
Bypass IsoSwOpen
192
The bypass contactor is open even though it has been commanded to close, which is in Normal mode, DC Current test mode, and Open Loop test mode. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
Bypass IsoSwClsd
195
The bypass isolation switch is closed when it is expected to be open. The switch should be open in in all operating modes of the drive except Normal. Ensure proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup.
Troubleshooting
3-35
WARNING MESSAGE Bypass OvrVolt
WARNING CODE 141
DESCRIPTION The measured line voltage Bypass Voltage pu (#P117) has exceeded the Line OvrVolt Trip (P165) setting. Synchronous transfer has been disabled.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the parameters are set properly Check for possible line voltage transients Verify VSB connections and tap settings, resistor values, and grounds If voltage is too high, change tap settings on the input source to lower voltage to an acceptable level The drive will not allow a synchronous transfer unless the phasing is the same Confirm the phase sequences and swap cables if necessary Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive test points Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive voltage test points Verify that no foreign debris has entered the system (iron piping, non-deionized water, etc.) There is no immediate need for action, but be prepared to change the de-ionizing cartridge and run the system, verifying that the conductivity is decreasing Investigate reliability of the control power Ensure the drive operates as expected when there is a control power outage (UPS must be installed) Ensure that the power source is active and investigate the reliability of the source.
Bypass Phase Seq
144
Bypass UnderVolt
142
The bypass phase sequence does not match the phase sequence of the input to the drive. Synchronous transfer has been disabled. The measured bypass voltage Bypass Voltage pu (#P117) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl (P167) setting. Synchronous transfer has been disabled.
Bypass VoltUnbal
143
The measured unbalance in the Bypass Voltage has exceeded the trip setting (P271). Synchronous transfer has been disabled.
ConductivityHigh (C-FRAME ONLY)
37
This warning is for liquid cool drives. The drive indicates that the measured coolant conductivity is greater than 1 S/cm3. Verify that there is no debris in the coolant, and replace the de-ionizing cartridge if necessary This is used in the Autorestart feature algorithm as an indicator to tell the drive to stop gating and wait for control power to return. This alarm is for drives engineered with a UPS option. There has been a loss or dip in the control power feeding the drive for more than 5 cycles.
Control Pwr Loss
112
3-36
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE Convrtr AirFlow
WARNING CODE 204
DESCRIPTION The Pressure drop at the input to the converter section sensed by the pressure transducer (as a voltage) has dropped below the value set in Conv AirFlow Warning Value (P320). This is dependent on the operation of the Main Cooling Fan.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify fan rotation Check for blocked airflow in the filters/ heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) Clean as required Improper Alarm settings Verify Pressure Value voltage level when running with clear air flow, and compare to expected values for that specific drive type Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure was completed adequately and adjust as necessary Verify for drives with external ducting that there is sufficient air to the drive input Verify supply voltage to differential pressure transducer at ACB and confirm output is stable Check Fan feedback wiring and confirm with ED Verify that XIO is functional. Investigate the cause of the Fan 1 loss (OL / damaged relay) Verify Fan 2 is operating with the proper current levels At the next possible shutdown, reset the warnings and Fan 1 can be run again Investigate the cause of the Fan 2 loss (OL / damaged relay) Verify Fan 1 is operating with the proper current levels At the next possible shutdown, reset the warnings and Fan 2 can be run again If the drive faults, investigate problems with the fan contactors or the fan overloads Verify the fan contactor, fan overload and the 120V wiring to the standard XIO card. If the drive is still running with this warning, there is a problem with the Fan Isolation Switch auxiliary
Convrtr FansOn
206
Convrtr Fan1Loss
208
The drive contol has detected that the converter fan contactors are closed even though it has not been commanded to run. Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will give this warning if Fan 1 is running, there were no problems with Fan 2, and Fan 1 is lost. Fan 2 will start and the drive will continue running Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will give this warning if Fan 2 is running, there were no problems with Fan 1, and Fan 2 is lost. Fan 1 will start and the drive will continue running. This warning indicates that while the drive was running it detected the loss of the main converter cooling fan. When the drive is running, the feedback from the Fan 1 Contactor auxiliary and Isolation Switch is lost, but the drive will not trip and wait for Power Supply faults or Conv AirFlow faults to fault the drive. This warning indicates that while the drive was running it detected the loss of the redundant converter cooling fan When the drive is running, the feedback from the Fan 2 Contactor auxiliary and Isolation Switch is lost, but the drive will not trip and wait for Power Supply faults or Air Pressure faults to fault the drive.
Convrtr Fan2Loss
209
Conv Fan1 Ctctr
200
Conv Fan2 Ctctr
201
Troubleshooting
3-37
WARNING MESSAGE CoolantLevel Low (C-FRAME ONLY)
WARNING CODE 38
DESCRIPTION This warning is for liquid cool drives. The measured coolant level in the reservoir is low. Check the coolant level and inspect for any leaks. If there are no visible leaks, then top up the level with approved coolant.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS You will lose coolant over time through evaporation, but you should still verify that there are no slow leaks in the system Add de-ionized water to the system since this is what normally evaporates, and check the coolant mixture with a glycol tester Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve (V10) was not left open Warm up the control room ambient to get the drive to an operational level Verify the heat exchanger fans are operating Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully opened Check that all valves are in the normal operating position Verify room ambient temperature is adequate for the drive operation Verify the output from the alarm signal is wired correctly Check the 5V rail connections Replace Power Supply when possible Ensure that the converter cooling fan is working and that the air flow is not obstructed. Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card. Make sure there are no distorted waveforms to the DC link. Check if there are harmonics on line voltages/current See associated Fault Description Verify the parameter settings of the drive. Check the HECS and burden resistor. Confirm stable operation of the drive and any sudden load transients. Review DC Link nameplate data Review Motor and Drive nameplate data and verify that all parameters were entered properly Contact factory if the above seems OK
Coolant Temp Low (C-FRAME ONLY)
35
CoolantTempHigh (C-FRAME ONLY)
36
This warning is for liquid cool drives. Measured coolant temperature is below 10degC. The warning will not clear until the temperature rises above 15C (58F). Check thermostatic bypass valve and warm control room to get the drive operational. The measured coolant temperature has exceeded 48C (120F) trip setting (P478). The warning can not be cleared until the temperature has dropped below 44C (110F).
Ctrl5V Redundant
118
5V redundant output of the DC/DC converter has failed.
DCLnk OvrTemp
76
There is a thermal switch in each DC Link winding, and they are connected in series. The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor has detected an over temperature condition and opened the AC input to the standard XIO. The alarm is user configurable by parameters in Alarm Config. The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback (P322) has exceeded the DC Link current trip settings. A warning is logged first and if the over-current persists for the time delay a fault is logged. The calculated pu value (P27) of the dc link inductance is less than the minimum recommended. For 6P SCR the value is less than 0.8pu, for 18-pulse SCR the value is less than 0.42pu and for PWM rectifier drives the value is less than 0.55pu.
DCLnk OvrCurrent
156
DC Link Range
167
3-38
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE DecLined Master
WARNING CODE 122
DESCRIPTION This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that the slave drive was requested to be the Master, but it was unable to comply. A transfer from the Line back to Drive (desync) has been commanded, but it has been less than 1 minute since the transfer from Drive to Line (sync) was completed. As a result, the Output Motor Filter Capacitors have not had time to adequately discharge. The drive has detected an overload condition in the drive indicated by Drive Overload (P551). A Drive Overload warning has been detected, where the overload condition is calculated using DC Current Feedback (P322) and Drive Overload Warning (P270) as the point where the overload warning occurs. (P270) is programmed as a percentage of the difference between Line Overload Minimum (P269) and Line Overload Trip (P163). Drive maintenance is due. Contact the factory. The drive operating mode (P4) is programmed in test mode (Gate, System, DC Current, Open Circuit or Open Loop) when intiated for Autotune test. Place drive back in Normal mode before autotune. This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that this drive was configured to be the Master, but already another Master drive exists in the link. XIO Card assigned to External Fault is unusable for this purpose. Select the proper slot compatible for usage. External Fault XIO card has been reassigned for another purpose. Check configuration of all cards and reassign if necessary. These are the optional additional External Faults available when there is an additional XIO board installed. This is configured with XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message will appear if the specific input (1-16) is configured in Fault Config as a Warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Slave has lost communication with hub PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter Master Mask Wait for 1 minute and attempt the desync transfer again. Insuffcient time gap between drive sync and attempted desync. Wait till the motor filter capacitor has discharged and the drive is in READY mode. Transient Loading Check torque limit and overload settings and Compare loading to torque settings and trip settings Verify the drive sizing and that the overload parameters to meet the load requirements. Verify HECS feedback and burden resistors.
Desync Delay
146
Drive OvrLoad
152
Drv Maintenance Drv in Test Mode
212 59
NOT USED Place drive back in Normal Mode before attempting Autotune
Duplicate Master
121
Ext Flt Config
19
Ext Flt Conflict
20
The Powerup Config parameter is set to Master in more than one drive. The first drive to power up will become the master Select the proper slot containing the XIO card which is compatible for External Faults usage. Check the configuration of all XIO slots and reassign if necessary.
External 1-16
1-16
See associated Fault Description Check for the input circuit for that warning. Refer the optional XIO board wiring circuit on electrical drawing
Troubleshooting
3-39
WARNING MESSAGE HeatExchnger Fan (C-FRAME ONLY) Hub Comm Loss
WARNING CODE 34
DESCRIPTION This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive has dected a problem in the Liquid to Air heat exchanger fans. This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that the drive has lost communication with the PLC. The drive estimated the Total Inertia is greater than 20secs. Check Autotune Trq Stp value and repeat. If the warning persists, determine the inertia from system data and if different from autotune value, manually set Total Intertia For PWM drives, this warning indicates that a start command has been given, but the drive is still waiting for the DC voltage to discharge from the line filter capacitors. This can be observed by the status Discharging, on the main screen. Standard External Fault/Warning Input included allowing the end-user to install a protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of InputProt1 Class (P440). Standard External Fault/Warning Input included alllowing the end-user to install a second protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of InputProt2 Class (P444). While Running, the drive has detected a missing temperature sensor connected to the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify the Fan O/L settings and conditions Verify the Fan Control Relay status and auxiliary contact signals. Verify that the Control Net adapter/cable and PLC are working properly. REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS Read DESCRIPTION Wait for the drive Ready status to appear, allowing you to start the drive
120
Inertia High
63
InputCloseDelay
197
Input Protn #1
74
See associated Fault Description Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card.
Input Protn #2
78
See associated Fault Description Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card.
InvHSnk Sensor
218
Inv Gate PwrSup
213
This warning is for SGCT based drives and indicates a problem with the gate power supply associated with a particular device which is also likely in the warning queue.
Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Replace if necessary. Ensure that the sensor in plugged in. NOTE: This is a warning because the drive should not fault on the loss of the signal while running. There is no imminent danger to the drive, but the user needs to be aware that there is a temperature feedback signal missing. The device feedback was not correct due to power loss to the gate driver board. This can be from the 20V DC output of the IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself. This warning can also appear as a result of another device fault such as an Online Fault. This warning can also appear if the device has failed.
3-40
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE Invalid AlarmBit
WARNING CODE 98
DESCRIPTION DEVELOPMENT ERROR - An unused bit in the first 16 bits in either a fault or warning word has been set and detected by the Alarm Queue server. Either a used bit has been overlooked in the Faults/Warnings database, or the control is incorrectly setting an alarm word. Unused bit is being set in the fault or warning word by the control software. The drive tried to access the DIM, but either encountered a problem with the checksum on the DIM, or the DIM was not installed.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Contact the factory
Invalid DIM
99
Invalid Mstr Req
124
IsoTx Fan1 Ctctr
202
IsoTx Fan2 Ctctr
203
Invalid Master request-slave only This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that the slave drive refused to the request to be the Master because it detected that another Master is active on the link. Isolation Transformer Fan 1 contactor This warning indicates that while the drive was running it detected the loss of the main cooling fan in the isolation transformer cabinet. Isolation Transformer Fan 2 contactor This warning indicates that while the drive was running it detected the loss of the redundant cooling fan in the isolation transformer cabinet. Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss This warning is for drives with Redundant isolation transformer fan option. The drive detected the loss of Fan 1 and starts Fan 2. Investigate Fan 1 loss and verify Fan 2 operation. Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss This warning is for drives with Redundant isolation transformer fan option. The drive detected the loss of Fan 2 and starts Fan 1. Investigate Fan 2 loss and verify Fan 1 operation.
This fault may occur on drives upgrading major revisions of firmware with the older DIM installed, or if the DIM has a failure Remove the DIM Drive tried to become master when another master was already active
IsoTx Fan1 Loss
210
IsoTx Fan2 Loss
211
Isolation transformer Fan status is NOT HIGH while the drive asked the contactor to be closed. This warning occurs when the drive commands the Isolation Transformer Fan contactor to close, and does not detect the status feedback from the contactor. Verify the fan contactor, fan overload and the 120V wiring to the standard XIO card. This warning occurs when the drive detects a loss of pressure or a loss of Fan contactor feedback when running. This warning occurs when the drive detects a loss of pressure or a loss of Fan 2 contactor feedback when running. Reset warning at next shutdown and Fan 1 will start running.
Troubleshooting
3-41
WARNING MESSAGE IsoTx AirFlow (A-Frame Only)
WARNING CODE 205
DESCRIPTION The Pressure sensed by the pressure transducer in the integral Isolation Transformer section (as a voltage) has dropped below the value set in Pressure Value Transformer Warning (P653).
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify fan rotation Blocked airflow in the filters / ducting (if installed) Clean as required Improper Warning settings Verify Pressure Value voltage level when running with clear air flow Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure was completed adequately and adjust as necessary Verify for drives with external ducting that there is sufficient air to the drive input Verify supply voltage to pressure transducer, and confirm output is stable Ensure pressure sensor is working and is connected to the ACB Isolation transformer Fan status is high while it should be low. Investigate the control circuit for isolation transformer Fan Check the wiring at XIO for fan status. REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING Chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS Read DESCRIPTION
IxoTx Fans On
207
L Input Low
64
L Input High
65
InpCtctrFeedback
159
Isolation Transformer Fan ON warning This warning is for drives with Redundant isolation transformer fan option. The drive detected the loss of Fan 2 and starts Fan 1. Investigate Fan 2 loss and verify Fan 1 operation. Reset warning at next shutdown and Fan 2 will start running Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217) measured was less than 0.02 pu and the INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be tuned manually. For PWM rectifier drives, verify that the line reactor is properly installed. Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217) measured was greater than 0.50 pu and the INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be tuned manually. For PWM rectifier drives, verify that the size of line reactor is correct. The drive has detected the presence of medium voltage but is not sensing the input contactor status. Check the contactor feedback wiring to the ACB.
Verify the contactor is closed Confirm the feedback path from the contactor to the XIO Replace XIO if required
3-42
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE Input CtctrOpen
WARNING CODE 184
DESCRIPTION The input contactor is open even though it has been commanded to close. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode following loss of medium voltage. The input contactor is closed even though it has been commanded to open. Verify normal mode of starter the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Ensure the associated starter unit is set to Normal mode Verify the feedback from the contactor status (normally control relay auxiliary and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is wired properly and powered Verify that there is control power to the contactor Verify the associated ACB I/O Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing Coil is not shorted Review Contactor control wiring These warnings may also occur during the autorestart feature, as the loss of power may also result in the inability to hold in the contactor during the outage In DC Current test modes, the isolation switches are expected to be closed for DC Current test; although only the input contactor is required the test will run with warnings if the switches are open Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position for the specific operating mode (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 Hardware Option1 in the parameters manual) Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup Check TFB and FOI board for power Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly seated in the transmitters and receivers Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, bends, breaks that could be blocking the signal This can occur if the sensor is not connected to the TFB NOTE: This is a warning because the drive should not fault on the loss of the signal while running. There is no imminent danger to the drive, but the user needs to be aware that there is a temperature feedback signal missing.
Input CtctrClsd
185
Input IsoSwOpen
190
Input IsoSwClsd
193
The input isolation switch is open when it is expected to be closed. The switch should be closed in all operating modes of the drive except System and Gate Test. Ensure proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup. The input isolation switch is closed when it is expected to be open. The switch should be open in System and Gate Test. Ensure proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup.
InvHSnk FbrOptic
220
While Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning.
Troubleshooting
3-43
WARNING MESSAGE InvHSnk OvrTemp
WARNING CODE 216
DESCRIPTION The temperature detection on the Inverter Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning (P316).
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Confirm actual temperature in parameters is not higher than the warning value If so, investigate the conditions of the drive (ambient / loading/ elevation / ventilation/ filter status / heatsink clogging) Check the sensor and temperature offline (ambient) for accuracy Ensure that the fan is working properly and that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. Verify that the HECS ratio and burden resistor match the drive/motor ratings. This warning occurs when drive is not gating. It may be when motor is coasting. This is drive output V [Surface voltage terminology used in ESP application]. The protection uses P#193 setting but drive calculates the motor filter cap voltage Make sure there is no open circuit at the drive output and motor is connected. See associated Fault Description The alarm is user configurable by parameters in Alarm Config. Ensure that the cooling fan in the cabinet is working and that the air flow is not obstructed. Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card. REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS Read DESCRIPTION
Inv AC Cur Gain
223
Inv OvrVoltage
222
IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp
75
L Leakage Low
68
L Leakage High
69
The current gain calculated for motor current sensing is outside the limit of the expected range [2 , 5 ] pu. Motor Filter Capacitor Over Voltage. The inverter output voltage given by Inv Output Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip settings. This is detected by the hardware circuit in the ACB. A warning is logged first and if the over-voltage persists for the time delay a fault is logged Verify the parameters and ensure that the motor is connected to the drive either directly or through an output contactor. Inspect the VSB for possible damage. The temperature switch in the drive Input Isolation Transformer or Line Reactor has detected an over-temperature and opened the AC input to the standard XIO opened. There is a thermal switch in each phase winding, and they are connected in series. The alarm is user configurable by parameters in Alarm Config. Indicates that the Autotune L leakage (P220) measured was less than 0.10 pu. Verify the motor name plate data entered in the drive. Indicates that the Autotune L Leakage (P220) measured was greater than 0.35 pu. Verify the motor name plate data entered in the drive.
3-44
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE L Magnetize Low
WARNING CODE 70
DESCRIPTION Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221) measured was less than 1.00 pu, and L magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned manually. Verify the motor name plate data entered in the drive. Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221) measured was greater than 10.00 pu, and L magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned manually. Verify the motor name plate data entered in the drive. Manually tune flux regulator. The calculated pu value (P133) of the line filter cap is either less than 0.35pu or bigger than 0.55pu. Verify capacitor nameplate data and compare with the drive and motor ratings. The drive has detected a loss of input voltage from losing the frequency (PLL) lock on the input voltage. This is designed to be a faster method of detecting an undervoltage. The drive responds to this warning as it does to a Master UV warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS Read DESCRIPTION
L Magnetize High
71
Line Cap Range
165
Verify capacitor nameplate data and compare with information entered in drive for drive and motor ratings.
Line Loss
161
Line Synch Loss
158
The drive has lost synchronization with the incoming line voltage, and has announced a Phase Lock Loop warning.
Liqd IO Config (C-Frame Only)
21
The XIO card which was being assigned to the Liquid Cooling System Faults Input is not a card which can be used for this purpose.
Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check TSN fusing Check actual voltage values on the Terminal for each bridge and the total line voltage Check for possible source voltage supply problems Check input contactor status or it opens Capture the voltage waveforms from the ACB test points and examine for inconsistency Verify the incoming voltage, input contactor status, VSB and TSN fuses. Verify that the drive power system is properly grounded Check for noise on the control power in the drive Check the grounding for all signal and control wiring Verify the Input Impedance parameter is valid and retune if required Select the proper slot containing the XIO card which is compatible for Liquid Cooling System Faults usage. Read DESCRIPTION
Troubleshooting
3-45
WARNING MESSAGE Liqd IO Conflict (C-Frame Only) LogixIO Config LogixIO Conflict Master UnderVolt
WARNING CODE 22
DESCRIPTION The XIO card previously being used for Liquid Cooling System Faults has been reassigned for another purpose. XIO Card assigned to Logix IO is unsable for this purpose. Logix IO card has been re-assigned for another purpose. The measured Line voltage or Master Line Volt (P135-136) is less than Line Undervoltage level (P167) with respect to 1/3 Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 18-pulse drives], and Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 6pulse and PWM drives] for the period set by Line Undervoltage Delay (P168).
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check the configuration of all XIO slots and reassign if necessary. Read DESCRIPTION Select the proper slot compatible for usage. Check configuration of all cards and reassign if necessary. Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check TSN fusing Check actual voltage values on the Terminal for each bridge and the total line voltage Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive test points Verify capacitor nameplate data and compare with information entered in drive for drive rating and motor rating Contact factory Verify the parameter settings Ensure that the load should not normally be in an unloaded condition
23 24 153
Motor Cap Range
137
Motor Load Loss
138
Motor OvrLoad
136
The calculated per unit value of the Motor Filter Capacitor (P128), based on the values entered for Motor Capacitor kVAR (P20), Motor Capacitor Volts (P21), and Motor Capacitor Frequency (P28) is outside of the normal range of 0.26-0.55 pu. The drive has detected a loss of load condition. This is activated as a warning using the parameter Load Loss Detect (P199), and the necessary setpoints are Load Loss Level (P246), Load Loss Delay (P231), and Load Loss Speed (P259). A Motor Overload (P550) warning has been detected, where the overload condition is calculated using Stator Current (P340) and Motor Overload Warning (P351) as the point where the overload warning occurs. P351 is programmed as a percentage of the difference between Motor Overload Min (P350) and Motor Overload Trip (P179).
Transient Loading - Check torque limit and overload settings and Compare loading to torque settings and trip settings Verify the drive sizing and that the overload parameters to meet the load requirements. Verify HECS feedback and burden resistors.
3-46
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE Motor OvrVoltage
WARNING CODE 139
DESCRIPTION The measured motor ac voltage or Stator Voltage (#P344) has exceeded Motor Overvoltage Trip (P181) for the duration set in Motor Overvoltage Delay (P182), but this has occurred with the drive NOT gating (as in a Sync Transfer event)
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Possible Causes: Make sure the motor is connected to the drive and there is no open circuit at the drive output when started in normal mode Self-Excitation -Check for flying start/induced motor rotation Noise from contactor closure See associated Fault Description Verify the alarm and ensure that there is no damage to the motor. Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card
Motor Protection
77
Standard External Fault/Warning Input included allowing the end-user to install a protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a drive fault or warning, depending on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443). This warning will happen in Open Circuit test mode and indicates that there is no output contactor programmed in the drive. Verify the parameter settings and ensure that the output of the drive is truly open-circuited.
No Output Ctctr
196
No Tach Installd
150
The drive has sensed that there is no tachometer/encoder connected, but the Speed Feedback Mode (P89) has been set to Pulse Tach. Verify tach requirement for system and change the tach configuration parameter Tach Type (P233).
NVRAM Cleared
96
The drive parametrs are corrupt and have been initialized to default values. This happened either during firmware upgrade or if the battery was low. Reload paramters.
If there truly is no Output Contactor in the system, then you can mask the fault. Then there will be a No OP Ctctr warning, and you can continue with the test. ENSURE THE OUTPUT OF THE DRIVE IS TRULY OPEN-CIRCUITED If there is no output contactor then you MUST disconnect motor cables from the drive in case running Open Circuit Test. Verify whether there is a tachometer required for the system, and set the parameter Speed Feedback Mode accordingly. Investigate the tachometer for damage Verify the wiring from the drive to the tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing Verify the +15VDC supplying the tachometer is not low/missing. Reload parameters from Terminal Memory, DriveTools, Flashcard, or from a hardcopy.
Troubleshooting
3-47
WARNING MESSAGE Output CtctrOpen
WARNING CODE 186
DESCRIPTION The output contactor is open even though it has been commanded to close. Verify the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode following loss of medium voltage. The output contactor is closed even though it has been commanded to open. Verify normal mode of starter the contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Ensure the associated starter unit is set to Normal mode Verify the feedback from the contactor status (normally control relay auxiliary and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is wired properly and powered Verify that there is control power to the contactor Verify the associated ACB I/O Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing Coil is not shorted Review Contactor control wiring These warnings may also occur during the autorestart feature, as the loss of power may also result in the inability to hold in the contactor during the outage In DC Current test modes, the isolation switches are expected to be closed for DC Current test; although only the input contactor is required the test will run with warnings if the switches are open Ensure the isolation switches are in the proper position for the specific operating mode (Refer to the description of the Parameter 141 Hardware Option1 in the parameters manual) Verify wiring feedback Verify isolation switch mechanical auxiliary setup If this was a result of an INIT operation, contact the factory If this was a result of a LOAD operation, correct the parameter value and perform a SAVE operation Check the settings on the DIM to determine whether it is limiting the paramters max or min values.
Output CtctrClsd
187
Output IsoSwClsd
194
The input isolation switch is closed when it is expected to be open. The switch should be open in System, Gate and Open Circuit Test. Ensure proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup. The output isolation switch is open when it is expected to be closed. The switch should be closed in Normal, DC current test and Open Loop modes. Ensure proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup. The parameter value loaded from the NVRAM or the DIM is outside the valid range and has been set to default value. The offending parameter number has been stored in Parameter Error (P597). Enter the correct value.
Output IsoSwOpen
191
Parameter Range
97
3-48
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE PFC IdcLimit
WARNING CODE 227
DESCRIPTION Maximum dc current limit for power factor compensation has been reached.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS No further power factor correction is possible under these conditions. Check the drive load, speed, line and motor voltage Contact Factory Power factor cannot be compensated further. Check the drive load, speed, line and motor voltage. Contact Factory Noise/Grounding Issue Contact the factory
PFC Flux Limit
228
Flux command has been limited to avoid high motor voltage or current.
Phantom Alarm
102
Process Var Loss
229
DEVELOPMENT ERROR Unused bit in fault/warning word has been detected. It is due to noise interference on the control boards. Contact factory. Feedback from the process is not valid.
Pump Failure (C-FRAME ONLY)
33
Queues Cleared R Stator High
100 61
This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive has detected a pump failure in the cooling circuit. Verify O/L settings, control relay status and aux contact signals. This means that the drive had to clear the fault and warning queues after an upgrade of the firmware Autotune R stator (P219) measured during the autotune test was higher than 0.50 pu, indicating the presence of extremely long motor leads. Ensure motor windings are connected properly. The battery on the NVRAM is running low. Rectifier Gate driver power supply warning This warning is for SGCT based drives and indicates a problem with the gate power supply associated with a particular device which is also likely in the warning queue.
Check the process sensor, 4-20 mA or 0-10V input to the drive. Check the wiring at IFM Verify the Pump O/L settings and conditions Verify the Pump Control Relay status and auxiliary contact signals. No action is required REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS Ensure motor windings are connected properly. Save the parameters in the drive terminal and replace the battery. The device feedback was not correct due to power loss to the gate driver board. This can be from the 20V DC output of the IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself. This warning can also appear as a result of another device fault such as an Online Fault. This wanring can also come if the device has failed.
RAM Battery Low Rec Gate Pwr Sup
166 173
Troubleshooting
3-49
WARNING MESSAGE RecHSnk FbrOptic
WARNING CODE 170
DESCRIPTION While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning. Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only a fault while not running. If this occurs while running it will appear as a warning. The drive detected that the heat sink temperature has reached the alarm level. Ensure that the fan is working properly and that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. Check TFB & FOI board and sensor. Verify the trip and warning settings match the factory recommended values. Not Normally Used The temperature detection on a Rectifier Heatsink. The drive has detected that the temperature feedback from the optional temperature board has reached the warning level. While Running, the drive has detected a missing temperature sensor connected to the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values. Not normally used: While Running, the drive has detected a missing temperature sensor connected to the optional TFB connected to the fiber optic receiver RX7 on FOI-L-B. A missing sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Check TFB and FOI board for power Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly seated in the transmitters and receivers Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, bends, breaks that could be blocking the signal This can occur if the sensor is not connected to the TFB NOTE: This is a warning because the drive should not fault on the loss of the signal while running. There is no imminent danger to the drive, but the user needs to be aware that there is a temperature feedback signal missing. Confirm actual temperature in parameters is not higher than the warning value If so, investigate the conditions of the drive (ambient / loading / elevation / ventilation/ filter status / heatsink clogging) Check TFB and FOI board for power and fiber optic integrity Check the sensor and temperature offline (ambient) for accuracy Ensure that the fan is working properly and that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Replace if necessary. NOTE: This is a warning because the drive should not fault on the loss of the signal while running. There is no imminent danger to the drive, but the user needs to be aware that there is a temperature feedback signal missing.
RecChB FbrOptic
171
RecHSnk OvrTemp
162
RecChB OvrTemp
163
RecHSnk Sensor
168
RecChB Sensor
169
3-50
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE Rec OvrVoltage
WARNING CODE 157
DESCRIPTION The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings. A warning is logged first and if the overvoltage persists for the time delay a fault is logged. The current gain calculated for DC Link current sensing is lower than expected The current gain calculated for DC Link current sensing is lower than expected. The regulators in the drive (Current, Flux and Speed) are running in the limit.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS This is detected by the hardware circuit in the ACB. Verify the parameters and inspect the VSB for possible damage. Investigate occurrences of bus transients. Verify that the HECS ratio and burden resistor match the drive/motor ratings. Verify that the HECS ratio and burden resistor match the drive/motor ratings. The auto-tune results may not be accurate. Verify the input line voltage and the load conditions. Raise the torque limits if necessary and repeat tuning. Slave is Off line. Check for communication between master and slave drives Verify the VSB connections and tap settings, and check resistance of VSB board Megger board to confirm integrity Check TSN fusing Check actual voltage values on the Terminal for each bridge and the total line voltage Check for possible source voltage supply problems Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to check voltages on the drive test points Verify the parameter settings Verify the tap settings. Investigate occurrences of bus transients.
Rec DC Cur Gain Rec AC Cur Gain Regulator Limit
172 174 60
Slave 0-7 Comm
128-135
Slave1 UnderVolt
154
Slave2 UnderVolt
155
Slave (0-7) DAN Communication Loss-Master only. This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates on the master drive that the Slave drive has stopped communication in the link. This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only. The measured slave voltage Slave1 Line Volt (#P137) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl (P167) setting. This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only. The measured slave voltage Slave2 Line Volt (#P138) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl (P167) setting.
Troubleshooting
3-51
WARNING MESSAGE Slave RfsdMstr
WARNING CODE 123
DESCRIPTION Slave refused Master-master only This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that the master requested the slave to be the Master, but the slave drive refused. The sum of the individual ramp times has exceeded the maximum value for Total Acceleration Time. The drive has lost communication with the device responsible for providing the speed command for the drive. The warning is configured by parameter Speed Cmd Loss. The warning could be due to the DPI adapter or the 4-20mA signal wired to the analog input. Ensure that all connections are secure, device is powered and operating correctly. Stack size is now greater then the half allocated at initialization. XIO Card assigned to Stnd IO is unsable for this purpose. Stnd IO XIO card has been re-assigned for another purpose. A Synchronous Transfer was not completed in the time specified in Synchronous Transfer Time (P230). This warning will occur if the Sync Transfer fault is masked, and the drive will continue to run at the last Reference Command before a synchronization command was initiated.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Slave has lost communication with hub PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter Master Mask
SpdProfile Limit
101
Set the ramp correctly. Contact Factory Verify the DPI adapter light status and ensure the device is operating properly Verify the customer network is properly communicated with the device Cycle control power to the drive Some time the adapter may not get power prior to drive board, the drive may detect speed command loss. Read DESCRIPTION NOT USED Select the proper slot compatible for usage. Check configuration of all cards and reassign if necessary. Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check for stability of the synchronous transfer process/ speed regulator Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed due to heavy load Check load conditions for torque limit or low alpha line (low line voltage) Consult factory for review of synchronous transfer parameters This fault indicates that the drive failed to synchronize the motor to the bypass within the specified time. Adjust the Sync Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max (P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a smooth transfer.
Speed Cmd Loss
55
Stack Depth Stnd IO Config Stnd IO conflict SyncXfer Failure
175 17 18 145
3-52
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE T DC Link High
WARNING CODE 67
DESCRIPTION Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218) measured was greater than 0.100 sec, and the T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned manually. Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218) measured was less than 0.020 sec, and the T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned manually. Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222) measured was less than 0.2 sec, and T rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually. Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222) measured was greater than 5.0 sec, and T rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually The drive has sensed that the 2 channels (generally A and B) are reversed. The drive cannot determine the direction of rotation from the tach feedback. It is likely that one of the quadrature pulses is not being sensed. Check all signal connections on the tachometer feedback board. Replace the board if necessary. The error between tach feedback and estimated speed from motor flux is more than 2Hz (Tach Loss Trip P235). Drive will continue to run in Sensorless mode. Verify tach feedback, wiring & +15Vdc supply. Also ensure the stability of the drive.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
T DC Link Low
66
T Rotor Low
72
T Rotor High
73
Tach Direction
148
Set the parameter Tachometer Select to None and verify the parameter Tachometer Feedback (Line or Motor)shows the reverse speed Reverse the tachometer channels See Description as well. The drive should annunciate the warning and continue to run on Stator feedback Verify that the parameter Tachometer Feedback (Line or Motor) is/ is not giving the correct feedback while running Investigate the tachometer for damage Scope the tachometer pulses on ACB and verify they are not corrupted by for example dust in the Optic disc of the tach. Verify the wiring from the drive to the tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing Verify the +15VDC supplying the tachometer is not low/missing Verify the tachometer, tachometer wiring, power supply and the board.
Tach Loss
147
Tach PhaseA Loss
149
Tach PhaseB Loss
151
The drive has detected a loss of a Phase from the tachometer. The drive will continue to run on the tachometer provided pulses from the other phase are valid. The drive has detected a loss of a Phase from the tachometer. The drive will continue to run on the tachometer provided pulses from the other phase are valid.
Troubleshooting
3-53
WARNING MESSAGE TempFeedbackLoss (C-Frame Only)
WARNING CODE 42
DESCRIPTION While Running, the drive has detected a missing temperature feedback. A missing sensor can be interpreted as either 0C or over 100C, and both are unrealistic values.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Verify sensor is completely seated properly on TFB. Measure sensor resistance. Replace if necessary. NOTE: This is a warning because the drive should not fault on the loss of the signal while running. There is no imminent danger to the drive, but the user needs to be aware that there is a temperature feedback signal missing. Investigate why the Autotune Test aborted, and Retry Autotune Test Verify Autotune default parameters are sufficient to complete test Make sure the Speed min/max and ramptime are set to default. Also Refer ther tuning section in user manual. Attempt Manual Tuning This is not very useful as the UPS battery low occurs at the point where the UPS can no longer run and a fault is initiated. Investigate the cause for the UPS failure Check batteries Verify input voltage/UPS wiring Refer to UPS manual Replace UPS if required Check for the reason that the UPS was required, and rectify the situation before the battery power expires Investigate cause for initial transfer to UPS, and correct. Then investigate why the UPS failed and was forced to go to bypass Transfer of master not allowed while drive is stopping
Tuning Abort
58
Autotuning could not be completed in 2 minutes or had to be aborted due to drive stop/fault. Check Alarm queue and perform manual tuning if problem persists.
UPS Battery Low
115
Warning that the UPS Battery is low.
UPS Failed
116
The UPS has had an internal failure. This is a warning because we do not want a signal/wiring error to fault the drive. We are relying on the subsequent power supply faults to protect the drive. There has been a loss of control power feeding the UPS and it has switched to its internal battery pack. Warning that the UPS is now on Bypass. This occurs when the drive has switched to UPS, but a UPS fault has forced the system to switch to Bypass, if available. Transfer Disabled-master only. This warning is for parallel drives only and indicates that the transfer of mastership has been disabled because they are performing certain functions e.g Synchronous transfer or stopping during a Class 2 fault.
UPS on Battery
114
UPS on Bypass
113
Xfer Disabled
125
3-54
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE XIO Card #1-6 Loss
WARNING CODE 90-95
DESCRIPTION XIO card has dropped off the communication link between other XIO cards and the ACB. Reset board.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Reset the board in an attempt to reestablish communications. Check all connections between the Customer Interface Board and the jumpers between individual adapters Verify the status of all XIO adapters by comparing the LED status to the table in the manual. Verify DC/DC power supply output Check XIO LED status and compare to values in the manual
XIO Power Loss
117
The 24V input to the XIO boards from the ACB has dropped below 22.8V. Check DC/DC converter output to the board.
Troubleshooting
3-55
WARNING MESSAGE U1A Offline U1B Offline U1C Offline U4A Offline U4B Offline U4C Offline V3A Offline V3B Offline V3C Offline V6A Offline V6B Offline V6C Offline W2A Offline W2B Offline W2C Offline W5A Offline W5B Offline W5C Offline U1A Online U1B Online U1C Online U4A Online U4B Online U4C Online V3A Online V3B Online V3C Online V6A Online V6B Online V6C Online W2A Online W2B Online W2C Online W5A Online W5B Online W5C Online
WARNING CODE 250 256 262 253 259 265 252 258 264 255 261 267 251 257 263 254 260 266 232 238 244 235 241 247 234 240 246 237 243 249 233 239 245 236 242 248
DESCRIPTION INVERTER SGCT WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141). This SGCT device on the inverter side was detected to be faulted after the input contactor was closed or following a start command or following a drive reset. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic signals are not damaged
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed in matched sets during the next outage Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly NOTE: For Redundant devices, there will be no change in the drive operation. For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to run at a load/speed combination that does not exceed the voltage rating of the remaining devices.
INVERTER SGCT WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141). SGCT device in the inverter section was detected to be faulted while the drive was running. The drive detected that the diagnostic feedback from this device did not match the gating pattern. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic signals are not damaged.
Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay NOTE: For Redundant devices, there will be no change in the drive operation. For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to run at a load/speed combination that does not exceed the voltage rating of the remaining devices.
3-56
Troubleshooting
WARNING MESSAGE 2U1A Offline 2U1B Offline 2U1C Offline 2U4A Offline 2U4B Offline 2U4C Offline 2V3A Offline 2V3B Offline 2V3C Offline 2V6A Offline 2V6B Offline 2V6C Offline 2W2A Offline 2W2B Offline 2W2C Offline 2W5A Offline 2W5B Offline 2W5C Offline 2U1A Online 2U1B Online 2U1C Online 2U4A Online 2U4B Online 2U4C Online 2V3A Online 2V3B Online 2V3C Online 2V6A Online 2V6B Online 2V6C Online 2W2A Online 2W2B Online 2W2C Online 2W5A Online 2W5B Online 2W5C Online
WARNING CODE 286 292 298 289 295 301 288 294 300 291 297 303 287 293 299 290 296 302 268 274 280 271 277 283 270 276 282 273 279 285 269 275 281 272 278 284
DESCRIPTION PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141). This SGCT device on the rectifier side was detected to be faulted after the input contactor was closed or following a start command or following a drive reset. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic signals are not damaged.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly NOTE: There is only the Redundant option available on the Rectifier, and only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can not have N-1 operation on the rectifier since we can not control the line voltage.
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141). This SGCT device in the rectifier section was detected to be faulted while the drive was running. The drive detected that the diagnostic feedback from this device did not match the gating pattern. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic signals are not damaged.
Complete a resistance check per the instructions in the manual NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely shorted, and still could read in the k range Any devices with low suspect readings should be changed Check the LED status of the SCGT gate driver card for abnormal readings Complete a Gating Test mode check on the devices Verify the associated 20V power supply is powered and active Verify all the power connections to the SCGT firing card are seated properly Reset the drive and let the offline diagnostics further define the problem For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay NOTE: There is only the Redundant option available on the Rectifier, and only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can not have N-1 operation on the rectifier since we can not control the line voltage.
Troubleshooting
3-57
WARNING MESSAGE 2U1A OfflineShrt 2U1B OfflineShrt 2U1C OfflineShrt 2U4A OfflineShrt 2U4B OfflineShrt 2U4C OfflineShrt 2V3A OfflineShrt 2V3B OfflineShrt 2V3C OfflineShrt 2V6A OfflineShrt 2V6B OfflineShrt 2V6C OfflineShrt 2W2A OfflineShrt 2W2B OfflineShrt 2W2C OfflineShrt 2W5A OfflineShrt 2W5B OfflineShrt 2W5C OfflineShrt 2U1A OnlineShrt 2U1B OnlineShrt 2U1C OnlineShrt 2U4A OnlineShrt 2U4B OnlineShrt 2U4C OnlineShrt 2V3A OnlineShrt 2V3B OnlineShrt 2V3C OnlineShrt 2V6A OnlineShrt 2V6B OnlineShrt 2V6C OnlineShrt 2W2A OnlineShrt 2W2B OnlineShrt 2W2C OnlineShrt 2W5A OnlineShrt 2W5B OnlineShrt 2W5C OnlineShrt
WARNING CODE 322 328 334 325 331 337 324 330 336 327 333 339 323 329 335 326 332 338 304 310 316 307 313 319 306 312 318 309 315 321 305 311 317 308 314 320
DESCRIPTION 6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR device was detected to be short circuited after the input contactor was closed or following a start command. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the fiber-optic signal are not damaged.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD board transmitter to FOI board receiver Replace all faulty components NOTE: There is only the Redundant option available on the Rectifier, and only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can not have N-1 operation on the rectifier since we can not control the line voltage.
6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR device was detected to be short circuited while the drive was running. After isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the device, snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the fiber-optic signal are not damaged.
For multiple device faults, the risk of a line to line short exists, so tests with MV isolated should be attempted Complete a resistance check on the rectifier, including the gate-cathode resistance, the snubber and sharing resistors Complete a firing check on the rectifier Verify the snubber circuitry, and the sharing resistors Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD board transmitter to FOI board receiver Replace all faulty components For nuisance faults, contact the factory about extending the Diagnostic Delay NOTE: There is only the Redundant option available on the Rectifier, and only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can not have N-1 operation on the rectifier since we can not control the line voltage.
3-58
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Drive Logic Command and Status

Logic Status Word Database 7.xxx
The following is the Logic Status word from the Drive. It is common for all SCANport/DPI product specific peripherals.
Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Ready Running Commanded Direction Rotating Direction Accelerating Decelerating At Speed On Bypass Reverse Disabled Drive Fault Drive Warning Local Lock Forced Stop Function Value 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 000 001 010 13,15 Preset Speeds 011 100 101 110 111 Drive is Ready Drive is Running Drive has been commanded to run forward Drive is rotating in the forward direction Drive is accelerating to commanded speed Drive is decelerating to commanded speed Drive has reached the commanded speed Motor is on bypass The reverse function is disabled. Drive has faulted Drive has encountered a warning A DPI or XIO has local control of the drive A DPI adapter or CIB has forced the drive to stop due to internal problems External Reference 0 (Speed Pot) External Reference 1 ANI 1 External Reference 2 ANI 2 External Reference 3 ANI 3 Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 DPI Adapter Reference 0 = Motor connected to Drive 0 = Reverse Command 0 = Reverse Rotation. 0 = Drive is at speed 0 = Drive is at speed or stopped Description Notes
A-2
Drive Logic Command and Status
Product Specific Logic Command Firmware 7.xxx

To be used with gateway adapters such as RIO or DeviceNet.
Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 7,6 Stop Start (Pulsed) Jog Clear Fault Queue Clear Warning Queue Reset Faults Direction Function Value 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 10 11 0 8 DPI Local/Remote Profile Description Stop Drive using Stop Profile Start Drive on rising edge using Start Profile Jog at default or Preset Speed Clear Fault in Queue Clear Warning in Queue Reset Faults and Warnings Forward Reverse Not Used Remote All adapters can control the drive (Full multiplexed control) Only the adapter that has been granted permission has control of the Drive (Includes XIO Front Panel Selector Switch) Notes
1 00
Local No Command Transfer to Line Transfer to Drive Illegal Accel 1 (Default) Accel 2 Decel 1 (Default) Decel 2 No Command External Ref0 ( Front Panel Pot) Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 External Ref1 (Programmed Reference) Manual Reference (Local DPI Adapter) Not Used
10,9
Synchronous Transfer
01 10 11 0 1 0 1 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111
11 12
Start Profile Stop Profile
Must be maintained until at Speed. Must be maintained until drive stopped.
15-13
Speed Command Select
Medium Voltage Products, 135 Dundas Street, Cambridge, ON, N1R 5X1 Canada, Tel: (1) 519.740.4100, Fax: (1) 519.623.8930, www.ab.com/mvb
Publication 7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010
Supersedes Publication 7000-TD002A-EN-P September 2007 Copyright 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in Canada

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices?

What are some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices?

What are the main components of an AC drive and how do they interact?

What are the main components of an AC drive and how do they interact?

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive

Firmware Version 7.xxx Technical Data

Important User Information

PowerFlex is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation, Inc.

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

PowerFlex 7000 Functional Description

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

Inverter Motor filter cap Motor Voltage Motor Current Motor

Machine Protection Faults Speed Reference

Slip freq Stator freq Flux Feedback

Figure 1.1 Functional Block Diagram of PF 7000 control system

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

Speed Command (cont.)

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

0.005* S Curve Acc1 *S Curve Percent

S Curve Acc1 (481)

0.005* S Curve Acc1 *S Curve Percent

0.005* S Curve Dec1 *S Curve Percent

S Curve Dec1 (479)

0.005* S Curve Dec1 *S Curve Percent

Figure 1.2 Speed Reference: S-curve

Ramp Speed4 (76) Ramp Speed3 (75) Ramp Speed2 (74)

Figure 1.3 Speed Reference: Linear Ramp

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

OPEN LOOP START (OL)

Speed Command In (276)

TORQUE CONTROL MODE TORQUE LIMIT

Torque Reference (291) TRQ RATE LIMIT

Speed Cmd Min Synch Reg Output (298) (293)

Speed Cmd Max (290)

Mtr Torque CurCmd (292)

Tack Feedback (349)

SPEED FEEDBACK FILTER Total Spdreg Bandwidth Inertia (82) (81)

Figure 1.4 Speed Control

Slip Frequency (343)

Trq Control Trq Rate Mode Limit (83) (90)

Flux Reference (305)

Trq Lmt Braking (85)

Stator Freq (448)

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

7000-TD002B-EN-P February 2010

Rated Motor Volt (22) Rated Line Volt (18)

Flux Cmd Limit (623)

FlxCmd Rated Load (100) Flux Reference (305)

EXCITATION CURRENT LIMIT FluxCur Regulator (309) +

FlxCmd No Load (103) FLUX LIMIT Flux Feedback (306)

Flux Error (307)

Figure 1.5 Flux Control

Torque Reference (291)

MtrFlux CurCmd (310)

Stator Frequency (448) MtrTorque CurCmd (292)

InvFlux CurCmd (312)

Functional Description 1-9